Cisco Systems 8961 IP Phone User Manual

Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and
9971 Administration Guide for Cisco
Unified Communications Manager 8.5
(SIP)
Americas Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 527-0883
Text Part Number: OL-20862-01
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL
STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS.
THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT
SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE
OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY.
The following information is for FCC compliance of Class A devices: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant
to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial
environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio-frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause
harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case users will be required
to correct the interference at their own expense.
The following information is for FCC compliance of Class B devices: The equipment described in this manual generates and may radiate radio-frequency energy. If it is not
installed in accordance with Cisco’s installation instructions, it may cause interference with radio and television reception. This equipment has been tested and found to
comply with the limits for a Class B digital device in accordance with the specifications in part 15 of the FCC rules. These specifications are designed to provide reasonable
protection against such interference in a residential installation. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
Modifying the equipment without Cisco’s written authorization may result in the equipment no longer complying with FCC requirements for Class A or Class B digital
devices. In that event, your right to use the equipment may be limited by FCC regulations, and you may be required to correct any interference to radio or television
communications at your own expense.
You can determine whether your equipment is causing interference by turning it off. If the interference stops, it was probably caused by the Cisco equipment or one of its
peripheral devices. If the equipment causes interference to radio or television reception, try to correct the interference by using one or more of the following measures:
• Turn the television or radio antenna until the interference stops.
• Move the equipment to one side or the other of the television or radio.
• Move the equipment farther away from the television or radio.
• Plug the equipment into an outlet that is on a different circuit from the television or radio. (That is, make certain the equipment and the television or radio are on circuits
controlled by different circuit breakers or fuses.)
Modifications to this product not authorized by Cisco Systems, Inc. could void the FCC approval and negate your authority to operate the product.
The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCB’s public
domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1981, Regents of the University of California.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITH
ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF
DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO
OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Cisco and the Cisco logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Cisco and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. To view a list of Cisco trademarks, go to this
URL: www.cisco.com/go/trademarks. Third-party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership
relationship between Cisco and any other company. (1110R)
The Java logo is a trademark or registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. or other countries.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
© 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
CONTENTS
Preface
xi
Overview
xi
Audience
xi
Organization
xi
Related Documentation
xiii
Obtaining Documentation, Obtaining Support, and Security Guidelines
Document Conventions
CHAPTER
1
xiii
xiv
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
1-1
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
What Networking Protocols are Used?
1-2
1-10
What Features are Supported on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971?
Feature Overview 1-13
Configuring Telephony Features 1-14
Configuring Network Parameters Using the Cisco Unified IP Phone 1-14
Providing Users with Feature Information 1-15
1-13
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones 1-15
Overview of Supported Security Features 1-16
Understanding Security Profiles 1-19
Identifying Secure (Encrypted) Phone Calls 1-19
Establishing and Identifying Secure Conference Calls 1-19
Establishing and Identifying Secure Calls 1-20
Call Security Interactions and Restrictions 1-20
Supporting 802.1X Authentication on Cisco Unified IP Phones 1-22
Overview 1-22
Required Network Components 1-22
Best Practices—Requirements and Recommendations 1-22
Security Restrictions 1-23
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones 1-23
Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones in Cisco Unified Communications Manager 1-24
Checklist for Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager 1-25
Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones 1-28
Checklist for Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 1-28
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
iii
Contents
Terminology Information
CHAPTER
2
1-30
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network
2-1
Understanding Interactions with Other Cisco Unified IP Telephony Products 2-1
Understanding How the Cisco Unified IP Phone Interacts with Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 2-2
Understanding How the Cisco Unified IP Phone Interacts with the VLAN 2-2
Providing Power to the Cisco Unified IP Phone 2-3
Power Guidelines 2-4
Power Outage 2-4
Reducing Power Consumption on the Phone 2-4
Power Negotiation over LLDP 2-5
Obtaining Additional Information About Power 2-5
Understanding Phone Configuration Files
Understanding the Phone Startup Process
2-6
2-7
Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database 2-9
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration 2-10
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS 2-11
Adding Phones with Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
Adding Phones Using BAT Phone Template 2-12
Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone
CHAPTER
3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
2-12
2-13
3-1
Before You Begin 3-1
Network Requirements 3-1
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Configuration
3-2
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components 3-2
Network and Computer Ports 3-3
Handset Rest 3-3
Speakerphone 3-4
Accessory Support on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
USB Port Data Information 3-5
External Speakers and Microphone 3-5
Headsets 3-5
Audio Quality Subjective to the User 3-6
Wired Headsets 3-6
USB Headsets 3-6
Analog Headsets 3-7
Wireless Headsets 3-8
3-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
iv
OL-20861-01
Contents
Using Bluetooth Wireless Headsets 3-8
Handsfree Profile 3-8
Important Note about Headset Types 3-10
Using External Devices 3-11
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Connecting the Footstand
3-11
3-19
Phone Display Viewing Angle
3-20
Securing the Phone with a Cable Lock
Mounting the Phone to the Wall
3-20
3-20
Verifying the Phone Startup Process
3-21
Configuring Startup Network Settings
3-21
Configuring Security on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
CHAPTER
4
3-21
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module
4-1
Installing a Key Expansion Module on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 4-2
Power Information 4-2
Connecting a Single KEM to the Cisco Unified IP Phone 4-2
Connecting Two or More KEMs to the Phone Using the KEM Spine Connector
4-3
Configuring the Key Expansion Module in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
Key Expansion Module Settings on the Phone
Upgrading the Key Expansion Module
Removing a Key Expansion Module
Troubleshooting
CHAPTER
5
4-4
4-5
4-5
4-6
4-6
Setting Up the Cisco Unified Video Camera
5-1
Configuring the Cisco Unified Video Camera
5-1
Attaching the Cisco Unified Video Camera
5-2
Adjusting the Camera Settings 5-2
Adjusting the Camera View Area 5-2
Adjusting the Brightness Setting 5-3
Adjusting Auto Transmit Setting 5-3
Post-Installation Steps
5-4
Using the Cisco Unified Video Camera
CHAPTER
6
5-4
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Understanding the Wireless LAN
6-1
6-1
Understanding WLAN Standards and Technologies
6-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
v
Contents
802.11 Standards for WLAN Communications 6-3
World Mode (802.11d) 6-4
Radio Frequency Ranges 6-5
802.11 Data Rates, Tx Power, Ranges, and Decibel Tolerances
Wireless Modulation Technologies 6-6
AP, Channel, and Domain Relationships 6-7
WLANs and Roaming 6-7
Bluetooth Wireless Technology
6-5
6-7
Components of the VoIP Wireless Network 6-8
Interacting with Cisco Unified Wireless APs 6-8
Associating to APs 6-8
Voice QoS in a Wireless Network 6-9
Interacting with Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Security for Voice Communications in WLANs 6-11
Authentication Methods 6-11
Authenticated Key Management 6-12
Encryption Methods 6-13
Choosing AP Authentication and Encryption Methods
6-11
6-13
VoIP WLAN Configuration 6-15
Supported Access Points 6-15
Supported APs and Modes 6-15
Supported Antennas 6-16
Configuring Wireless LAN 6-16
Summary of Configuring the Wireless LAN in Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration 6-17
Summary of Configuring the Wireless LAN on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6-17
CHAPTER
7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Setup Menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Displaying a Setup Menu 7-2
Unlocking and Locking Options 7-3
Editing Values 7-3
Ethernet Setup Menu
WLAN Setup Menu
7-1
7-1
7-4
7-7
IPv4 Setup Menu Options
7-10
Security Setup Menu 7-13
Trust List Menu 7-14
802.1X Authentication and Transaction Status
VPN Configuration Menu 7-16
7-15
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
vi
OL-20861-01
Contents
Connecting to VPN 7-16
VPN Configuration Settings
CHAPTER
8
7-17
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
8-1
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
8-2
Park Monitoring 8-23
Setting the Service Parameters for Park Monitoring 8-24
Setting Park Monitoring Parameters in Directory Number Configuration Window
Setting Park Monitoring Parameter in Hunt Pilot Configuration Window 8-25
Configuring Product Specific Configuration Parameters
Configuring Corporate and Personal Directories
Configuring Corporate Directories 8-27
Configuring Personal Directory 8-27
Feature Buttons and Softkeys
8-26
8-27
8-28
Modifying Phone Button Templates 8-29
Modifying a Phone Button Template for All Calls 8-29
Modifying a Phone Button Template for Personal Address Book or Speed Dials
Configuring Feature Control Policies
Setting Up Services
8-32
8-33
Managing the User Options Web Pages 8-34
Giving Users Access to the User Options Web Pages 8-34
Specifying Options that Appear on the User Options Web Pages
9
8-30
8-31
Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager
CHAPTER
8-25
Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
9-1
Customizing and Modifying Configuration Files
9-1
Creating Custom Phone Rings 9-2
Ringlist.xml File Format Requirements 9-2
PCM File Requirements for Custom Ring Types
Configuring a Custom Phone Ring 9-3
9-3
Creating Custom Background Images 9-4
List.xml File Format Requirements 9-4
PNG File Requirements for Custom Background Images
Configuring a Custom Background Image 9-5
Configuring Wideband Codec
Configuring the Idle Display
8-36
9-5
9-6
9-7
Automatically Disabling the Cisco Unified IP Phone Display
9-7
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
vii
Contents
CHAPTER
10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Model Information Screen
10-1
10-1
Status Menu 10-2
Status Messages Screen 10-3
Ethernet Statistics Screen 10-7
WLAN Statistics Screen 10-9
Call Statistics Screen 10-11
Video Statistics Screen 10-13
Current Access Point Screen 10-15
CHAPTER
11
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Accessing the Web Page for a Phone
11-1
11-2
Enabling and Disabling Web Page Access 11-3
Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone to use HTTP/HTTPS Protocols
Device Information
Network Setup
12
11-8
11-11
Streaming Statistics
CHAPTER
11-4
11-5
Network Statistics
Device Logs
11-3
11-11
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
12-1
Resolving Startup Problems 12-1
Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Go Through its Normal Startup Process 12-2
Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Register with Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 12-2
Identifying Error Messages 12-3
Checking Network Connectivity 12-3
Verifying TFTP Server Settings 12-3
Verifying IP Addressing and Routing 12-3
Verifying DNS Settings 12-4
Cisco CallManager and TFTP Services Are Not Running 12-4
Creating a New Configuration File 12-5
Registering the Phone with Cisco Unified Communications Manager 12-5
Symptom: Cisco Unified IP Phone Unable to Obtain IP Address 12-6
Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly 12-6
Verifying the Physical Connection 12-6
Identifying Intermittent Network Outages 12-6
Verifying DHCP Settings 12-7
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
viii
OL-20861-01
Contents
Checking Static IP Address Settings 12-7
Verifying the Voice VLAN Configuration 12-7
Verifying that the Phones Have Not Been Intentionally Reset
Eliminating DNS or Other Connectivity Errors 12-8
Checking Power Connection 12-8
Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Security
General Troubleshooting Tips
12-9
12-10
Resetting the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Using the Quality Report Tool
12-15
12-16
Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls
Troubleshooting Tips 12-17
12-16
Where to Go for More Troubleshooting Information
Cleaning the Cisco Unified IP Phone
APPENDIX
A
12-7
12-17
12-17
Providing Information to Users Via a Website
A-1
How Users Obtain Support for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Giving Users Access to the User Options Web Pages
A-1
A-1
How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone Features
How Users Access a Voice Messaging System
A-2
A-2
How Users Configure Personal Directory Entries A-3
Installing and Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer
APPENDIX
B
Supporting International Users
B-1
Installing the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Locale Installer
Support for International Call Logging
APPENDIX
C
Technical Specifications
C-1
D
C-1
C-2
Network and Computer Port Pinouts
APPENDIX
Basic Phone Administration Steps
C-2
D-1
Example User Information for these Procedures
D-1
Adding a User to Cisco Unified Communications Manager D-2
Adding a User From an External LDAP Directory D-2
Adding a User Directly to Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Configuring the Phone
B-1
B-1
Physical and Operating Environment Specifications
Cable Specifications
A-3
D-2
D-3
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
ix
Contents
Performing Final End User Configuration Steps
APPENDIX
E
D-6
Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
E-1
Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Before You Begin E-2
Installing the Bracket E-2
Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module
Before You Begin E-8
Installing the Bracket E-9
APPENDIX
F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
E-1
E-8
F-1
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones
Components F-3
Before you begin F-4
Install Non-Lockable Wall Mount for phone F-4
Remove Phone from Non-Lockable Wall Mount F-8
F-1
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion
Module F-10
Components F-12
Before You Begin F-13
Install Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for Phone with Key Expansion Module F-13
Remove Phone and Key Expansion Module from Non-Lockable Wall Mount F-17
INDEX
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
x
OL-20861-01
Preface
Overview
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 8.5 (SIP) provides the information you need to understand, install, configure, manage, and
troubleshoot the phones on a Voice-over-IP (VoIP) network.
Because of the complexity of an IP telephony network, this guide does not provide complete and detailed
information for procedures that you need to perform in Cisco Unified Communications Manager or other
network devices. See the “Related Documentation” section on page xiii.
Audience
Network engineers, system administrators, or telecom engineers should review this guide to learn the
steps required to properly set up the Cisco Unified IP Phone on the network.
The tasks described are administration-level tasks and are not intended for end-users of the phones.
Many of the tasks involve configuring network settings and affect the phone’s ability to function in the
network.
Because of the close interaction between the Cisco Unified IP Phone and Cisco Unified Communications
Manager, many of the tasks in this manual require familiarity with Cisco Unified Communications
Manager.
Organization
This manual is organized as follows:
Chapter
Description
Chapter 1, “An Overview of the Cisco
Unified IP Phone”
Provides a conceptual overview and description of the Cisco Unified
IP Phone.
Chapter 2, “Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Describes how the Cisco Unified IP Phone interacts with other key
Phone on Your Network”
IP telephony components, and provides an overview of the tasks
required prior to installation.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
xi
Preface
Chapter 3, “Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone”
Describes how to properly and safely install the Cisco Unified IP
Phone on your network. Also provides procedures on how to
configure and add accessories, such as Bluetooth wireless headsets,
USB headsets, and analog wideband headsets, to the Cisco Unified
IP Phone.
Chapter 4, “Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color
Key Expansion Module”
Describes how to connect and configure supported Key Expansion
Modules for the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Chapter 5, “Setting Up the Cisco Unified Video
Camera”
Describes how to configure the Cisco Unified Video Camera and add
it to the Cisco Unified IP Phone (Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 and
9971 only).
Chapter 6, “Understanding the VoIP Wireless
Network”
Provides an overview and describes the setup of the wireless local
area network (WLAN), which the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971
supports.
Chapter 7, “Configuring Settings on the Cisco
Unified IP Phone”
Describes how to configure network settings, verify status, and make
global changes to the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Chapter 8, “Configuring Features, Templates,
Services, and Users”
Provides an overview of procedures for configuring telephony
features, configuring directories, configuring phone button and
softkey templates, setting up services, and adding users to Cisco
Unified Communications Manager.
Chapter 9, “Customizing the Cisco Unified IP
Phone”
Explains how to customize phone ring sounds and the phone idle
display at your site.
Chapter 10, “Viewing Model Information, Status, and Explains how to view model information, status messages, network
Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone”
statistics, and firmware information from the Cisco Unified IP
Phone.
Chapter 11, “Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Describes the information that you can obtain from the phone’s web
Remotely”
page to remotely monitor the operation of a phone and to assist with
troubleshooting.
Chapter 12, “Troubleshooting and Maintenance”
Provides tips for troubleshooting the Cisco Unified IP Phone and the
Cisco Unified IP Phone Expansion Modules.
Appendix A, “Providing Information to Users Via a
Website”
Provides suggestions for setting up a website for providing users
with important information about their Cisco Unified IP Phones.
Appendix B, “Supporting International Users”
Provides information about setting up phones in non-English
environments.
Appendix C, “Technical Specifications”
Provides technical specifications of the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Appendix D, “Basic Phone Administration Steps”
Provides procedures for basic administration tasks such as adding a
user and phone to Cisco Unified Communications Manager and then
associating the user to the phone.
Appendix E, “Installing the Wall Mount for the
Cisco Unified IP Phone”
Contains instructions for installing the wall mount for the Cisco
Unified IP Phone.
Appendix F, “Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Contains instructions for installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Wall Mount”
Non-Lockable Wall Mount.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
xii
OL-20861-01
Preface
Related Documentation
For more information about Cisco Unified IP Phones or Cisco Unified Communications Manager, refer
to the following publications:
Cisco Unified IP Phones 8961, 9951, and 9971
These publications are available at the following URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps10453/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 User Guide for Cisco Unified Communications
Manager
•
Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco Unified IP Phones
•
Cisco Unified IP Phones 8900 Series
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
Related publications are available at the following URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/voicesw/ps556/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Business Edition
Related publications are available at the following URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps7273/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
Obtaining Documentation, Obtaining Support, and Security
Guidelines
For information on obtaining documentation, obtaining support, providing documentation feedback,
security guidelines, and also recommended aliases and general Cisco documents, see the monthly What’s
New in Cisco Product Documentation, which also lists all new and revised Cisco technical
documentation, at:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/general/whatsnew/whatsnew.html
Subscribe to the What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation as a Really Simple Syndication (RSS)
feed and set content to be delivered directly to your desktop using a reader application. The RSS feeds
are a free service and Cisco currently supports RSS Version 2.0.
Cisco Product Security Overview
This product contains cryptographic features and is subject to United States and local country laws
governing import, export, transfer and use. Delivery of Cisco cryptographic products does not imply
third-party authority to import, export, distribute or use encryption. Importers, exporters, distributors
and users are responsible for compliance with U.S. and local country laws. By using this product you
agree to comply with applicable laws and regulations. If you are unable to comply with U.S. and local
laws, return this product immediately.
Further information regarding U.S. export regulations may be found at
http://www.access.gpo.gov/bis/ear/ear_data.html.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
xiii
Preface
Document Conventions
This document uses the following conventions:
Convention
Description
boldface font
Commands and keywords are in boldface.
italic font
Arguments for which you supply values are in italics.
[ ]
Elements in square brackets are optional.
{x|y|z}
Alternative keywords are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars.
[x|y|z]
Optional alternative keywords are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars.
string
A nonquoted set of characters. Do not use quotation marks around the string or the string will
include the quotation marks.
screen
font
Terminal sessions and information the system displays are in screen font.
boldface screen
font
Information you must enter is in boldface screen font.
italic screen font
Arguments for which you supply values are in italic screen font.
^
The symbol ^ represents the key labeled Control—for example, the key combination ^D in a
screen display means hold down the Control key while you press the D key.
< >
Nonprinting characters, such as passwords are in angle brackets.
Note
Caution
Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not covered in the
publication.
Means reader be careful. In this situation, you might do something that could result in equipment
damage or loss of data.
Warnings use the following convention:
Warning
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you
work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar
with standard practices for preventing accidents. Use the statement number provided at the end of
each warning to locate its translation in the translated safety warnings that accompanied this
device. Statement 1071
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
xiv
OL-20861-01
CH A P T E R
1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 provide voice communication over an Internet
Protocol (IP) network. The Cisco Unified IP Phone functions much like a digital business phone,
allowing you to place and receive phone calls and to access features such as mute, hold, transfer, speed
dial, call forward, and more. In addition, because the phone is connected to your data network, it offers
enhanced IP telephony features, including access to network information and services, and
customizeable features and services.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 have the following features:
•
24-bit color phone screen (Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 has touchscreen support)
•
Programmable feature buttons that support up to 5 lines (6 lines for the Cisco Unified
IP Phone 9971) or can be programmed for other features
•
Full video capabilities (Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 and 9971 only)
•
Gigabit ethernet connectivity
•
Support for an external microphone and speakers
•
Bluetooth support for wireless headsets (Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 and 9971 only)
•
Network connectivity by Wi-Fi (Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 only)
•
2 USB ports for Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 and 9971 and one USB port for Cisco Unified IP
Phone 8961
A Cisco Unified IP Phone, like other network devices, must be configured and managed. These phones
encode G.711a-law, G.711µ-law, G.722, G.729a, G.729ab, and iLBC, and decode G.711a-law,
G.711µ-law, G.722, G.729, G.729a, G.729b, G.729ab, and iLBC.
This chapter includes the following topics:
Caution
•
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971, page 1-2
•
What Networking Protocols are Used?, page 1-10
•
What Features are Supported on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971?, page 1-13
•
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones, page 1-15
•
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones, page 1-23
•
Terminology Information, page 1-30
Using a cell, mobile, or GSM phone, or two-way radio in close proximity to a Cisco Unified IP Phone
might cause interference. For more information, refer to the manufacturer’s documentation of the
interfering device.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
1-1
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Figure 1-1 shows the main components of the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961.
Figure 1-1
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961
1
20
2
19
18
3
17
4
16
5
15
6
14
13 12 11
10
9
8
194674
7
Table 1-1 describes the buttons on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961.
Table 1-1
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961
1
Phone screen
Shows information about your phone, including directory number, call information (for
example caller ID, icons for an active call or call on hold) and available softkeys.
2
Session buttons
Each represents a call session and takes the default action for that session. For example, pressing
the session button for a ringing call answers the call, while pressing the session button for a held
call resumes the call.
Color LEDs reflect the call state. LEDs can flash (blink on and off rapidly), pulse (alternately
dim and brighten), or appear solid (glow without interruption).
•
Flashing amber—Ringing call
•
Solid green—Connected call or an outgoing call that is not yet connected
•
Pulsing green—Held call
•
Solid red—Shared line in-use remotely
•
Pulsing red—Shared line call put on hold remotely (when Privacy is off)
(The position of session buttons may be reversed with that of programmable feature buttons on
phones using a locale with a right-to-left reading orientation, such as Hebrew and Arabic.)
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
1-2
OL-20861-01
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Table 1-1
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 (continued)
3
Softkey buttons
Allow you to access the softkey options displayed on your phone screen.
4
Back button
Returns to the previous screen or menu.
5
Release button
Ends a connected call or session.
6
Navigation pad and
Select button
The four-way Navigation pad allows you to scroll through menus, highlight items, and move
within a text input field.
The Select button (center of the Navigation pad) allows you to select a highlighted item, disable
the phone screen for cleaning, or enable the phone screen if it is in power-save mode.
The Select button is lit (white) when the phone is in power-save mode.
7
Conference button
Creates a conference call.
8
Hold button
Places a connected call on hold.
9
Transfer button
Transfers a call.
10 Keypad
Allows you to dial phone numbers, enter letters, and choose menu items (by entering the item
number).
11 Speakerphone
button
Selects the speakerphone as the default audio path and initiates a new call, picks up an incoming
call, or ends a call. During a call, the button is lit green.
The speakerphone audio path does not change until a new default audio path is selected (for
example, by picking up the handset).
If external speakers are connected, the Speakerphone button selects them as the default audio
path.
12 Mute button
Toggles the microphone on or off during a call. When the microphone is muted, the button is
lit red.
13 Headset button
Selects the wired headset as the default audio path and initiates a new call, picks up an incoming
call, or ends a call. During a call, the button is lit green.
A headset icon in the phone screen header line indicates the headset is the default audio path.
This audio path does not change until a new default audio path is selected (for example, by
picking up the handset).
14 Volume button
Controls the handset, headset, and speakerphone volume (off-hook) and the ringer volume
(on-hook).
Silences the ringer on the phone if an incoming call is ringing.
15 Messages button
Auto-dials your voicemail system (varies by system).
16 Applications button Opens the Applications menu. Depending on how your system administrator sets up the phone,
use it to access applications such as call history, preferences, and phone information.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
1-3
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Table 1-1
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 (continued)
17 Contacts button
Opens the Contacts menu. Depending on how your system administrator sets up the phone, use
it to access personal directory, corporate directory, or call history.
18 Phone display
Phone display that can be positioned to your preferred viewing angle.
19 Programmable
feature buttons
Programmable feature buttons that correspond to phone lines, speed dials, and calling features.
Pressing a button for a phone line displays the active calls for that line. If you have multiple
lines, you might have an All Calls feature button that displays a consolidated list of calls from
all lines.
Color LEDs indicate the line state:
•
Amber—Ringing call on this line
•
Green—Active or held call on this line
•
Red—Shared line in-use remotely
(The position of programmable feature buttons may be reversed with that of session buttons on
phones using a locale with a right-to-left reading orientation, such as Hebrew and Arabic.)
20 Handset with light
strip
The handset light strip lights up to indicate a ringing call (flashing red) or a new voice message
(steady red).
Figure 1-2 shows the main components of the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951.
Figure 1-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951
1
20
2
19
18
3
17
4
16
5
15
6
14
13 12 11
10
9
8
194674
7
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
1-4
OL-20861-01
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Table 1-2 describes the buttons on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951.
Table 1-2
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951
1
Phone screen
Shows information about your phone, including directory number, call information (for
example caller ID, icons for an active call or call on hold) and available softkeys.
2
Session buttons
Each represents a call session and takes the default action for that session. For example,
pressing the session button for a ringing call answers the call, while pressing the session
button for a held call resumes the call.
Color LEDs reflect the call state. LEDs can flash (blink on and off rapidly), pulse (alternately
dim and brighten), or appear solid (glow without interruption).
•
Flashing amber—Ringing call
•
Solid green—Connected call or an outgoing call that is not yet connected
•
Pulsing green—Held call
•
Solid red—Shared line in-use remotely
•
Pulsing red—Shared line call put on hold remotely
(The position of session buttons may be reversed with that of programmable feature buttons
on phones using a locale with a right-to-left reading orientation, such as Hebrew and
Arabic.)
3
Softkey buttons
Allow you to access the softkey options displayed on your phone screen.
4
Back button
Returns to the previous screen or menu.
5
Release button
Ends a connected call or session.
6
Navigation pad and
Select button
The four-way Navigation pad allows you to scroll through menus, highlight items, and move
within a text input field.
The Select button (center of the Navigation pad) allows you to select a highlighted item,
disable the phone screen for cleaning, or enable the phone screen if it is in power-save mode.
The Select button is lit (white) when the phone is in power-save mode.
7
Conference button
Creates a conference call.
8
Hold button
Places a connected call on hold.
9
Transfer button
Transfers a call.
10
Keypad
Allows you to dial phone numbers, enter letters, and choose menu items (by entering the
item number).
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
1-5
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Table 1-2
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 (continued)
Speakerphone button
11
Selects the speakerphone as the default audio path and initiates a new call, picks up an
incoming call, or ends a call. During a call, the button is lit green.
The speakerphone audio path does not change until a new default audio path is selected (for
example, by picking up the handset).
If external speakers are connected, the Speakerphone button selects them as the default
audio path.
12
Mute button
Toggles the microphone on or off during a call. When the microphone is muted, the button
is lit red.
13
Headset button
Selects the wired headset as the default audio path and initiates a new call, picks up an
incoming call, or ends a call. During a call, the button is lit green.
A headset icon in the phone screen header line indicates the headset is the default audio path.
This audio path does not change until a new default audio path is selected (for example, by
picking up the handset).
Volume button
14
Controls the handset, headset, and speakerphone volume (off-hook) and the ringer volume
(on-hook).
Silences the ringer on the phone if an incoming call is ringing.
15
Messages button
Auto-dials your voicemail system (varies by system).
16
Applications button
Opens the Applications menu. Depending on how your system administrator sets up the
phone, use it to access applications such as call history, preferences, and phone information.
17
Contacts button
Opens the Contacts menu. Depending on how your system administrator sets up the phone,
use it to access personal directory, corporate directory, or call history.
18
Phone display
Phone display that can be positioned to your preferred viewing angle.
19
Programmable feature
buttons
Programmable feature buttons that correspond to phone lines, speed dials, and calling
features.
Pressing a button for a phone line displays the active calls for that line. If you have multiple
lines, you might have an All Calls feature button that displays a consolidated list of calls
from all lines.
Color LEDs indicate the line state:
•
Amber—Ringing call on this line
•
Green—Active or held call on this line
•
Red—Shared line in-use remotely
(The position of programmable feature buttons may be reversed with that of session buttons
on phones using a locale with a right-to-left reading orientation, such as Hebrew and
Arabic.)
Handset with light
strip
20
The handset light strip lights up to indicate a ringing call (flashing red) or a new voice
message (steady red).
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
1-6
OL-20861-01
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Figure 1-3 shows the main components of the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971.
Figure 1-3
Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971
1
19
2
18
17
16
3
15
4
14
5
13
12 11 10
9
8
7
194675
6
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
1-7
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Table 1-3 describes the buttons on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971.
Table 1-3
1
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971
Phone screen
Shows information about your phone, including directory number, call information (for
example caller ID, icons for an active call or call on hold) and available softkeys.
Phone screen items, such as menu options and softkeys, are touch-sensitive.
2
Session buttons
Each represents a call session and takes the default action for that session. For example,
pressing the session button for a ringing call answers the call, while pressing the session button
for a held call resumes the call.
Color LEDs reflect the call state. LEDs can flash (blink on and off rapidly), pulse (alternately
dim and brighten), or appear solid (glow without interruption).
•
Flashing amber—Ringing call
•
Solid green—Connected call or an outgoing call that is not yet connected
•
Pulsing green—Held call
•
Solid red—Shared line in-use remotely
•
Pulsing red—Shared line call put on hold remotely
(The position of session buttons may be reversed with that of programmable feature buttons
on phones using a locale with a right-to-left reading orientation, such as Hebrew and Arabic.)
3
Back button
Returns to the previous screen or menu.
4
Release button
Ends a connected call or session.
5
Navigation pad and
Select button
The four-way Navigation pad allows you to scroll through menus, highlight items, and move
within a text input field.
The Select button (center of the Navigation pad) allows you to select a highlighted item,
disable the phone screen for cleaning, or enable the phone screen if it is in power-save mode.
The Select button is lit (white) when the phone is in power-save mode.
6
Conference button
Creates a conference call.
7
Hold button
Places a connected call on hold.
8
Transfer button
Transfers a call.
9
Keypad
Allows you to dial phone numbers, enter letters, and choose menu items (by entering the item
number).
10
Speakerphone
button
Selects the speakerphone as the default audio path and initiates a new call, picks up an
incoming call, or ends a call. During a call, the button is lit green.
The speakerphone audio path does not change until a new default audio path is selected (for
example, by picking up the handset).
If external speakers are connected, the Speakerphone button selects them as the default audio
path.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
1-8
OL-20861-01
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Table 1-3
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 (continued)
11
Mute button
Toggles the microphone on or off during a call. When the microphone is muted, the button is
lit red.
12
Headset button
Selects the wired headset as the default audio path and initiates a new call, picks up an
incoming call, or ends a call. During a call, the button is lit green.
A headset icon in the phone screen header line indicates the headset is the default audio path.
This audio path does not change until a new default audio path is selected (for example, by
picking up the handset).
13
Volume button
Controls the handset, headset, and speakerphone volume (off-hook) and the ringer volume
(on-hook).
Silences the ringer on the phone if an incoming call is ringing.
14
Messages button
Auto-dials your voicemail system (varies by system).
15
Applications button
Opens the Applications menu. Depending on how your system administrator sets up the
phone, use it to access applications such as call history, preferences, and phone information.
16
Contacts button
Opens the Contacts menu. Depending on how your system administrator sets up the phone,
use it to access personal directory, corporate directory, or call history.
17
Phone display
Phone display that can be positioned to your preferred viewing angle.
18
Programmable
feature buttons
Programmable feature buttons that correspond to phone lines, speed dials, and calling
features.
Pressing a button for a phone line displays the active calls for that line. If you have multiple
lines, you might have an All Calls feature button that displays a consolidated list of calls from
all lines.
Color LEDs indicate the line state:
•
Amber—Ringing call on this line
•
Green—Active or held call on this line
•
Red—Shared line in-use remotely
(The position of programmable feature buttons may be reversed with that of session buttons
on phones using a locale with a right-to-left reading orientation, such as Hebrew and Arabic.)
19
Handset with light
strip
The handset light strip lights up to indicate a ringing call (flashing red) or a new voice message
(steady red).
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
1-9
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
What Networking Protocols are Used?
What Networking Protocols are Used?
Cisco Unified IP Phones support several industry-standard and Cisco networking protocols required for
voice communication. Table 1-4 provides an overview of the networking protocols that the
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 support.
Table 1-4
Supported Networking Protocols on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Networking Protocol
Purpose
Usage Notes
Bluetooth
Bluetooth is a wireless personal area
network (WPAN) protocol that specifies
how devices communicate over short
distances.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 and 9971 support
Bluetooth 2.1
Bootstrap Protocol
(BootP)
BootP enables a network device such as
the Cisco Unified IP Phone to discover
certain startup information, such as its IP
address.
—
Cisco Audio Session
Tunnel (CAST)
The Cisco Unified IP Phone uses CAST as an
The CAST protocol allows the Cisco
interface between CUVA and Unified CM using the
Unified IP Phones and associated
applications to discover and communicate Cisco IP Phone as a SIP proxy.
with the remote IP phones without
requiring changes to the traditional
signaling components such as Cisco
Unified CM and gateways.
Cisco Discovery Protocol
(CDP)
CDP is a device-discovery protocol that
runs on all Cisco-manufactured
equipment.
Using CDP, a device can advertise its
existence to other devices and receive
information about other devices in the
network.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone uses CDP to
communicate information such as auxiliary VLAN ID,
per port power management details, and Quality of
Service (QoS) configuration information with the
Cisco Catalyst switch.
Cisco Peer-to-Peer
Distribution Protocol
(CPPDP)
CPPDP is used by the Peer Firmware Sharing
CPPDP is a Cisco proprietary protocol
feature.
used to form a peer to peer hierarchy of
devices. This hierarchy is used to
distribute firmware files from peer devices
to their neighboring devices.
Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol
(DHCP)
DHCP dynamically allocates and assigns
an IP address to network devices.
DHCP enables you to connect an IP phone
into the network and have the phone
become operational without your needing
to manually assign an IP address or to
configure additional network parameters.
DHCP is enabled by default. If disabled, you must
manually configure the IP address, subnet mask,
gateway, and a TFTP server on each phone locally.
Cisco recommends that you use DHCP custom
option 150. With this method, you configure the
TFTP server IP address as the option value. For
additional supported DHCP configurations, go to
the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol chapter
and the Cisco TFTP chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager System Guide.
Note
If you cannot use option 150, you may try
using DHCP option 66.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
1-10
OL-20861-01
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
What Networking Protocols are Used?
Table 1-4
Supported Networking Protocols on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Networking Protocol
Purpose
Hypertext Transfer
Protocol (HTTP)
HTTP is the standard way of transferring Cisco Unified IP Phones use HTTP for the XML
information and moving documents across services and for troubleshooting purposes
the Internet and the web.
Hypertext Transfer
Protocol Secure (HTTPS)
Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure
(HTTPS) is a combination of the
Hypertext Transfer Protocol with the
SSL/TLS protocol to provide encryption
and secure identification of servers.
Web applications with both HTTP and HTTPS
support have two URLs configured. Cisco Unified
IP Phones that support HTTPS choose the HTTPS
URL.
IEEE 802.1X
The IEEE 802.1X standard defines a
client-server-based access control and
authentication protocol that restricts
unauthorized clients from connecting to a
LAN through publicly accessible ports.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone implements the IEEE
802.1X standard by providing support for the
following authentication methods: EAP-FAST,
EAP-TLS, and EAP-MD5.
Until the client is authenticated, 802.1X
access control allows only Extensible
Authentication Protocol over LAN
(EAPOL) traffic through the port to which
the client is connected. After
authentication is successful, normal traffic
can pass through the port.
IEEE 802.11a/b/g
The IEEE 802.11 standard specifies how
devices communication over a wireless
local area network (WLAN).
Usage Notes
When 802.1X authentication is enabled on the
phone, you should disable the PC port and voice
VLAN. Refer to the “Supporting 802.1X
Authentication on Cisco Unified IP Phones” section
on page 1-22 for additional information.
(Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 only) The 802.11
interface is a deployment option for cases when
Ethernet cabling is unavailable or undesirable.
802.11a operates at the 5 GHz band and
802.11b and 802.11g operate at the 2.4
GHz band
Internet Protocol (IP)
IP is a messaging protocol that addresses
and sends packets across the network.
To communicate using IP, network devices must
have an assigned IP address, subnet, and gateway.
IP addresses, subnets, and gateways identifications
are automatically assigned if you are using the
Cisco Unified IP Phone with Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol (DHCP). If you are not
using DHCP, you must manually assign these
properties to each phone locally.
Link Layer Discovery
Protocol (LLDP)
LLDP is a standardized network discovery The Cisco Unified IP Phone supports LLDP on the
protocol (similar to CDP) that is supported PC port.
on some Cisco and third-party devices.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
1-11
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
What Networking Protocols are Used?
Table 1-4
Supported Networking Protocols on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Networking Protocol
Purpose
Usage Notes
Link Layer Discovery
Protocol-Media Endpoint
Devices (LLDP-MED)
LLDP-MED is an extension of the LLDP
standard developed for voice products.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone supports LLDP-MED
on the SW port to communicate information such as:
•
Voice VLAN configuration
•
Device discovery
•
Power management
•
Inventory management
For more information about LLDP-MED support,
see the LLDP-MED and Cisco Discovery Protocol
white paper:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/tech/tk652/tk701/tech
nologies_white_paper0900aecd804cd46d.shtml
Real-Time Transport
Protocol (RTP)
RTP is a standard protocol for transporting Cisco Unified IP Phones use the RTP protocol to
real-time data, such as interactive voice
send and receive real-time voice traffic from other
and video, over data networks.
phones and gateways.
Real-Time Control
Protocol (RTCP)
RTCP works in conjunction with RTP to
provide QoS data (such as jitter, latency,
and round trip delay) on RTP streams.
RTCP is disabled by default, but you can enable it
on a per phone basis by using Cisco Unified
Communications Manager.
Session Description
Protocol (SDP)
SDP is the portion of the SIP protocol that
determines which parameters are available
during a connection between two
endpoints. Conferences are established by
using only the SDP capabilities that are
supported by all endpoints in the
conference.
SDP capabilities, such as codec types, DTMF
detection, and comfort noise, are normally
configured on a global basis by Cisco Unified
Communications Manager or Media Gateway in
operation. Some SIP endpoints may allow these
parameters to be configured on the endpoint itself.
Session Initiation Protocol SIP is the Internet Engineering Task Force
(SIP)
(IETF) standard for multimedia
conferencing over IP. SIP is an
ASCII-based application-layer control
protocol (defined in RFC 3261) that can be
used to establish, maintain, and terminate
calls between two or more endpoints.
Like other VoIP protocols, SIP is designed to
address the functions of signaling and session
management within a packet telephony network.
Signaling allows call information to be carried
across network boundaries. Session management
provides the ability to control the attributes of an
end-to-end call.
Transmission Control
Protocol (TCP)
TCP is a connection-oriented transport
protocol.
Cisco Unified IP Phones use TCP to connect to
Cisco Unified Communications Manager and to
access XML services.
Transport Layer Security
TLS is a standard protocol for securing
and authenticating communications.
When security is implemented, Cisco Unified IP
Phones use the TLS protocol when securely
registering with Cisco Unified Communications
Manager.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
1-12
OL-20861-01
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
What Features are Supported on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971?
Table 1-4
Supported Networking Protocols on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Networking Protocol
Purpose
Usage Notes
Trivial File Transfer
Protocol (TFTP)
TFTP allows you to transfer files over the TFTP requires a TFTP server in your network,
which can be automatically identified from the
network.
DHCP server. If you want a phone to use a TFTP
On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, TFTP
server other than the one specified by the DHCP
enables you to obtain a configuration file
server, you must manually assign the IP address of
specific to the phone type.
the TFTP server by using the Network
Configuration menu on the phone.
For more information, go to the Cisco TFTP chapter
in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide.
User Datagram Protocol
(UDP)
UDP is a connectionless messaging
protocol for delivery of data packets.
Cisco Unified IP Phones transmit and receive RTP
streams, which utilize UDP.
Related Topics
•
Understanding Interactions with Other Cisco Unified IP Telephony Products, page 2-1
•
Understanding the Phone Startup Process, page 2-7
•
Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4
What Features are Supported on the Cisco Unified
IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971?
Cisco Unified IP Phones function much like a digital business phone, allowing you to place and receive
phone calls. In addition to traditional telephony features, the Cisco Unified IP Phone includes features
that enable you to administer and monitor the phone as a network device.
This section includes the following topics:
•
Feature Overview, page 1-13
•
Configuring Telephony Features, page 1-14
•
Configuring Network Parameters Using the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 1-14
•
Providing Users with Feature Information, page 1-15
Feature Overview
Cisco Unified IP Phones provide traditional telephony functionality, such as call forwarding and
transferring, redialing, speed dialing, conference calling, and voice messaging system access.
Cisco Unified IP phones also provide a variety of other features. For an overview of the telephony
features that the Cisco Unified IP Phone supports and for tips on configuring them, see the “Telephony
Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on page 8-2.
As with other network devices, you must configure Cisco Unified IP Phones to prepare them to access
Cisco Unified Communications Manager and the rest of the IP network. By using DHCP, you have fewer
settings to configure on a phone, but if your network requires it, you can manually configure an IP
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
1-13
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
What Features are Supported on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971?
address, TFTP server, subnet information, and so on. For instructions on configuring the network
settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phones, see Chapter 7, “Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified
IP Phone.”
Cisco Unified IP Phones can interact with other services and devices on your IP network to provide
enhanced functionality. For example, you can integrate Cisco Unified Communications Manager with
the corporate Lightweight Directory Access Protocol 3 (LDAP3) standard directory to enable users to
search for co-worker contact information directly from their IP phones. You can also use XML to enable
users to access information such as weather, stocks, quote of the day, and other web-based information.
For information about configuring such services, see the “Configuring Corporate and Personal
Directories” section on page 8-27 and the “Setting Up Services” section on page 8-32.
Finally, because the Cisco Unified IP Phone is a network device, you can obtain detailed status
information from it directly. This information can assist you with troubleshooting any problems users
might encounter when using their IP phones. See Chapter 10, “Viewing Model Information, Status, and
Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone,” for more information.
Related Topics
•
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 7-1
•
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users, page 8-1
•
Troubleshooting and Maintenance, page 12-1
Configuring Telephony Features
You can modify additional settings for the Cisco Unified IP Phone from Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration. Use this web-based application to set up phone registration criteria and calling
search spaces, to configure corporate directories and services, and to modify phone button templates,
among other tasks. See the “Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on
page 8-2 and the Cisco Unified Communications Manager documentation for additional information.
For more information about Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, refer to
Cisco Unified Communications Manager documentation, including Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration Guide. You can also use the context-sensitive help available within the
application for guidance.
You can access Cisco Unified Communications Manager documentation at this location:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/voicesw/ps556/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
You can access Cisco Unified Communications Manager Business Edition documentation at this
location:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps7273/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
Related Topic
•
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 8-2
Configuring Network Parameters Using the Cisco Unified IP Phone
You can configure parameters such as DHCP, TFTP, and IP settings on the phone itself. You can also
obtain statistics about a current call or firmware versions on the phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
1-14
OL-20861-01
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
For more information about configuring features and viewing statistics from the phone, see Chapter 7,
“Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone” and see Chapter 10, “Viewing Model
Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.”
Providing Users with Feature Information
If you are a system administrator, you are likely the primary source of information for Cisco Unified IP
Phone users in your network or company. To ensure that you distribute the most current feature and
procedural information, familiarize yourself with Cisco Unified IP Phone documentation. Make sure to
visit the Cisco Unified IP Phone web site:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps10453/products_user_guide_list.html
From this site, you can view various user guides.
In addition to providing documentation, it is important to inform users of available Cisco Unified IP
Phone features, including those specific to your company or network, and of how to access and
customize those features, if appropriate.
For a summary of some of the key information that phone users need their system administrators to
provide, see Appendix A, “Providing Information to Users Via a Website.”
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
Implementing security in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager system prevents identity theft of
the phone and Cisco Unified Communications Manager server, prevents data tampering, and prevents
call signaling and media stream tampering.
To alleviate these threats, the Cisco IP telephony network establishes and maintains secure (encrypted)
communication streams between a phone and the server, digitally signs files before they are transferred
to a phone, and encrypts media streams and call signaling between Cisco Unified IP phones.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 use the Phone security profile, which defines whether
the device is nonsecure or secure. For information on applying the security profile to the phone, refer to
the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
If you configure security-related settings in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration,
the phone configuration file will contain sensitive information. To ensure the privacy of a configuration
file, you must configure it for encryption. For detailed information, refer to the “Configuring Encrypted
Phone Configuration Files” chapter in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
Table 1-5 shows where you can find information about security in this and other documents.
Table 1-5
Cisco Unified IP Phone and Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Topics
Topic
Reference
Detailed explanation of security, including set Refer to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
up, configuration, and troubleshooting
information for Cisco Unified Communications
Manager and Cisco Unified IP Phones
Security features supported on the Cisco
Unified IP Phone
See the “Overview of Supported Security Features” section on page 1-16
Restrictions regarding security features
See the “Security Restrictions” section on page 1-23
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
1-15
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
Table 1-5
Cisco Unified IP Phone and Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Topics (continued)
Topic
Reference
Viewing a security profile name
Table 1-6 provides an overview of the security features that the
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 support. For more
information about these features and about Cisco Unified Communications
Manager and Cisco Unified IP Phone security, refer to the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
Identifying phone calls for which security is
implemented
See the “Identifying Secure (Encrypted) Phone Calls” section on page 1-19
Extension Mobility HTTPS Support
See the “What Networking Protocols are Used?” section on page 1-10
TLS connection
•
See the “What Networking Protocols are Used?” section on page 1-10
•
See the “Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Database” section on page 2-9
Security and the phone startup process
See the “Understanding the Phone Startup Process” section on page 2-7
Security and phone configuration files
See the “Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Database” section on page 2-9
Changing the TFTP Server 1 or TFTP Server 2 See the “IPv4 Setup Menu Options” section on page 7-10
option on the phone when security is
implemented.
Items on the Security Setup menu that you
access from the phone
See the “Security Setup Menu” section on page 7-13
Disabling access to a phone’s web pages
See the “Enabling and Disabling Web Page Access” section on page 11-3
Troubleshooting
•
See the “Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Security” section on
page 12-9
•
Refer to the Troubleshooting Guide for Cisco Unified Communications
Manager
Deleting the CTL file from the phone
See the “Resetting the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on page 12-15
Resetting or restoring the phone
See the “Resetting the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on page 12-15
802.1X Authentication for Cisco Unified IP
Phones
See these sections:
•
“Supporting 802.1X Authentication on Cisco Unified IP Phones”
section on page 1-22
•
“Security Setup Menu” section on page 7-13
•
“Status Menu” section on page 10-2
•
“Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Security” section on
page 12-9
Overview of Supported Security Features
Table 1-6 provides an overview of the security features that the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and
9971 support. For more information about these features and about Cisco Unified Communications
Manager and Cisco Unified IP Phone security, refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Security Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
1-16
OL-20861-01
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
For information about current security settings on a phone, press
and choose Administrator
Settings > Security Setup. For more information, see the “Security Setup Menu” section on page 7-13.
Table 1-6
Overview of Security Features
Feature
Description
Image authentication
Signed binary files (with the extension .sbn) prevent tampering with the firmware
image before it is loaded on a phone. Tampering with the image causes a phone to fail
the authentication process and reject the new image.
Image Encryption
Encrypted binary files (with the extension .sebn) prevent tampering with the firmware
image before it is loaded on a phone.
Tampering with the image causes a phone to fail the authentication process and reject
the new image.
Customer-site certificate
installation
Each Cisco Unified IP Phone requires a unique certificate for device authentication.
Phones include a manufacturing installed certificate (MIC), but for additional security,
you can specify in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration that a
certificate be installed by using the Certificate Authority Proxy Function (CAPF).
Alternatively, you can install a Locally Significant Certificate (LSC) from the Security
Configuration menu on the phone. See the “Configuring Security on the Cisco Unified
IP Phone” section on page 3-21 for more information.
Device authentication
Occurs between the Cisco Unified Communications Manager server and the phone
when each entity accepts the certificate of the other entity. Determines whether a
secure connection between the phone and a Cisco Unified Communications Manager
should occur; and, if necessary, creates a secure signaling path between the entities by
using TLS protocol. Cisco Unified Communications Manager will not register phones
unless they can be authenticated by the Cisco Unified Communications Manager.
File authentication
Validates digitally signed files that the phone downloads. The phone validates the
signature to make sure that file tampering did not occur after the file creation. Files that
fail authentication are not written to Flash memory on the phone. The phone rejects
such files without further processing.
File encryption
Encryption prevents sensitive information from being revealed while the file is in
transit to the phone. In addition the phone validates the signature to make sure that file
tampering did not occur after the file creation. Files that fail authentication are not
written to Flash memory on the phone. The phone rejects such files without further
processing.
Signaling Authentication
Uses the TLS protocol to validate that no tampering has occurred to signaling packets
during transmission.
Manufacturing installed certificate Each Cisco Unified IP Phone contains a unique manufacturing installed certificate
(MIC), which is used for device authentication. The MIC is a permanent unique proof
of identity for the phone, and allows Cisco Unified Communications Manager to
authenticate the phone.
Media encryption
Uses SRTP to ensure that the media streams between supported devices proves secure
and that only the intended device receives and reads the data. Includes creating a media
master key pair for the devices, delivering the keys to the devices, and securing the
delivery of the keys while the keys are in transport.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
1-17
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
Table 1-6
Overview of Security Features (continued)
Feature
Description
CAPF (Certificate Authority Proxy Implements parts of the certificate generation procedure that are too
Function)
processing-intensive for the phone, and interacts with the phone for key generation and
certificate installation. The CAPF can be configured to request certificates from
customer-specified certificate authorities on behalf of the phone, or it can be
configured to generate certificates locally.
Security profiles
Defines whether the phone is nonsecure, authenticated, encrypted, or protected. See
Table 1-6, which provides an overview of the security features that the Cisco Unified
IP Phone 9971 supports. For more information about these features and about
Cisco Unified Communications Manager and Cisco Unified IP Phone security, refer to
the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
Encrypted configuration files
Lets you ensure the privacy of phone configuration files.
Optional disabling of the web
server functionality for a phone
For security purposes, you can prevent access to a phone’s web page (which displays
a variety of operational statistics for the phone) and user options pages. For more
information, see the “Enabling and Disabling Web Page Access” section on page 11-3.
Phone hardening
Additional security options, which you control from Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration:
•
Disabling PC port
•
Disabling Gratuitous ARP (GARP)
•
Disabling PC Voice VLAN access
•
Disabling access to the Setting menus, or providing restricted access that allows
access to the Preferences menu and saving volume changes only
•
Disabling access to web pages for a phone
•
Disabling Bluetooth Accessory Port
802.1X Authentication
The Cisco Unified IP Phone can use 802.1X authentication to request and gain access
to the network. See the “Supporting 802.1X Authentication on Cisco Unified IP
Phones” section on page 1-22 for more information.
Secure SIP Failover for SRST
After you configure an SRST reference for security and then reset the dependent
devices in Cisco Unified CM Administration, the TFTP server adds the SRST
certificate to the phone cnf.xml file and sends the file to the phone. A secure phone then
uses a TLS connection to interact with the SRST-enabled router.
Signaling encryption
Ensures that all SCCP and SIP signaling messages that are sent between the device and
the Cisco Unified CM server are encrypted.
Related Topics
•
Identifying Secure (Encrypted) Phone Calls, page 1-19
•
Security Restrictions, page 1-23
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
1-18
OL-20861-01
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
Understanding Security Profiles
All Cisco Unified IP Phones that support Cisco Unified Communications Manager use a security profile,
which defines whether the phone is nonsecure, authenticated, or encrypted. For information about
configuring the security profile and applying the profile to the phone, refer to Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Security Guide.
To view the security mode that is set for the phone, look at the Security Mode setting in the Security
Configuration menu. For more information, see the “Security Setup Menu” section on page 7-13.
Related Topics
•
Identifying Secure (Encrypted) Phone Calls, page 1-19
•
Security Restrictions, page 1-23
Identifying Secure (Encrypted) Phone Calls
When security is implemented for a phone, you can identify secure phone calls by icons on the phone
screen. You can also determine if the connected phone is secure and protected if a security tone plays at
the beginning of the call.
In a secure call, all call signaling and media streams are encrypted. A secure call offers a high level of
security, providing integrity and privacy to the call. When a call in progress is being encrypted, the call
progress icon to the right of the call duration timer in the phone screen changes to the following icon:
.
Note
If the call is routed through non-IP call legs, for example, PSTN, the call may be nonsecure even though
it is encrypted within the IP network and has a lock icon associated with it.
In a secure call, a security tone plays at the beginning of a call to indicate that the other connected phone
is also receiving and transmitting secure audio and video (if video is involved). If your call is connected
to a non-secure phone, the security tone does not play.
Note
Secure calling is supported for connections between two phones only. Some features, such as conference
calling, shared lines, and Extension Mobility are not available when secure calling is configured.
Related Topic
•
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones, page 1-15
•
Security Restrictions, page 1-23
Establishing and Identifying Secure Conference Calls
You can initiate a secure conference call and monitor the security level of participants. A secure
conference call is established using this process:
1.
A user initiates the conference from a secure phone.
2.
Cisco Unified Communications Manager assigns a secure conference bridge to the call.
3.
As participants are added, Cisco Unified Communications Manager verifies the security mode of
each phone and maintains the secure level for the conference.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
1-19
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
4.
Note
The phone displays the security level of the conference call. A secure conference displays
to the right of “Conference” on the phone screen.
icon
There are interactions, restrictions, and limitations that affect the security level of the conference call
depending on the security mode of the participant’s phones and the availability of secure conference
bridges. See Table 1-7 and Table 1-8 for information about these interactions.
Establishing and Identifying Secure Calls
A secure call is established when your phone, and the phone on the other end, is configured for secure
calling. The other phone can be in the same Cisco IP network, or on a network outside the IP network.
Secured calls can only be made between two phones. Conference calls and other multiple-line calls are
not supported.
A secured call is established using this process:
Note
1.
A user initiates the call from a secured phone (secured security mode).
2.
The phone displays the
icon (secure) on the phone screen. This icon indicates that the phone is
configured for secure calls, but this does not mean that the other connected phone is also secured.
3.
A security tone plays if the call is connected to another secured phone, indicating that both ends of
the conversation are encrypted and secured. If the call is connected to a non-secured phone, then the
secure tone is not played.
Secured calling is supported for conversations between two phones. Some features, such as conference
calling, shared lines, and Cisco Extension Mobility are not available when secured calling is configured.
Call Security Interactions and Restrictions
Cisco Unified Communications Manager checks the phone security status when conferences are
established and changes the security indication for the conference or blocks the completion of the call
to maintain integrity and also security in the system. Table 1-7 provides information about changes to
call security levels when using Barge.
Table 1-7
Call Security Interactions When Using Barge
Initiator’s Phone
Security Level
Feature Used
Call Security Level
Results of Action
Non-secure
Barge
Encrypted call
Call barged and identified as non-secure call
Secure
Barge
Encrypted call
Call barged and identified as secure call
Table 1-8 provides information about changes to conference security levels depending on the initiator’s
phone security level, the security levels of participants, and the availability of secure conference bridges.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
1-20
OL-20861-01
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
Table 1-8
Security Restrictions with Conference Calls
Initiator’s Phone
Security Level
Feature Used
Security Level of Participants
Results of Action
Non-secure
Conference
Secure
Non-secure conference bridge
Non-secure conference
Secure
Secure
Conference
Conference
At least one member is
non-secure.
Secure conference bridge
Secure.
Secure conference bridge
Non-secure conference
Secure encrypted level conference
Non-secure
MeetMe
Minimum security level is
encrypted
Initiator receives message “Does not meet Security
Level, call rejected.”
Secure
MeetMe
Minimum security level is
non-secure
Only secure conference bridge available and used
Conference accepts all calls
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
1-21
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
Supporting 802.1X Authentication on Cisco Unified IP Phones
These sections provide information about 802.1X support on the Cisco Unified IP Phones:
•
Overview, page 1-22
•
Required Network Components, page 1-22
•
Best Practices—Requirements and Recommendations, page 1-22
Overview
Cisco Unified IP phones and Cisco Catalyst switches have traditionally used Cisco Discovery Protocol
(CDP) to identify each other and determine parameters such as VLAN allocation and inline power
requirements. However, CDP is not used to identify any locally attached PCs; therefore, Cisco Unified
IP Phones provide an EAPOL pass-through mechanism, whereby a PC locally attached to the IP phone,
may pass through EAPOL messages to the 802.1X authenticator in the LAN switch. This prevents the
IP phone from having to act as the authenticator, yet allows the LAN switch to authenticate a data
endpoint prior to accessing the network.
In conjunction with the EAPOL pass-through mechanism, Cisco Unified IP Phones provide a proxy
EAPOL-Logoff mechanism. In the event that the locally attached PC is disconnected from the IP phone,
the LAN switch would not see the physical link fail, because the link between the LAN switch and the
IP phone is maintained. To avoid compromising network integrity, the IP phone sends an EAPOL-Logoff
message to the switch, on behalf of the downstream PC, which triggers the LAN switch to clear the
authentication entry for the downstream PC.
The Cisco Unified IP phones also contain an 802.1X supplicant, in addition to the EAPOL pass-through
mechanism. This supplicant allows network administrators to control the connectivity of IP phones to
the LAN switch ports. The current release of the phone 802.1X supplicant uses the EAP-FAST,
EAP-TLS, and EAP-MD5 options for network authentication.
Required Network Components
Support for 802.1X authentication on Cisco Unified IP Phones requires several components, including:
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone—The phone acts as the 802.1X supplicant, which initiates the request to
access the network.
•
Cisco Secure Access Control Server (ACS) (or other third-party authentication server)—The
authentication server and the phone must both be configured with a shared secret that is used to
authenticate the phone.
•
Cisco Catalyst Switch (or other third-party switch)—The switch must support 802.1X, so it can act
as the authenticator and pass the messages between the phone and the authentication server. When
the exchange is completed, the switch then grants or denies the phone access to the network.
Best Practices—Requirements and Recommendations
•
Enable 802.1X Authentication—If you want to use the 802.1X standard to authenticate Cisco
Unified IP Phones, be sure that you have properly configured the other components before enabling
it on the phone. See the “802.1X Authentication and Transaction Status” section on page 7-15 for
more information.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
1-22
OL-20861-01
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
•
Configure PC Port—The 802.1X standard does not take into account the use of VLANs and thus
recommends that only a single device should be authenticated to a specific switch port. However,
some switches (including Cisco Catalyst switches) support multi-domain authentication. The switch
configuration determines whether you can connect a PC to the phone’s PC port.
– Enabled—If you are using a switch that supports multi-domain authentication, you can enable
the PC port and connect a PC to it. In this case, Cisco Unified IP Phones support proxy
EAPOL-Logoff to monitor the authentication exchanges between the switch and the attached
PC. For more information about IEEE 802.1X support on the Cisco Catalyst switches, refer to
the Cisco Catalyst switch configuration guides at:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/ps708/tsd_products_support_series_home.
html
– Disabled—If the switch does not support multiple 802.1X-compliant devices on the same port,
you should disable the PC Port when 802.1X authentication is enabled. See the “Ethernet Setup
Menu” section on page 7-4 for more information. If you do not disable this port and
subsequently attempt to attach a PC to it, the switch will deny network access to both the phone
and the PC.
•
Configure Voice VLAN—Because the 802.1X standard does not account for VLANs, you should
configure this setting based on the switch support.
– Enabled—If you are using a switch that supports multi-domain authentication, you can continue
to use the voice VLAN.
– Disabled—If the switch does not support multi-domain authentication, disable the Voice VLAN
and consider assigning the port to the native VLAN. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on
page 7-4 for more information.
•
Enter MD5 Shared Secret—If you disable 802.1X authentication or perform a factory reset on the
phone, the previously configured MD5 shared secret is deleted. See the “802.1X Authentication and
Transaction Status” section on page 7-15 for more information.
Security Restrictions
A user cannot barge into an encrypted call if the phone that is used to barge is not configured for
encryption. When barge fails in this case, a reorder tone (fast busy tone) plays on the phone on which
the user initiated the barge.
If the initiator phone is configured for encryption, the barge initiator can barge into a nonsecure call from
the encrypted phone. After the barge occurs, Cisco Unified Communications Manager classifies the call
as nonsecure.
If the initiator phone is configured for encryption, the barge initiator can barge into an encrypted call,
and the phone indicates that the call is encrypted.
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
When deploying a new IP telephony system, system administrators and network administrators must
complete several initial configuration tasks to prepare the network for IP telephony service. For
information and a checklist for setting up and configuring a Cisco IP telephony network, go to the
System Configuration Overview chapter in Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide.
After you have set up the IP telephony system and configured system-wide features in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager, you can add IP phones to the system.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
1-23
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
The following topics provide an overview of procedures for adding Cisco Unified IP Phones to your
network:
•
Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page 1-24
•
Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones, page 1-28
Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager
To add phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database, you can use:
•
Auto-registration
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
•
Bulk Administration Tool (BAT)
•
BAT and the Tool for Auto-Registered Phones Support (TAPS)
For more information about these choices, see the “Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Database” section on page 2-9.
For general information about configuring phones in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, refer to
the following documentation:
• Cisco Unified IP Phones, Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone Configuration, Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
Guide.
•
Autoregistration Configuration, Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Bulk Administration Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
1-24
OL-20861-01
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
Checklist for Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager
Table 1-9 provides a checklist of configuration tasks for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and
9971 in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. The list presents a suggested order to
guide you through the phone configuration process. Some tasks are optional, depending on your system
and user needs. For detailed procedures and information, refer to the sources in the list.
Table 1-9
Task
1.
Checklist for Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager
Purpose
For More Information
Gather the following information about the phone:
For more information, go to the “Cisco Unified IP
Phones chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager System Guide.
•
Phone Model
•
MAC address
•
Physical location of the phone
•
Name or user ID of phone user
•
Device pool
•
Partition, calling search space, and location
information
•
Number of lines and associated directory numbers
(DNs) to assign to the phone
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager user to
associate with the phone
•
Phone usage information that affects phone
button template, phone features, IP Phone
services, or phone applications
See the “Telephony Features Available for the Cisco
Unified IP Phone” section on page 8-2.
Provides list of configuration requirements for setting
up phones.
Identifies preliminary configuration that you need to
perform before configuring individual phones, such as
phone button templates.
2.
Verify that you have sufficient unit license for your
phone.
For more information, go to the “Licensing” section in
the Cisco Unified Communications Manager System
Guide.
3.
Customize phone button templates (if required).
For more information, go to the Phone Button Template
Configuration chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide.
Changes the number of line buttons, speed-dial
buttons or service URL buttons. You can add a
Privacy, All Calls, or Mobility button to meet user
needs.
See the “Modifying Phone Button Templates” section on
page 8-29.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
1-25
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
Table 1-9
Task
4.
Checklist for Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager (continued)
Purpose
For More Information
Add and configure the phone by completing the
required fields in the Phone Configuration window.
Required fields are indicated by an asterisk (*) next to
the field name; for example, MAC address and device
pool.
For more information, go to the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Configuration chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide.
Adds the device with its default settings to the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager database.
5.
Add and configure directory numbers (lines) on the
phone by completing the required fields in the
Directory Number Configuration window. Required
fields are indicated by an asterisk (*) next to the field
name; for example, directory number and presence
group.
For information about Product Specific Configuration
fields, refer to “?” Button Help in the Phone
Configuration window.
Note
If you want to add both the phone and user to the
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
database at the same time, go to the User/Phone
Add Configuration chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration
Guide.
For more information, go to the “Directory Number
Configuration” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide.
See the “Telephony Features Available for the Cisco
Unified IP Phone” section on page 8-2.
Adds primary and secondary directory numbers and
features associated with directory numbers to the
phone.
6.
Configure speed-dial buttons and assign speed-dial
numbers (optional).
Adds speed-dial buttons and numbers.
Users can change speed-dial settings on their phones
by using Cisco Unified CM User Options.
7.
For more information, go to the “Configuring
Speed-Dial Buttons or Abbreviated Dialing” section in
the “Cisco Unified IP Phone Configuration” chapter in
the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide.
Configure Cisco Unified IP Phone services and assign For more information, go to the “IP Phone Services
Configuration” chapter in the Cisco Unified
services (optional).
Communications Manager Administration Guide.
Provides IP Phone services.
See the “Setting Up Services” section on page 8-32.
Users can add or change services on their phones by
using the Cisco Unified CM User Options.
Note
Users can subscribe to the IP phone service
only if the Enterprise Subscription check box
is unchecked when the IP phone service is first
configured in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration.
Note
Some Cisco-provided default services are
classified as enterprise subscriptions, so the
user cannot add them through the user options
pages. They are on the phone by default, and
they can only be removed from the phone if
you disable them in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager administration.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
1-26
OL-20861-01
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
Table 1-9
Task
8.
9.
Checklist for Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager (continued)
Purpose
For More Information
Assign services to programmable buttons (optional).
Provides access to an IP phone service or URL.
For more information, go to the “Adding a Service URL
Button” section in the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Configuration chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide.
Add user information by configuring required fields.
Required fields are indicated by an asterisk (*); for
example, User ID and last name.
For more information, go to the End User Configuration
chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide.
See the “Adding Users to Cisco Unified
Assign a password (for User Options web
pages) and PIN (for Cisco Extension Mobility Communications Manager” section on page 8-33.
and Personal Directory)
Note
If your company uses a a Lightweight Directory
Access Protocol (LDAP) directory to store
Adds user information to the global directory for
information on users, you can install and
Cisco Unified Communications Manager.
configure Cisco Unified Communications to use
your existing LDAP directory, refer to the
“Configuring Corporate Directories” section on
page 8-27.
Note
Note
10.
Associate a user to a user group.
Assigns users a common list of roles and permissions
that apply to all users in a user group. Administrators
can manage user groups, roles, and permissions to
control the level of access (and, therefore, the level of
security) for system users. For example, you must add
users to the standard Cisco CCM End Users group so
users can access Cisco Unified CM User Options.
11.
Associate a user with a phone (optional).
Provides users with control over their phone such a
forwarding calls or adding speed-dial numbers or
services.
Note
If you want to add both the phone and user to the
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
database at the same time, go to the User/Phone
Add Configurations chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration
Guide.
Refer to the following sections in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide:
•
“End User Configuration Settings” section in the
“End User Configuration” chapter.
•
“Adding Users to a User Group” section in the “User
Group Configuration” chapter.
For more information, go to the “Associating Devices to
an End User” section in the End User Configuration
chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide.
Some phones, such as those in conference
rooms, do not have an associated user.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
1-27
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
After you have added the phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database, you can
complete the phone installation. You (or the phone users) can install the phone at the users’s location.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone Installation Guide, which is provided on the cisco.com web site, provides
directions for connecting the phone handset, cables, and other accessories.
Before you install a phone, even if it is new, upgrade the phone to the current firmware image. For
information about upgrading, refer to the Readme file for your phone, which is located at:
Note
http://tools.cisco.com/support/downloads/go/Redirect.x?mdfid=278875240
After the phone is connected to the network, the phone startup process begins, and the phone registers
with Cisco Unified Communications Manager. To finish installing the phone, configure the network
settings on the phone depending on whether you enable or disable DHCP service.
If you used auto-registration, you need to update the specific configuration information for the phone
such as associating the phone with a user, changing the button table, or directory number.
Checklist for Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Table 1-10 provides an overview and checklist of installation tasks for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961,
9951, and 9971. The list presents a suggested order to guide you through the phone installation. Some
tasks are optional, depending on your system and user needs. For detailed procedures and information,
refer to the sources in the list.
Table 1-10
Task
1.
Installation Checklist for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Purpose
For More Information
Choose the power source for the phone:
See the “Providing Power to the Cisco
Unified IP Phone” section on page 2-3.
•
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
•
External power supply
Determines how the phone receives power.
Note
2.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971, when being used in a
WLAN environment, requires an external power supply.
Assemble the phone, adjust phone placement, and connect the
network cable. (If you are using the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971
in a WLAN environment, refer to Task 5.)
Locates and installs the phone in the network.
3.
Monitor the phone startup process.
Adds primary and secondary directory numbers and features
associated with directory numbers to the phone.
See the “Installing the Cisco Unified IP
Phone” section on page 3-11.
See the “Connecting the Footstand” section
on page 3-19.
See the “Verifying the Phone Startup
Process” section on page 3-21.
Verifies that phone is configured properly.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
1-28
OL-20861-01
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
Table 1-10
Task
4.
Installation Checklist for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 (continued)
Purpose
For More Information
If you choose to deploy the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 on a
wireless network, skip to Task 5.
See the “Configuring Startup Network
Settings” section on page 3-21.
If you are configuring the ethernet network settings on the phone
for an IP network, you can set up an IP address for the phone by
either using DHCP or manually entering an IP address.
See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on
page 7-4.
Using DHCP—To enable DHCP and allow the DHCP server to
automatically assign an IP address to the Cisco Unified IP Phone
and direct the phone to a TFTP server, press Applications and
choose Administrator Settings > Network Setup > Ethernet
Setup > IPv4 Setup and:
•
To enable DHCP, set DHCP Enabled to Yes. DHCP is enabled
by default.
•
To use an alternate TFTP server, set Alternate TFTP Server to
Yes, and enter the IP address for the TFTP Server.
Note
Consult with the network administrator to determine
whether you need to assign an alternative TFTP server
instead of using the TFTP server assigned by DHCP.
Without DHCP—You must configure the IP address, subnet mask,
TFTP server, and default router locally on the phone. Press
Applications and choose > Administrator Settings > Network
Setup > Ethernet Setup > IPv4 Setup:
To disable DHCP and manually set an IP address:
a.
Set DHCP Enabled to No.
b.
Enter the static IP address for phone.
c.
Enter the subnet mask.
d.
Enter the default router IP addresses.
e.
Set Alternate TFTP Server to Yes, and enter the IP address for
TFTP Server 1.
You must also enter the domain name where the phone resides.
Press Applications and choose Administrator Settings >
Network Setup> Ethernet Setup.
5.
(Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 only)
If you choose to deploy the phone on the wireless network, you
must configure the following:
•
Configure the wireless network.
•
Enable wireless LAN for phones on Cisco Unified
Communications Administration.
•
Configure a wireless network profile on the phone.
Note
See Chapter 6, “Understanding the VoIP
Wireless Network.”
The wireless LAN on the phone does not activate when
there are ethernet cables connected on the phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
1-29
Chapter 1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Terminology Information
Table 1-10
Task
6.
Installation Checklist for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 (continued)
Purpose
For More Information
Make calls with the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Refer to the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961,
9951, and 9971 User Guide for Cisco
Unified Communications Manager.
Verifies that the phone and features work correctly.
7.
Provide information to end users about how to use their phones and See Appendix A, “Providing Information
to Users Via a Website.”
how to configure their phone options.
Ensures that users have adequate information to successfully use
their Cisco Unified IP Phones.
Terminology Information
Table 1-11 highlights some of the differences in terminology found in the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961,
9951, and 9971 User Guide and the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide
and Cisco Unified Communications Administration Guide.
Table 1-11
Terminology Differences
User Guide
Administration Guide
Line Status
Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
Message Indicators
Message Waiting Indicator (MWI) or Message Waiting Lamp
Programmable Feature Button
Programmable Button or Programmable Line Key (PLK)
Voicemail System
Voice Messaging System
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
1-30
OL-20861-01
CH A P T E R
2
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on
Your Network
Cisco Unified IP Phones enable you to communicate by using voice over a data network. To provide this
capability, the IP Phones depend upon and interact with several other key Cisco Unified IP Telephony
components, including Cisco Unified Communications Manager.
This chapter focuses on the interactions between the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 and
Cisco Unified Communications Manager, DNS and DHCP servers, TFTP servers, and switches. It also
describes options for powering phones.
For related information about voice and IP communications, refer to this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/voicesw/index.html
This chapter provides an overview of the interaction between the Cisco Unified IP Phone and other key
components of the Voice over IP (VoIP) network. It includes the following topics:
•
Understanding Interactions with Other Cisco Unified IP Telephony Products, page 2-1
•
Providing Power to the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 2-3
•
Understanding Phone Configuration Files, page 2-6
•
Understanding the Phone Startup Process, page 2-7
•
Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database, page 2-9
•
Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 2-13
Understanding Interactions with Other Cisco Unified IP
Telephony Products
To function in the IP telephony network, the Cisco Unified IP Phone must be connected to a networking
device, such as a Cisco Catalyst switch. You must also register the Cisco Unified IP Phone with a Cisco
Unified Communications Manager system before sending and receiving calls.
This section includes the following topics:
•
Understanding How the Cisco Unified IP Phone Interacts with Cisco Unified Communications
Manager, page 2-2
•
Understanding How the Cisco Unified IP Phone Interacts with the VLAN, page 2-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
2-1
Chapter 2
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network
Understanding Interactions with Other Cisco Unified IP Telephony Products
Understanding How the Cisco Unified IP Phone Interacts with Cisco Unified
Communications Manager
Cisco Unified Communications Manager is an open and industry-standard call processing system.
Cisco Unified Communications Manager software sets up and tears down calls between phones,
integrating traditional PBX functionality with the corporate IP network. Cisco Unified Communications
Manager manages the components of the IP telephony system, such as the phones, the access gateways,
and the resources necessary for features such as call conferencing and route planning. Cisco Unified
Communications Manager also provides:
•
Firmware for phones
•
Configuration file, CTL, and Identity Trust List (ITL) files via the TFTP service
•
Phone registration
•
Call preservation, so that a media session continues if signaling is lost between the primary
Communications Manager and a phone
For information about configuring Cisco Unified Communications Manager to work with the IP devices
described in this chapter, go to the Cisco Unified IP Phone Configuration chapter in the
Cisco Communications Manager Administration Guide.
For an overview of security functionality for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, see the “Understanding
Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones” section on page 1-15.
Note
If the Cisco Unified IP Phone model that you want to configure does not appear in the Phone Type
drop-down list in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, go to the following URL and
install the latest support patch for your version of Cisco Unified Communications Manager:
http://www.cisco.com/kobayashi/sw-center/sw-voice.shtml
Related Topic
•
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 8-2
Understanding How the Cisco Unified IP Phone Interacts with the VLAN
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 have an internal Ethernet switch, enabling forwarding
of packets to the phone, and to the Computer (access) port and the Network port on the back of the phone.
If a computer is connected to the Computer (access) port, the computer and the phone share the same
physical link to the switch and share the same port on the switch. This shared physical link has the
following implications for the VLAN configuration on the network:
•
The current VLANs might be configured on an IP subnet basis. However, additional IP addresses
might not be available to assign the phone to the same subnet as other devices connected to the same
port.
•
Data traffic present on the VLAN supporting phones might reduce the quality of Voice-over-IP
traffic.
•
Network security may indicate a need to isolate the VLAN voice traffic from the VLAN data traffic.
You can resolve these issues by isolating the voice traffic onto a separate VLAN. The switch port that
the phone is connected to would be configured to have separate VLANs for carrying:
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
2-2
OL-20861-01
Chapter 2
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network
Providing Power to the Cisco Unified IP Phone
•
Voice traffic to and from the IP phone (auxiliary VLAN on the Cisco Catalyst 6000 series, for
example)
•
Data traffic to and from the PC connected to the switch through the Computer (access) Port of the
IP phone (native VLAN)
Isolating the phones on a separate, auxiliary VLAN increases the quality of the voice traffic and allows
a large number of phones to be added to an existing network where there are not enough IP addresses
for each phone.
For more information, refer to the documentation included with a Cisco switch. You can also access
switch information at this URL:
http://cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/index.html
Related Topics
•
Understanding the Phone Startup Process, page 2-7
•
Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4
Providing Power to the Cisco Unified IP Phone
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 can be powered with external power or with Power
over Ethernet (PoE). External power is provided through a separate power supply. PoE is provided by a
switch through the Ethernet cable attached to a phone.
Note
When you install a phone that is powered with external power, connect the power supply to the phone
and to a power outlet before you connect the Ethernet cable to the phone. When you remove a phone that
is powered with external power, disconnect the Ethernet cable from the phone before you disconnect the
power supply.
The following sections provide more information about powering a phone:
•
Power Guidelines, page 2-4
•
Power Outage, page 2-4
•
Reducing Power Consumption on the Phone, page 2-4
•
Power Negotiation over LLDP, page 2-5
•
Obtaining Additional Information About Power, page 2-5
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
2-3
Chapter 2
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network
Providing Power to the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Power Guidelines
Table 2-1 provides guidelines for powering the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971.
Table 2-1
Guidelines for Powering the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Power Type
Guidelines
External power—Provided
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 use the CP-PWR-CUBE-4 power
through the CP-PWR-CUBE-4= supply.
external power supply.
Note
You must use the CP-PWR-CUBE-4 when you deploy the Cisco Unified IP phone
9971 on a wireless Network.
External power—Provided
through the Cisco Unified IP
Phone Power Injector.
PoE power—Provided by a
switch through the Ethernet
cable attached to the phone.
External power—Provided
through inline power patch
panel WS-PWR-PANEL
The Cisco Unified IP Phone Power Injector may be used with any Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Functioning as a midspan device, the injector delivers inline power to the attached phone.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone Power Injector is connected between a switch port and the IP
Phone, and supports a maximum cable length of 100m between the unpowered switch and
the IP Phone.
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 support IEEE 802.3af Class 3 power on
signal pairs and spare pairs.
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 support IEEE 802.3at for external
add-on devices.
•
To ensure uninterruptible operation of the phone, make sure that the switch has a
backup power supply.
•
Make sure that the CatOS or IOS version running on your switch supports your
intended phone deployment. Refer to the documentation for your switch for operating
system version information.
The inline power patch panel WS-PWR-PANEL is compatible with the Cisco Unified
IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971.
Power Outage
Your accessibility to emergency service through the phone is dependent on the phone being powered. If
there is an interruption in the power supply, Service and Emergency Calling Service dialing will not
function until power is restored. In the case of a power failure or disruption, you may need to reset or
reconfigure equipment before using the Service or Emergency Calling Service dialing.
Reducing Power Consumption on the Phone
You can reduce the amount of energy that the Cisco Unified IP Phone consumes by scheduling when the
phone goes into power save mode. In power save mode, the backlight on the screen is not lit when the
phone is not in use. The phone remains in power save mode for the scheduled duration or until the user
lifts the handset or presses any button. In the Phone Configuration page on Cisco Unified
Communications Administration, configure the following parameters.
•
Days Display Not Active—Specify the days that the backlight remains inactive.
•
Display on Time—Schedule the time of day that the backlight automatically activates. on the days
listed in the off schedule.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
2-4
OL-20861-01
Chapter 2
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network
Providing Power to the Cisco Unified IP Phone
•
Display on Duration—Indicates the length of time that the backlight is active once the backlight is
enabled by the programmed schedule
•
Display Idle Timeout—Defines the period of user inactivity on the phone before the backlight is
turned off.
Power Negotiation over LLDP
The phone and the switch negotiate the power that the phone can consume. Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961,
9951, 9971 operate at multiple power settings, which lowers their consumption when less power is
available.
After a phone reboots, the switch locks to one protocol (CDP or LLDP) for power negotiation. It locks
to the first protocol (containing a power Threshold Limit Value (TLV)) that the phone transmits. If the
system administrator disables that protocol on the phone, it cannot power up any accessories because the
switch does not respond to power requests in the other protocol.
Cisco recommends that Power Negotiation always be enabled (default) when connecting to a switch that
supports power negotiation.
If disabled, the switch may disconnect power to the phone. If the switch does not support power
negotiation, then disable the Power Negotiation feature before you power up accessories over PoE.
When the Power Negotiation feature is disabled, the phone can power the accessories up to 12.9W.
Note
When CDP and Power Negotiation are disabled, the phone can power the accessories up to 15.4W.
To enable or disable power negotiation, see Table 8-1, “Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP
Phone”.
Obtaining Additional Information About Power
For related information about power, refer to the documents shown in Table 2-2. These documents
provide information about the following topics:
•
Cisco switches that work with Cisco Unified IP Phones
•
The Cisco IOS releases that support bidirectional power negotiation
•
Other requirements and restrictions regarding power
Table 2-2
Related Documentation for Power
Document Topics
URL
Cisco Unified IP Phone Power
Injector
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6951/index.html
PoE Solutions
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/netsol/ns340/ns394/ns147/ns412/net
working_solutions_package.html
Cisco Catalyst Switches
http://cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/index.html
Integrated Service Routers
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/routers/index.html
Cisco IOS Software
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/products_ios_
cisco_ios_software_category_home.html
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
2-5
Chapter 2
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network
Understanding Phone Configuration Files
Understanding Phone Configuration Files
Configuration files for a phone are stored on the TFTP server and define parameters for connecting to
Cisco Unified Communications Manager. In general, any time you make a change in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager that requires the phone to be reset, a change is automatically made to the
phone’s configuration file.
Configuration files also contain information about which image load the phone should be running. If this
image load differs from the one currently loaded on a phone, the phone contacts the TFTP server to
request the required load files.
A phone accesses a default configuration file named XmlDefault.cnf.xml from the TFTP server when
the following conditions exist:
Note
•
You have enabled auto-registration in Cisco Unified Communications Manager
•
The phone has not been added to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database
•
The phone is registering for the first time
If the device security mode in the configuration file is set to Authenticated or Encrypted, but the phone
has not received a CTL or ITL file, the phone tries four times to obtain the file so it can register securely.
If auto registration is not enabled and the phone has not been added to the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager database, the phone registration request will be rejected and display a blank
screen.
If the phone has registered before, the phone will access the configuration file named
SEPmac_address.cnf.xml, where mac_address is the MAC address of the phone.
The filenames are derived from the MAC address and description fields in the Phone Configuration
window of Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. The MAC address uniquely
identifies the phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
2-6
OL-20861-01
Chapter 2
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network
Understanding the Phone Startup Process
Understanding the Phone Startup Process
When connecting to the VoIP network, the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 go through a
standard startup process that is described in Table 2-3. Depending on your specific network
configuration, not all of these steps may occur on your Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Table 2-3
Task
1.
Cisco Unified IP Phone Startup Process
Purpose
Related Topics
Obtain power from the switch.
•
Adding Phones to the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager
Database, page 2-9.
•
Resolving Startup Problems,
page 12-1.
•
Interacting with Cisco Unified
Wireless APs, page 6-8.
•
Authentication Methods,
page 6-11.
If a phone is not using external power, the switch provides in-line power
through the Ethernet cable attached to the phone.
2.
(For a Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 in a wireless LAN only) Scanning
for an access point.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone scans the RF coverage area with its radio.
The phone searches its network profiles and scans for access points that
have a matching SSID and authentication type. The phone associates
with the access point with the highest RSSI that matches with its
network profile.
3.
(For a Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 in a wireless LAN only)
Authenticating with the access point.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone begins the authentication process:
•
If set for Open, then any device can authenticate to the access
point. For added security, static WEP encryption might optionally
be used.
•
If set to Shared Key, the phone encrypts the challenge text using
the WEP key and the access point must verify that the WEP key
was used to encrypt the challenge text before network access is
available.
•
If set for LEAP or EAP-FAST, then the user name and password
are authenticated by the RADIUS server before network access is
available. For more information about the name and password
authentication, see “WLAN Setup Menu” section on page 7-7.
•
If set for Auto (AKM), the phone looks for an access point with
one of the following key management options enabled:
– WPA, WPA2, or CCKM—The username and password are
authenticated by the RADIUS server before network access is
available.
– WPA-Pre-shared key, WPA2-Pre-shared key—The phone
authenticates with the access point using the pre-shared key.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
2-7
Chapter 2
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network
Understanding the Phone Startup Process
Table 2-3
Task
Cisco Unified IP Phone Startup Process (continued)
Purpose
Load the stored phone image.
4.
Related Topics
•
Resolving Startup Problems,
page 12-1.
Configure the VLAN.
•
Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4.
If the Cisco Unified IP Phone is connected to a Cisco Catalyst switch,
the switch next informs the phone of the voice VLAN defined on the
switch. The phone needs to know its VLAN membership before it can
proceed with the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
request for an IP address.
•
Resolving Startup Problems,
page 12-1.
Obtain an IP address.
•
Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4.
If the Cisco Unified IP Phone is using DHCP to obtain an IP address,
the phone queries the DHCP server to obtain one. If you are not using
DHCP in your network, you must assign static IP addresses to each
phone locally.
•
Resolving Startup Problems,
page 12-1.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone has non-volatile Flash memory in which it
stores firmware images and user-defined preferences. At startup, the
phone runs a bootstrap loader that loads a phone image stored in Flash
memory. Using this image, the phone initializes its software and
hardware.
5.
6.
Refer to Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Security
The TFTP server stores the CTL file. This file contains the certificates
Guide, Configuring the Cisco CTL
necessary for establishing a secure connection between the phone and
Client.
Cisco Unified CM.
7.
Requesting the CTL file.
8.
See the “Preparing to Install the Cisco
Unified IP Phone on Your Network”
The phone requests the ITL file after it requests the CTL file. The ITL
chapter.
file contains the certificates of the entities that the phone can trust. The
See the “Troubleshooting and
certificates are used for authenticating a secure connection with the
servers or authenticating a digital signature signed by the servers. The Maintenance” chapter.
ITL file is supported on the Cisco Unified CM 8.5 and later.
9.
Access a TFTP server.
•
Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4.
In addition to assigning an IP address, the DHCP server directs the
Cisco Unified IP Phone to a TFTP Server. If the phone has a statically
defined IP address, you must configure the TFTP server locally on the
phone; the phone then contacts the TFTP server directly.
•
Resolving Startup Problems,
page 12-1.
Requesting the ITL file.
Note
You can also assign an alternative TFTP server to use instead of
the one assigned by DHCP.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
2-8
OL-20861-01
Chapter 2
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network
Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database
Table 2-3
Cisco Unified IP Phone Startup Process (continued)
Task
Purpose
10.
Request the configuration file.
•
The TFTP server has configuration files, which define parameters for
connecting to Cisco Unified Communications Manager and other
information for the phone.
Adding Phones to the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager
Database, page 2-9.
•
Resolving Startup Problems,
page 12-1.
11.
Related Topics
Contact Cisco Unified CM
See the “Preparing to Install the Cisco
Unified IP Phone on Your Network”
chapter.
The configuration file defines how the Cisco Unified IP Phone
communicates with Cisco Unified CM and provides a phone with its
See the “Troubleshooting and
load ID. After obtaining the file from the TFTP server, the phone
attempts to make a connection to the highest priority Cisco Unified CM Maintenance” chapter.
on the list.
If the security profile of the phone is configured for secure signaling
(encrypted or authenticated), and the Cisco Unified CM is set to secure
mode, the phone makes a TLS connection. Otherwise, it makes a
nonsecure TCP connection.
If the phone was manually added to the database, Cisco
Unified Communications Manager identifies the phone. If the phone
was not manually added to the database and auto-registration is enabled
in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, the phone attempts to
auto-register itself in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
database.
Note
Autoregistration is disabled when you configure the CTL client.
In this case, the phone must be manually added to the Cisco
Unified CM database.
Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Database
Before installing the Cisco Unified IP phone, you must choose a method for adding phones to the
Cisco Unified Communications Manager database. These sections describe the methods:
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration, page 2-10
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS, page 2-11
•
Adding Phones with Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, page 2-12
•
Adding Phones Using BAT Phone Template, page 2-12
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
2-9
Chapter 2
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network
Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database
Table 2-4 provides an overview of these methods for adding phones to the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager database.
Table 2-4
Methods for Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Database
Method
Requires MAC
Address?
Notes
Auto-registration
No
Results in automatic assignment of directory numbers
Auto-registration with
TAPS
No
Requires auto-registration and the Bulk Administration
Tool (BAT); updates information in the Cisco Unified
IP Phone and in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration
Using the Cisco Unified
Yes
Communications Manager
Administration
Requires phones to be added individually
Using BAT
Allows for simultaneous registration of multiple phones
Yes
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration
By enabling auto-registration before you begin installing phones, you can:
Note
•
Add phones without first gathering MAC addresses from the phones.
•
Automatically add a Cisco Unified IP Phone to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
database when you physically connect the phone to your IP telephony network. During
auto-registration, Cisco Unified Communications Manager assigns the next available sequential
directory number to the phone.
•
Quickly enter phones into the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database and modify any
settings, such as the directory numbers, from Cisco Unified Communications Manager.
•
Move auto-registered phones to new locations and assign them to different device pools without
affecting their directory numbers.
Cisco recommends you use auto-registration to add less than 100 phones to your network. To add more
than 100 phones to your network, use the Bulk Administration Tool (BAT). See the “Adding Phones
Using BAT Phone Template” section on page 2-12.
Auto-registration is disabled by default. In some cases, you might not want to use auto-registration; for
example, if you want to assign a specific directory number to the phone, or use a secure connection with
Cisco Unified CM as described in Cisco Unified CM Security Guide. For information about enabling
auto-registration, go to the “Enabling Auto-Registration” section in the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration Guide.
Related Topics
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS, page 2-11
•
Adding Phones with Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, page 2-12
•
Adding Phones Using BAT Phone Template, page 2-12
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
2-10
OL-20861-01
Chapter 2
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network
Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS
You can add phones with auto-registration and TAPS, the Tool for Auto-Registered Phones Support,
without first gathering MAC addresses from phones.
TAPS works with the Bulk Administration Tool (BAT) to update a batch of phones that were already
added to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database with dummy MAC addresses. Use TAPS
to update MAC addresses and download pre-defined configurations for phones.
Note
Cisco recommends you use auto-registration and TAPS to add less than 100 phones to your network. To
add more than 100 phones to your network, use the Bulk Administration Tool (BAT). See the “Adding
Phones Using BAT Phone Template” section on page 2-12.
To implement TAPS, you or the end-user dial a TAPS directory number and follow voice prompts. When
the process is complete, the phone will have downloaded its directory number and other settings, and the
phone will be updated in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration with the correct MAC
address.
Auto-registration must be enabled in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
(System > Cisco Unified CM) for TAPS to function.
Note
When you configure the cluster for mixed mode through the Cisco CTL client, auto-registration is
automatically disabled. When you configure the cluster for non-secure mode through the Cisco CTL
client, auto-registration is not enabled automatically.
For more information, refer to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Bulk Administration Guide.
Related Topics
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration, page 2-10
•
Adding Phones with Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, page 2-12
•
Adding Phones Using BAT Phone Template, page 2-12
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
2-11
Chapter 2
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network
Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database
Adding Phones with Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
You can add phones individually to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database by using
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. To do so, you first need to obtain the MAC
address for each phone.
For information about determining a MAC address, see the “Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco
Unified IP Phone” section on page 2-13.
After you have collected MAC addresses, in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration,
choose Device > Phone and click Add New to begin.
For complete instructions and conceptual information about Cisco Unified Communications Manager,
go to the “Cisco Unified Communications Manager Overview” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager System Guide.
Related Topics
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration, page 2-10
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS, page 2-11
•
Adding Phones Using BAT Phone Template, page 2-12
Adding Phones Using BAT Phone Template
The Cisco Unified Communications Bulk Administration Tool (BAT) enables you to perform batch
operations including registration on multiple phones.
To add phones using BAT only (not in conjunction with TAPS), you must obtain the appropriate MAC
address for each phone.
For information about determining a MAC address, see the “Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco
Unified IP Phone” section on page 2-13.
For detailed instructions about adding phones using Bulk Administration menu, refer to the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Bulk Administration Guide, chapter Inserting Phones.
To add a phone to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager, choose Bulk Administration > Phones > Phone
Template.
Step 2
Click Add New.
Step 3
Choose a Phone Type and click Next.
Step 4
Enter the details of phone specific parameters like Device Pool, Phone Button Template, Device Security
Profile and so on.
Step 5
Click Save.
Step 6
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager, choose Device > Phone > Add New to add a phone
using an existing BAT phone template.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
2-12
OL-20861-01
Chapter 2
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network
Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone
For more information about using BAT, refer to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Bulk
Administration Guide. For more information about creating of BAT Phone Templates, see the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Bulk Administration Guide, Phone Template.
Related Topics
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration, page 2-10
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS, page 2-11
•
Adding Phones with Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, page 2-12
Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone
Several procedures described in this manual require you to determine the MAC address of a
Cisco Unified IP Phone. You can determine a phone’s MAC address in these ways:
•
From the phone, press the Applications button and choose Phone Information and look at the
MAC Address field.
•
Look at the MAC label on the back of the phone.
•
Display the web page for the phone and click the Device Information hyperlink.
For information about accessing the web page, see the “Accessing the Web Page for a Phone”
section on page 11-2.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
2-13
Chapter 2
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network
Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
2-14
OL-20861-01
CH A P T E R
3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
This chapter includes the following topics, which help you install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on an IP
telephony network:
Note
•
Before You Begin, page 3-1
•
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components, page 3-2
•
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 3-11
•
Connecting the Footstand, page 3-19
•
Phone Display Viewing Angle, page 3-20
•
Verifying the Phone Startup Process, page 3-21
•
Configuring Startup Network Settings, page 3-21
•
Configuring Security on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 3-21
Before you install a Cisco Unified IP phone, you must decide how to configure the phone in your
network. Then you can install the phone and verify its functionality. For more information, see
Chapter 2, “Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network.”
Before You Begin
Before installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone, review the requirements in these sections:
•
Network Requirements, page 3-1
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Configuration, page 3-2
Network Requirements
For the Cisco Unified IP Phone to successfully operate as a Cisco Unified IP Phone endpoint in your
network, your network must meet the following requirements:
•
Working Voice over IP (VoIP) Network:
– VoIP configured on your Cisco routers and gateways
– Cisco Unified Communications Manager installed in your network and configured to handle
call processing
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
3-1
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components
•
Note
IP network that supports DHCP or manual assignment of IP address, gateway, and subnet mask
The Cisco Unified IP Phone displays the date and time from Cisco Unified Communications Manager.
•
Voice over Wireless LAN (Optional for Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971)
– Cisco Aironet Access Points (APs) configured to support Voice over WLAN (VoWLAN)
– Controllers and switches configured to support VoWLAN
– Security implemented for authenticating wireless voice devices and users
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Configuration
The Cisco Unified IP Phone requires Cisco Unified Communications Manager to handle call processing.
Refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide or to context-sensitive help in
the Cisco Unified Communications Manager application to ensure that Cisco Unified Communications
Manager is set up properly to manage the phone and to properly route and process calls.
If you plan to use auto-registration, verify that it is enabled and properly configured in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration before connecting any Cisco Unified IP Phone to the
network. For information about enabling and configuring auto-registration, refer to Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide. Also, see the “Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Database” section on page 2-9.
You must use Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration to configure and assign
telephony features to the Cisco Unified IP Phones. See the “Telephony Features Available for the Cisco
Unified IP Phone” section on page 8-2 for details.
In Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, you can add users to the database and
associate them with specific phones. In this way, users gain access their Cisco Unified CM User Option
page to configure items such as call forwarding, speed dialing, and voice messaging system options. See
the “Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager” section on page 8-33 for details.
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components
The Cisco Unified IP Phone includes these components on the phone or as accessories for the phone:
•
Network and Computer Ports, page 3-3
•
Handset Rest, page 3-3
•
Speakerphone, page 3-4
•
Accessory Support on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971, page 3-4
•
USB Port Data Information, page 3-5
•
External Speakers and Microphone, page 3-5
•
Headsets, page 3-5
•
Using External Devices, page 3-11
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
3-2
OL-20861-01
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components
Network and Computer Ports
The back of the Cisco Unified IP Phone includes these ports:
•
Network port
•
Computer port
Each port supports 10/100/1000 Mbps half- or full-duplex (except for full-duplex only for 1000 Mbps)
connections to external devices. You can use either Category 3 or 5 cabling for 10-Mbps connections,
but you must use Category 5/5e for 100 and 1000 Mbps connections.
Use the SW network port to connect the phone to the network. You must use a straight-through cable on
this port. The phone can also obtain inline power from a switch over this connection. See the “Adding
Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database” section on page 2-9 for details.
Use the Computer port to connect a network device, such as a computer, to the phone. You must use a
straight-through cable on this port.
Handset Rest
The wideband-capable handset is designed especially for use with a Cisco Unified IP Phone. It includes
a light strip that indicates incoming calls and voice messages waiting.
To connect a handset to the Cisco Unified IP Phone, plug the cable into the handset and the Handset port
on the back of the phone.
With a wall-mounted phone, you might need to adjust the handset rest to ensure that the receiver will not
slip out of the cradle, as shown in Figure 3-1.
Figure 3-1
Removing the Hookswitch Clip
2
3
4
275943
1
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
3-3
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components
1
Remove handset from the cradle and pull the plastic tab from the handset rest.
2
Rotate the tab 180 degrees.
3
Hold the tab between two fingers, with the corner notches facing you.
4
Line up the tab with the slot in the cradle, and press the tab evenly into the slot. An extension
protrudes from the top of the rotated tab. Return the handset to the handset rest.
Speakerphone
By default, the wideband-capable speakerphone is enabled on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
You can disable the speakerphone by using Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. To
do so, choose Device > Phone and locate the phone you want to modify. In the Phone Configuration
window for the phone, check the Disable Speakerphone check box.
Accessory Support on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Table 3-1 indicates the accessories that the Cisco Unified IP Phones 8961, 9951, and 9971 support; an
“X” indicates support for a particular phone model and a dash (—) indicates non-support:
Table 3-1
Accessory support for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Cisco Unified IP Phone
Accessory
Type
8961
9951
9971
Cisco Accessory
Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion
Module—See Chapter 4, “Setting Up the Cisco
Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module.”
Add-on module
1
up to 2
up to 3
Cisco Unified Video Camera—See Chapter 5,
“Setting Up the Cisco Unified Video Camera.”
Add-on module
—
X
X
Analog
X
X
X
Analog Wideband
X
X
X
Bluetooth
—
X
X
USB(wired or
wireless)
X
X
X
Microphone—See “External Speakers and
Microphone” section on page 3-5.
External PC
—
X
X
Speakers—See “External Speakers and
Microphone” section on page 3-5.
External PC
—
X
X
Third-Party Accessories
Headsets—See the “Headsets” section on
page 3-5. This section includes information on
each headset type.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
3-4
OL-20861-01
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components
USB Port Data Information
The Cisco Unified IP Phone supports a maximum of five devices connected to each USB port. Each
device connected to the phone is included in the maximum device count. For example, your phone can
support five USB devices (such as three Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion modules, one hub, and
one other standard USB device) on the side port and five additional standard USB devices on the back
port (the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 does not have a back USB port). (Many third-party USB products
count as several USB devices, so refer to documentation that came with a third-party product.)
Note
Unpowered hubs are not supported, and powered hubs with more than four ports are not supported.
Note
USB headsets connected to the phone through a USB hub are not supported.
The Cisco Unified Video Camera connected to the phone through a USB hub is not supported.
External Speakers and Microphone
External speakers and microphones are plug-and-play accessories. You can connect an external PC-type
microphone and powered speakers (with amplifier) on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 or 9971 using
the line in/out jacks. Connecting an external microphone disables the internal microphone and
connecting an external speaker will disable the phone’s internal speaker.
Note
Using poor quality external audio devices, playing loudspeakers at very loud volumes or placing the
microphone very close to the loudspeaker may result in undesirable echo heard by other parties on your
speakerphone calls.
Headsets
Although Cisco Systems performs internal testing of third-party headsets for use with the Cisco Unified
IP Phones, Cisco does not certify or support products from headset or handset vendors.
The phone reduces some background noise that is detected by a headset microphone, but if you want to
further reduce the background noise and improve the overall audio quality, use a noise cancelling
headset.
Cisco recommends the use of good quality external devices, for example, headsets that are screened
against unwanted radio frequency (RF) and audio frequency (AF) signals. Depending on the quality of
headsets and their proximity to other devices such as mobile (cell) phones and two-way radios, some
audio noise or echo may still occur. An audible hum or buzz may be heard by either the remote party or
by both the remote party and the Cisco Unified IP Phone user. Humming or buzzing sounds can be
caused by a range of outside sources; for example, electric lights, electric motors, or large PC monitors.
See Using External Devices, page 3-11, for more information.
Note
In some cases, hum may be reduced or eliminated by using a local power cube or power injector.
These environmental and hardware inconsistencies in the locations where Cisco Unified IP Phones are
deployed means that there is not a single headset solution that is optimal for all environments.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
3-5
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components
Cisco recommends that customers test headsets in their intended environment to determine performance
before making a purchasing decision and deploying en masse.
Audio Quality Subjective to the User
Beyond the physical, mechanical and technical performance, the audio portion of a headset must sound
good to the user and to the party on the far end. Sound quality is subjective and Cisco cannot guarantee
the performance of any headsets. However, a variety of headsets from leading headset manufacturers
have been reported to perform well with Cisco Unified IP Phones. See manufacturer’s sites for details.
Wired Headsets
To connect a wired headset to the Cisco Unified IP Phone, plug it into the Headset port on the back of
the phone. Press the Headset button on the phone to place and answer calls using the headset.
You can use the wired headset with all of the features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, including the
Volume and Mute buttons. Use these buttons to adjust the ear piece volume and to mute the speech path
from the headset microphone.
If the headset is analog, see the “Analog Headsets” section on page 3-7 for the procedure on configuring
the wideband codec.
Disabling a Wired Headset
You can disable the headset by using Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. If you
do so, you also will disable the speakerphone.
To disable the headset from Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Device >
Phone and locate the phone that you want to modify. In the Phone Configuration window (Product
Specific Configuration layout portion), select the Disable Speakerphone and Headset check box.
USB Headsets
Wired and wireless USB headsets are also supported. You can connect a USB headset (or the base station
for a wireless headset) to either the Back USB port (if your phone has this port) or the Side USB port.
(The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 and 9971 contain both a back USB port and a side USB port, while
the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 contains only a side USB port). For more information about wireless
headsets, see the “Wireless Headsets” section on page 3-8.
You must enable the applicable USB Port (either the Back USB Port parameter or the Side USB Port
parameter) in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration (in the Product Specific
Configuration layout portion on the window). Also, for the Enable/Disable USB Classes parameter in
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, make sure that “Audio Class” is selected.
These parameters can be enabled on either the Phone Configuration window (Device > Phone), the
Enterprise Phone Configuration window (System > Enterprise Phone Configuration), or the Common
Phone Profile window (Device > Device Settings > Common Phone Profile). Also check the
corresponding Override Common Settings parameter in the configuration window.
For more information about parameters that can be configured in any of these three configuration
windows, see the “Configuring Product Specific Configuration Parameters” section on page 8-26.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
3-6
OL-20861-01
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components
Disabling the USB Headset
To disable the USB headset, disable the USB port (or disable the Audio Class parameter) that you
enabled in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. Also, you can select another type
of headset in the Accessories window on the phone, thus disabling the previously enabled headset.
Analog Headsets
Analog headsets are supported on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971. However, the
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 cannot detect when there is an analog headset plugged in.
For this reason, the analog headset will appear by default in the Accessories page on the phone screen.
(Press the Applications button
and select Accessories.)
The main reason for this is to allow users to enable wideband for the analog headset. The phone is unable
to detect if the headset supports the wideband codec, but the user can enable wideband on analog
headsets by following these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, press the Applications button
.
Step 2
Select Accessories.
Step 3
Highlight the analog headset, then press the Setup softkey.
Step 4
Turn wideband on/off for the selected headset by using the on/off toggle.
If the wideband on/off toggle is not enabled, follow the steps below to make sure the user can enable
wideband codec on an analog headset:
Procedure
Step 1
In Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, go to Device > Phone.
Step 2
In the Find and List Phones window, enter the search criteria for the phone to which you want to add the
analog headset, then click Find.
Step 3
Click on the Device Name you want; the Phone Configuration window displays.
Step 4
On the Product Specific Configuration Layout portion of the Phone Configuration window, be sure the
option called Wideband Headset UI Control is enabled (enabled by default).
Step 5
(Optional) Also on the Product Specific Configuration Layout portion of the Phone Configuration
window, you can set the Wideband Headset option (also enabled by default) in that window.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
3-7
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components
Wireless Headsets
The Cisco website provides information about wireless headsets that work with your IP phone. Go to the
following URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/prod/voicesw/ucphone_headsets.html
1.
Choose IP Communications from the Enter Solution drop-down list box. The Select a Solution
Category drop-down list box displays.
2.
Choose IP Phone Headsets to see a list of Technology Development Program partners.
Refer to the wireless headset documentation for information about connecting the headset and using the
features.
Using Bluetooth Wireless Headsets
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 and 9971 support Bluetooth Class 2 technology when the headsets
support Bluetooth. Bluetooth enables low-bandwidth wireless connections within a range of 30 feet
(10 meters). The best performance is in the 3- to 6-foot range (1 to 2 meters). You can pair up to
5 headsets, but only the last one connected is used as the default.
There can be a potential interference issues. Cisco recommends that you reduce the proximity of other
802.11b/g devices, Bluetooth devices, microwave ovens, and large metal objects. If possible, configure
other 802.11 devices to use the 802.11a channels.
For a Bluetooth wireless headset to work, it does not need to be within direct line-of-sight of the phone,
but some barriers, such as walls or doors, and interference from other electronic devices, could affect
the connection.
Handsfree Profile
Your phone supports various Handsfree Profile features that enable you to use handsfree devices (such
as Bluetooth wireless headsets) to perform certain tasks without having to handle the phone. For
example, instead of pressing Redial on the phone, users can redial a number from their Bluetooth
wireless headset according to instructions from the headset manufacturer.
These handsfree features apply to Bluetooth wireless headsets used with the Cisco Unified IP
Phone 9951 and 9971:
•
Answer a call
•
End a call
•
Change the headset volume for a call
•
Redial
•
Caller ID
•
Reject
•
Divert
•
Hold and Accept
•
Release and Accept
Handsfree devices may differ in how features are activated. Device manufacturers may also use different
terms when referring to the same feature.
For more information, see the manufacturer’s documentation.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
3-8
OL-20861-01
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components
Adding a Bluetooth Wireless Headset to the Phone
The Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 and 9971 support Bluetooth wireless headsets.
You can enable your bluetooth wireless headset by following these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
In Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration, choose Device > Phone, locate the phone
you want to modify, and go to the Phone Configuration window for that phone.
Step 2
In the Phone Configuration window, select Enable for the Bluetooth setting and Handsfree for the
Bluetooth Profiles settings.
Step 3
Save your changes.
After the bluetooth wireless headset is enabled through Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration, you must add the headset as an accessory to the phone by using following these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
On the Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 or 9971, press the Applications button
Accessories.
Step 2
Select Add Bluetooth Accessory.
and select
The Adding Bluetooth Accessory window appears. A message tells you to make sure your accessory is
“discoverable,” which means that the Bluetooth should be powered on and in “discoverable” or
“pairing” mode.
Once the Bluetooth device is located, its name will appear in the window, and a message appears that
asks for a PIN so that the Bluetooth device can be paired with the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Step 3
The Cisco Unified IP Phone automatically tries to pair with the headset by using a PIN of “0000.” If the
headset uses a different PIN, enter the correct PIN by referring to the user guide that came with the
headset.
Note
It is recommended that users read the headset user guide for more information about pairing and
connecting the headsets.
Once the phone has the correct pin, the phone will try to connect to the accessory. The phone will provide
feedback to the user while it is trying to connect the accessory. If unable to connect, an error alert will
be shown to let the user know the reason for the failure. There will be a timeout of 10 seconds for the
phone to try to connect the accessory. If the timer expires without a successful connection, an error alert
will be displayed.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone connects with headsets using a shared key authentication and encryption
method. The Cisco Unified IP Phone can be connected with up to five headsets at a time. The last one
connected is used as the default. Pairing is typically performed once for each headset.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
3-9
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phone Components
Once a device has been paired, its Bluetooth connection is maintained as long as both devices (phone
and headset) are enabled and within range of each other. The connection typically re-establishes itself
automatically if either of the devices powers down then powers up. However, some headsets require user
action to re-establish the connection.
The Bluetooth icon
indicates whether or not a device is connected.
When headsets are more than 30 feet (10 meters) away from the Cisco Unified IP Phone, Bluetooth drops
the connection after a 15- to 20-second timeout. If the paired headset comes back into range of the Cisco
Unified IP Phone and the phone is not connected to another Bluetooth headset, the in-range Bluetooth
headset automatically reconnects. For certain phone types that operate in power-save modes, the user
may have to “wake-up” the headset by tapping on its operational button to initiate the reconnect.
Removing a Bluetooth Device From the Phone
To remove a Bluetooth device from the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 or 9971, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Press the Applications button
.
Step 2
Select Accessories.
Step 3
Highlight the device you want to remove and press the Delete softkey.
Related Documentation About Bluetooth Wireless Headsets
For information about how to use your Bluetooth wireless headset, see:
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 User Guide for Cisco Unified Communications
Manager
•
User guides that were provided with your headset
Important Note about Headset Types
Only one headset type will work at any given time, so if you have both a Bluetooth headset and an analog
headset attached to the phone, enabling the Bluetooth headset disables the analog headset. To enable the
analog headset, disable the Bluetooth headset. Plugging a USB headset into a phone that has Bluetooth
headset enabled disables both the Bluetooth and analog headset. If you unplug the USB headset, then
you can either enable the Bluetooth headset or disable the Bluetooth headset to use the analog headset.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
3-10
OL-20861-01
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Using External Devices
Cisco recommends the use of good quality external devices (such as speakers, microphones, and
headsets) that are shielded (screened) against unwanted radio frequency (RF) and audio frequency (AF)
signals.
Depending on the quality of these devices and their proximity to other devices such as mobile phones or
two-way radios, some audio noise may still occur. In these cases, Cisco recommends that you take one
or more of the following actions:
•
Move the external device away from the source of the RF or AF signals.
•
Route the external device cables away from the source of the RF or AF signals.
•
Use shielded cables for the external device, or use cables with a better shield and connector.
•
Shorten the length of the external device cable.
•
Apply ferrites or other such devices on the cables for the external device.
Cisco cannot guarantee the performance of the system because Cisco has no control over the quality of
external devices, cables, and connectors. The system will perform adequately when suitable devices are
attached using good quality cables and connectors.
Caution
In European Union countries, use only external headsets that are fully compliant with the EMC Directive
[89/336/EC].
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
You must connect the Cisco Unified IP Phone to the network and to a power source before using it. See
Figure 3-2, Figure 3-4 and Figure 3-6 for graphical representations of the back connections for Cisco
Unified IP Phones 8961, 9951, and 9971, respectively. See Figure 3-3, Figure 3-5, and Figure 3-7 for
graphical representations of the side connections for Cisco Unified IP Phones 8961, 9951, and 9971,
respectively.
Note
Before you install a phone, even if it is new, upgrade the phone to the current firmware image.
Before using external devices, read the “Using External Devices” section on page 3-11 for safety and
performance information.
Note
Firmware upgrades over the WLAN interface may take longer than upgrading over the wired interface,
depending on the quality and bandwidth of the wireless connection. Some upgrades may take more than
hour.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
3-11
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
To install a Cisco Unified IP Phone, you must perform the task described in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2
Task
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Purpose
Related Topics
1.
Connect the handset to the handset port.
—
2.
Connect a headset to the headset port.
See the “Headsets” section on page 3-5 for
more information.
Optional. You can add a headset later if you do not connect one now.
3.
(Optional) Connect a wireless headset (for the Cisco Unified IP
Phone 9951 and 9971 only).
Refer to your wireless headset
documentation for information.
You can add a wireless headset later if you do not want to connect
one now.
4.
Connect a straight-through Ethernet cable from the switch to the
network port labeled 10/100/1000 SW on the Cisco Unified IP
Phone.
See the “Network and Computer Ports”
section on page 3-3 for guidelines.
Each Cisco Unified IP Phone ships with one Ethernet cable in the
box.
Use either Category 3/5/5e cabling for 10-Mbps connections, use
Category 5/5e for 100 Mbps connections, and use Category 5e for
1000Mbps connections.
5.
Connect a straight-through Ethernet cable from another network
device, such as a desktop computer, to the Computer port on the
Cisco Unified IP Phone.
See the “Network and Computer Ports”
section on page 3-3 for guidelines.
Optional. You can connect another network device later if you do not
connect one now.
You can use either Category 3/5/5e cabling for 10-Mbps
connections, use Category 5/5e for 100 Mbps connections, and use
Category 5e for 1000Mbps connections.
6.
(Optional) Enable the phone to use the wireless local area network
(WLAN).
Note
You must disconnect all ethernet connections if you deploy
the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 on a wireless LAN.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
3-12
OL-20861-01
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Figure 3-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 Connections (Back)
8
5
4
Network
Network
Computer
Computer
7
1
277213
6
2
3
1
DC adaptor port (DC48V)
5
Computer port (10/100/1000 PC) connection
2
AC-to-DC power supply (optional)
6
Handset Connection
3
AC power wall plug (optional)
7
Analog Headset Connection (optional)
4
Network port (10/100/1000 SW) with IEEE
802.3af and 802.3at power enabled
8
Anti-theft security lock connector (lock optional)
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
3-13
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 Cable Connections (Side)
197210
Figure 3-3
1
USB port
2
Accessory connector (such as for the Cisco Unified
IP Color Key Expansion Module)
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
3-14
OL-20861-01
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Figure 3-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 Cable Connections (Back)
10
8
9
5
4
Network
Network
Computer
Computer
7
1
277214
6
2
3
1
DC adaptor port (DC48V)
6
Handset Connection
2
AC-to-DC power supply (optional)
7
Analog Headset Connection (optional)
3
AC power wall plug (optional)
8
USB Port
4
Network port (10/100/1000 SW) with IEEE 802.3af
power enabled
9
Anti-theft Security lock connector (lock optional)
5
Computer port (10/100/1000 PC) Connection
10
Camera pin holes (for Cisco Unified Video Camera)
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
3-15
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 Cable Connections (Side)
197155
Figure 3-5
1
Side USB port
3
General purpose output port (speakers)
2
Accessory connector (such as for the Cisco
Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module)
4
General purpose input port (microphone)
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
3-16
OL-20861-01
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Figure 3-6
Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 Cable Connections (Back)
11
10
8
9
5
4
Network
Network
Computer
Computer
7
1
277215
6
2
3
1
DC adaptor port (DC48V)
7
Analog Headset Connection (optional)
2
AC-to-DC power supply (optional)
8
USB Port
3
AC power wall plug (optional)
9
Anti-theft Security lock connector (lock optional)
4
Network port (10/100/1000 SW) with IEEE
802.3af and IEEE 802.3at power enabled
10
Camera pin holes (for Cisco Unified Video Camera)
5
Computer port (10/100/1000 PC) Connection
11
SDIO slot (not used for this release)
6
Handset Connection
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
3-17
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 Cable Connections (Side)
197155
Figure 3-7
1
Side USB port
3
General purpose output port (speakers)
2
Accessory connector (such as for the Cisco
Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module)
4
General purpose input port (microphone)
Related Topics
•
Connecting the Footstand, page 3-19
•
Verifying the Phone Startup Process, page 3-21
•
Configuring Startup Network Settings, page 3-21
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
3-18
OL-20861-01
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Connecting the Footstand
Connecting the Footstand
If your phone is placed on a table or desk, connect the footstand to the back of the phone.
Figure 3-8 illustrates the footstand on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971. To attach the
footstand to the phone, align the tabs to the appropriate set of holes on the phone and snap into place.
Figure 3-8
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
2
2
1
1
1
2
193118
2
1
1
Insert the curved connectors into the lower
slots.
2
Lift the footstand until the connectors snap into the upper slots.
Note
Connecting and disconnecting the footstand requires a
little extra force than you might expect.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
3-19
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Phone Display Viewing Angle
Phone Display Viewing Angle
193119
The phone display viewing angle can be adjusted according to your preference. Hold the handset and
cradle with your left hand, hold the right side of the bezel (to the right of the display) with your right
hand, then move your hands back and forth in opposite directions to adjust the angle.
Securing the Phone with a Cable Lock
You can secure the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 to a desktop by using a laptop cable
lock. The lock connects to the anti-theft security connector on the back of the phone, and the cable can
be secured to a desktop.
The security slot can accommodate a lock up to 20 mm. Compatible laptop cable locks include the
Kensington laptop cable lock and laptop cable locks from other manufacturers that can fit into the
security slot on the back of the phone.
Mounting the Phone to the Wall
You can mount the Cisco Unified IP Phone on the wall by using special brackets available in a Cisco
Unified IP Phone wall mount kit. (Wall mount kits must be ordered separately from the phone.) For
detailed information, see Appendix E, “Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone” or
Appendix F, “Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount.”
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
3-20
OL-20861-01
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Verifying the Phone Startup Process
Verifying the Phone Startup Process
After the Cisco Unified IP Phone has power connected to it, the phone begins its startup diagnostic
process. by cycling through the following steps.
1.
The buttons on the Feature and Session buttons flash amber and then green in sequence during the
various stages of bootup as the phone checks its hardware.
2.
The main screen displays a “Registering to Cisco Unified Communications Manager” message.
If the phone successfully passes through these stages, it has started up properly and the Select button
stays lit until it is selected. If the phone does not start up properly, see the “Resolving Startup Problems”
section on page 12-1.
Configuring Startup Network Settings
If you are not using DHCP in your network, you must configure these network settings on the Cisco
Unified IP Phone after installing the phone on the network:
•
IP address
•
IP subnet information
•
TFTP server IP address
•
You also may configure the domain name and the DNS server settings, if necessary.
Collect this information and see the instructions in Chapter 7, “Configuring Settings on the Cisco
Unified IP Phone.”
Configuring Security on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
The security features protect against several threats, including threats to the identity of the phone and to
data. These features establish and maintain authenticated communication streams between the phone and
the Cisco Unified Communications Manager server, and ensure that the phone uses only digitally signed
files.
Cisco Unified Communications Manager (beginning with Release 8.5(1)) includes Security by Default,
which provides the following security features for Cisco Unified IP phones without running the CTL
client:
Note
•
Signing of the phone configuration files.
•
Phone configuration file encryption.
•
https with Tomcat and other Web services.
Secure signaling and media features still require you to run the CTL client and use hardware eTokens.
For more information about the security features, see the “Understanding Security Features for Cisco
Unified IP Phones” section on page 1-15. Also, refer to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Security Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
3-21
Chapter 3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Configuring Security on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
A Locally Significant Certificate (LSC) installs on phones after you perform the necessary tasks that are
associated with the Certificate Authority Proxy Function (CAPF). You can use Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration to configure an LSC, as described in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Security Guide.
Alternatively, you can initiate the installation of an LSC from the Security Setup menu on the phone.
This menu also lets you update or remove an LSC.
Before You Begin
Make sure that the appropriate Cisco Unified Communications Manager and the Certificate Authority
Proxy Function (CAPF) security configurations are complete:
•
The CTL or ITL file should have a CAPF certificate.
•
On Cisco Unified Communications Operating System Administration, verify that the CAPF
certificate has been installed
•
The CAPF is running and configured.
Refer to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide for more information.
To configure an LSC on the phone, perform these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Obtain the CAPF authentication code that was set when the CAPF was configured.
Step 2
From the phone, press Applications and choose Administrator Settings > Security Setup.
Note
Step 3
You can control access to the Settings Menu by using the Settings Access field in the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Administration Phone Configuration window. For more
information, see the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide.
Choose LSC and press the Select button or Update softkey.
The phone prompts for an authentication string.
Step 4
Enter the authentication code and press the Submit softkey.
The phone begins to install, update, or remove the LSC, depending on how the CAPF was configured.
During the procedure, a series of messages appears in the LSC option field in the Security Configuration
menu, so you can monitor progress. When the procedure completes successfully, the phone will display
Installed or Not Installed.
The LSC install, update, or removal process can take a long time to complete. You can stop the process
at any time by pressing the Stop softkey from the Security Setup menu.
When the phone successfully completes the installation procedure, it displays “Installed.” If the phone
displays, “Not Installed,” the authorization string may be incorrect or the phone may not enabled for
upgrading. If the CAPF operation was to delete the LSC, the phone will display “Not Installed” to
indicate that the operation was successful. Refer to error messages generated on the CAPF server and
take appropriate actions.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
3-22
OL-20861-01
CH A P T E R
4
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color Key
Expansion Module
The Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module (KEM) attaches to your Cisco Unified IP Phone
8961, Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951, and Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 to add additional line appearances,
speed dials, or programmable buttons to your phone.
You can add one Key Expansion Module (KEM) to the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 to add up to 36
extra lines or buttons, two Expansion Modules to the Cisco Unified Phone 9951 to add up to 72 extra
lines or buttons, and three Expansion Modules to the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 to add up to 108 extra
lines or buttons.
The programmable buttons can be set up as phone line buttons, speed-dial buttons, or phone feature
buttons.
Most call functions, such as answering a call, placing a call on hold, and transferring a call, can be
performed with the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module.
Table 4-1 lists the Cisco Unified IP Phones and the number of Key Expansion Modules supported by
each model.
Note
For information on installing a wall mount kit for a phone that includes a Cisco Unified IP Color Key
Expansion Module, see the “Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module” section
on page E-8.
Table 4-1
Cisco Unified IP Phones and Supported KEMs
Cisco Unified IP Phone Model
KEMs Supported
9971
3 KEMs with 108 lines or buttons
9951
2 KEMs with 72 lines or buttons
8961
1 KEM with 36 lines or buttons
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Installing a Key Expansion Module on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 4-2
•
Configuring the Key Expansion Module in Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration, page 4-4
•
Key Expansion Module Settings on the Phone, page 4-5
•
Upgrading the Key Expansion Module, page 4-5
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
4-1
Chapter 4
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module
Installing a Key Expansion Module on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
•
Removing a Key Expansion Module, page 4-6
•
Troubleshooting, page 4-6
Installing a Key Expansion Module on the Cisco Unified IP
Phone
This section contains the following topics:
•
Power Information, page 4-2
•
Connecting a Single KEM to the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 4-2
•
Connecting Two or More KEMs to the Phone Using the KEM Spine Connector, page 4-3
Power Information
The Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and
9971 have the following power consumption and power scheme.
Power Consumption
48V DC, 5W per KEM
Power Scheme
•
At least one KEM can be powered up if the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 uses AT
PoE.
•
If the phone uses a power adapter, three KEMs can be powered up for the Cisco Unified
IP Phone 9971, two KEMs can be powered up for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951, and one KEM
can be powered up for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961.
•
A KEM cannot be powered up if the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 uses AF PoE.
•
With AT power, the Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 and 9971 can support two KEMs plus a USB
headset or another USB device that is independently powered and only uses USB for signaling.
•
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 needs a power cube to support three KEMs.
•
With AF power, the Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 and 9971 need power cubes for any KEMS. The
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 can support one KEM with CDP, AF power, and no power cube.
Connecting a Single KEM to the Cisco Unified IP Phone
To connect a single KEM to the Cisco Unified IP Phone, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Position the phone so that the front of the phone is facing up.
Step 2
Connect one end of the KEM spine connector to the Accessory Connector on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Step 3
Connect the other end of the KEM spine connector to the KEM as shown in Figure 4-1.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
4-2
OL-20861-01
Chapter 4
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module
Installing a Key Expansion Module on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Connecting the KEM Spine Connector to the Cisco Unified IP Phone and KEM
206800
Figure 4-1
Step 4
Fasten the screws on the spine connector after connecting both the ends.
Note
You can use a coin or screwdriver to fasten the screws. Make sure that the sides of the screw
heads are fully inserted into the spine connector cavity and tightened.
Connecting Two or More KEMs to the Phone Using the KEM Spine Connector
To connect two or more KEMs to the Cisco Unified IP Phone, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Position the phone so that the front of the phone is facing up.
Step 2
Connect one end of the KEM spine connector to the Accessory Connector on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
and the other end of the spine connector to a KEM, as shown in the (Figure 4-1 on page 4-3). The first
KEM is now connected to the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Step 3
Using a second KEM spine connector, connect the second KEM to the first KEM.
Step 4
(Optional) Using a third KEM spine connector, connect the third KEM to the second (middle) KEM.
Figure 4-2 shows a Cisco Unified IP Phone with three KEMs attached.
Step 5
Fasten the screws on the spine connectors after connecting both the ends.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
4-3
Chapter 4 Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module
Configuring the Key Expansion Module in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
Cisco Unified IP Phone with Three KEMs Attached
197184
Figure 4-2
Note
Cisco offers two other methods of connecting KEMs to your phone in case you either have a shortage of
desk space that prevents you from using the spine connectors as shown in Figure 4-2, or in case you need
access to the speaker and microphone ports (on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 and 9971) that the KEM
spine connector covers up.
Configuring the Key Expansion Module in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration
To configure the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, perform
the following:
Procedure
Step 1
In Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Device > Phone.
The Find and List Phones page appears. You can search for one or more phones that you want to
configure for the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module.
Step 2
Select and enter your search criteria and click Find.
The Find and List Phones window appears with a list of phones that match your search criteria.
Step 3
Click the IP Phone that you want to configure for the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module.
The Phone Configuration window appears.
Scroll down to the Expansion Module Information section on the right pane of the Phone Configuration
window, and choose the appropriate expansion module (or “none) for the Module 1, Module 2 and
Module 3 fields, in this order.
For the Module Load Name, enter the custom software for the appropriate expansion module, if
applicable. The value that you enter overrides the default value for the current model. Ensure the
firmware load matches the module load. If the Module Load Name is left blank, the default load (the
load bundled with the phone load) is installed.
For the number of supported KEMs per phone model, refer to Table 4-1 on page 4-1.
Step 4
Make sure the Side USB Port parameter is enabled.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
4-4
OL-20861-01
Chapter 4
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module
Key Expansion Module Settings on the Phone
Note
If the Side USB Port is disabled, the KEM will not work.
Step 5
Be sure to select the phone button template (in the Device Information portion of the Phone
Configuration window) that has been configured to make full use of the KEM(s) attached to the phone.
Step 6
Click Save.
Key Expansion Module Settings on the Phone
Once you have installed one or more KEMs on the phone and have configured them in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration, the KEMs are automatically recognized by the Cisco Unified
IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971.
On the phone, press the Applications button
and then press Accessories. All KEMs that have been
properly installed and configured should appear in the list of accessories.
When multiple KEMs are attached, they will be numbered according to the order in which they are
connected with respect to the phone. For example (refer to Figure 4-2):
•
Key Expansion Module 1 is the KEM closest to the phone.
•
Key Expansion Module 2 is the KEM in the middle.
•
Key Expansion Module 3 is the KEM farthest to the right.
You can select a KEM, and then choose one of the following softkeys:
•
Exit—Returns to the Applications menu.
•
Details—Provides details about the selected KEM.
•
Setup—Allows you to configure the brightness of the selected KEM. This can also be done by means
of the Preferences menu. For details, refer to the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 User
Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager, “Accessories” chapter, “Adjust the Brightness
on the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module” section.
Upgrading the Key Expansion Module
To automatically upgrade KEMs to the latest load, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Power on the KEM, press Page 1, and do not release. When the LCD turns white, continue pressing Page
1 for at least one second.
Step 2
Release Page 1; LEDs should turn red. Immediately press Page 2 and continue pressing Page 2 for at
least one second.
Step 3
Release Page 2; all LEDs should turn amber.
Step 4
Press Lines 5, 14, 1, 18, 10, and 9 in sequence.
The LCD should turn blue, and the spinning loader is displayed in the center.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
4-5
Chapter 4
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color Key Expansion Module
Removing a Key Expansion Module
The KEM starts to upgrade.
Removing a Key Expansion Module
If you need to remove all existing KEMs from the phone, detach them from the phone, then go to Cisco
Unified Communications Manager administration and update the phone configuration file accordingly.
If you are removing one or more KEMs but still leaving one or more KEMs attached to the phone, refer
to the “Installing a Key Expansion Module on the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on page 4-2 for
instructions on how the KEMs and phone should be connected based on how many KEMs will remain.
Also, go to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration and update the phone configuration
file accordingly.
Troubleshooting
To obtain KEM troubleshooting information, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Open a command line interface.
Step 2
Enter the following command to enter debug mode:
debugsh
Step 3
Enter ? to see all available commands and options.
Step 4
Use the applicable commands and options to find the KEM information desired.
To exit debug mode, either perform a Ctrl-C.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
4-6
OL-20861-01
CH A P T E R
5
Setting Up the Cisco Unified Video Camera
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 and 9971 supports the add-on accessory Cisco Unified Video Camera.
The Cisco Unified Video Camera connects to your Cisco Unified IP Phone and allows you to make a
point-to-point video call with another Cisco Unified IP Phone with a Cisco Unified Video Camera
attached. If a phone does not have a Cisco Unified Video Camera attached, it can only receive one-way
video.
This chapter contains the following information:
•
Configuring the Cisco Unified Video Camera, page 5-1
•
Attaching the Cisco Unified Video Camera, page 5-2
•
Adjusting the Camera Settings, page 5-2
•
Post-Installation Steps, page 5-4
•
Using the Cisco Unified Video Camera, page 5-4
Configuring the Cisco Unified Video Camera
To configure the Cisco Unified Video Camera, you must perform the following configuration steps in
Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration:
Note
The parameters described in the following procedure can be enabled on either the Phone Configuration
window (Device > Phone), the Enterprise Phone Configuration window (System > Enterprise Phone
Configuration), or the Common Phone Profile window (Device > Device Settings > Common Phone
Profile). Be sure to also check the corresponding Override Common Settings parameter in the
configuration window. The Phone Configuration window is referenced below for purposes of the
procedure description.
For more information about parameters that can be configured in any of these three configuration
windows, see the “Configuring Product Specific Configuration Parameters” section on page 8-26.
Procedure
Step 1
In the phone configuration window (Device > Phone) of the phone to which you are adding the Cisco
Unified Video Camera, enable the Cisco Camera parameter. This field is located in the Product Specific
Configuration layout portion of the window.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
5-1
Chapter 5
Setting Up the Cisco Unified Video Camera
Attaching the Cisco Unified Video Camera
Step 2
On the same window, enable the Video Capabilities parameter.
Step 3
Click Save.
Attaching the Cisco Unified Video Camera
To install the Cisco Unified Video Camera, you can either:
•
Attach the camera to your phone.
•
Attach the camera to your computer monitor (or to another object in your work area).
The USB port connector on the bottom of the Cisco Unified Video Camera attaches to the back port (not
the side port) on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 or 9971. As you attach the USB connector to the back
port on the phone, the camera should slide easily into the camera pin holes on the phone.
Figure 3-4 on page 3-15 shows the location of the back USB port and the camera pin holes for the Cisco
Unified IP Phone 9951. Figure 3-6 on page 3-17 shows the location of the back USB port and the camera
pin holes for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971.
Installation Procedure
For the complete installation procedure, see the Cisco Unified Video Camera Quick Start Guide at this
location:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps10655/products_user_guide_list.html
Adjusting the Camera Settings
Once you have attached the camera on your phone, you can control the features of the camera.
This section provides information on the features you can control from the phone:
•
Adjusting the Camera View Area, page 5-2
•
Adjusting the Brightness Setting, page 5-3
•
Adjusting Auto Transmit Setting, page 5-3
Adjusting the Camera View Area
The View Area feature acts as a wide angle and zoom function for your camera and allows you to adjust
the view area that is shared during video streaming. The View Area feature acts as a wide angle and zoom
function for your camera.
To adjust the camera view area, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, press the Applications button
Step 2
Select Accessories.
Step 3
Highlight Cisco Unified Camera.
.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
5-2
OL-20861-01
Chapter 5
Setting Up the Cisco Unified Video Camera
Adjusting the Camera Settings
Step 4
Press the Set-up softkey.
Step 5
Select View Area.
Step 6
Use the arrows on the Navigation pad to increase or decrease the view area.
Step 7
Press the Save softkey.
Adjusting the Brightness Setting
The Brightness setting affects the video that you transmit to others. However, it does not affect the video
that you receive from other parties. You can adjust the brightness setting to improve the quality of the
video during streaming.
Note
As the field of view can affect brightness, adjust the View Area feature for your camera before adjusting
the Brightness setting.
To adjust the Brightness setting, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, press the Applications button
.
Step 2
Select Accessories.
Step 3
Highlight Cisco Unified Camera.
Step 4
Press the Set-up softkey.
Step 5
Select Brightness.
Step 6
Use the arrows on the Navigation pad to increase or decrease brightness.
Step 7
Press the Save softkey.
Adjusting Auto Transmit Setting
The Auto Transmit feature allows you to control the streaming of videos for both inound and outbound
calls.
When Auto Transmit is on (default setting), the camera streams video automatically during calls.
When Auto Transmit is off, video for each call is automatically muted (however, your phone still
receives video). To resume video transmission in this case, press the Unmute Video softkey
.
To turn the Auto Transmit setting on or off, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, press the Applications button
Step 2
Select Accessories.
.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
5-3
Chapter 5
Setting Up the Cisco Unified Video Camera
Post-Installation Steps
Step 3
Highlight Cisco Unified Camera.
Step 4
Press the Set-up softkey.
Step 5
Press the Turn On or Turn Off softkey.
Post-Installation Steps
After installing the Cisco Unified Video Camera, perform the following checks:
1.
Wait till the “camera ready” message appears.
Note
2.
The camera may need to upgrade after installation. This may take a few minutes before the
camera is operational.
Press the Video Preview softkey to check the picture quality.
– If the video preview image looks too blue, try increasing the camera Brightness setting.
– If the background looks washed out, try decreasing the camera Brightness setting.
Note
For information about adjusting camera settings on the phone, see the Cisco Unified Video
Camera Quick Start Guide at this location:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps10655/products_user_guide_list.html
3.
Move the phone/camera to a position where there are no bright lights in the field of view.
4.
Move the phone/camera so that the user is illuminated by light coming from the front.
Using the Cisco Unified Video Camera
For information about placing and receiving video calls, setting up video conferences, and adjusting
camera settings on the phone, see the Cisco Unified Video Camera Quick Start Guide at this location:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps10655/products_user_guide_list.html
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
5-4
OL-20861-01
CH A P T E R
6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
This chapter provides an overview of the interaction between a wireless-capable Cisco Unified IP Phone
9971 and other key components of a VoIP network in a wireless local area network (WLAN)
environment. This chapter contains the following sections:
Note
•
Understanding the Wireless LAN, page 6-1
•
Understanding WLAN Standards and Technologies, page 6-2
•
Bluetooth Wireless Technology, page 6-7
•
Components of the VoIP Wireless Network, page 6-8
•
Security for Voice Communications in WLANs, page 6-11
•
VoIP WLAN Configuration, page 6-15
•
Configuring Wireless LAN, page 6-16
For instructions on deploying and configuring a wireless Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971, refer to the Cisco
Unified IP Phone 9971 Wireless LAN Deployment Guide at this location:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/voice_ip_comm/cuipph/9971_9951_8961/7_1_3/english/deploymen
t/guide/9971dply.pdf
Understanding the Wireless LAN
With the introduction of wireless communication, Cisco Unified IP Phones with wireless capability, such
as the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971, can provide voice communication within the corporate WLAN. The
Cisco Unified IP Phone depends upon and interacts with wireless access points (APs) and key Cisco IP
telephony components, including Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, to provide
wireless voice communication. Cisco Access Points can run in standalone or unified mode. Unified
mode requires the Cisco Unified Wireless LAN Controller.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 exhibits Wi-fi capabilities which can be used 802.11a, 802.11b and
802.11g Wi-Fi.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
6-1
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Understanding WLAN Standards and Technologies
Figure 6-1 shows a typical WLAN topology that enables the wireless transmission of voice for wireless
IP telephony.
IP
WLAN with Wireless IP Phones
IP
IP
IP
M
206565
Figure 6-1
When a Cisco Unified IP Phone powers on, it searches for and becomes associated with an AP if the
phone Wireless access is set to On.
The AP uses its connection to the wired network to transmit data and voice packets to and from the
switches and routers. Voice signaling is transmitted to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
server for call processing and routing.
APs are critical components in a WLAN because they provide the wireless links or “hot spots” to the
network. Cisco requires that the APs supporting voice communications use Cisco IOS Release 12.3(8)JA
or later. Cisco IOS software provides features for managing voice traffic.
In some WLANs, each AP has a wired connection to an Ethernet switch, such as a Cisco Catalyst 3750,
that is configured on a LAN. The switch provides access to gateways and the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager server to support wireless IP telephony.
Some networks have wired components that support wireless components. The wired components can
comprise switches, routers, and bridges with special modules to enable wireless capability.
For more information about Cisco Unified Wireless Networks, refer to
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/wireless/index.html
Understanding WLAN Standards and Technologies
This section describes the following concepts:
•
802.11 Standards for WLAN Communications, page 6-3
•
World Mode (802.11d), page 6-4
•
Radio Frequency Ranges, page 6-5
•
802.11 Data Rates, Tx Power, Ranges, and Decibel Tolerances, page 6-5
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
6-2
OL-20861-01
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Understanding WLAN Standards and Technologies
•
Wireless Modulation Technologies, page 6-6
•
AP, Channel, and Domain Relationships, page 6-7
•
WLANs and Roaming, page 6-7
802.11 Standards for WLAN Communications
Wireless LANs must follow the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11
standards that define the protocols that govern all Ethernet-based wireless traffic. The Cisco Unified IP
Phone supports the following standards:
•
802.11a—Uses the 5 GHz band that provides more channels and improved data rates by using
OFDM technology. Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) and Transmit Power Control (TPC)
support this standard.
•
802.11b—Specifies the radio frequency (RF) of 2.4 Ghz for both transmitting and receiving data at
lower data rates (1,2,5.5, 11 Mbps).
•
802.11d—Enables access points to advertise their currently supported radio channels and transmit
power levels. The 802.11d enabled client then uses that information to determine which channels
and powers to use. The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 requires world mode (802.11d) to determine
which channels are legally allowed for any given country. For supported channels, see Table 6-1.
Make sure that 802.11d is properly configured on the Cisco IOS Access Points or Cisco Unified
Wireless LAN Controller; for more information, see the “World Mode (802.11d)” section on
page 6-4.
•
802.11e—QoS
•
802.11g—Uses the same unlicensed 2.4 Ghz band as 802.11b, but extends the data rates to provide
greater performance by using Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) technology.
OFDM is a physical-layer encoding technology for transmitting signals by using RF.
•
802.11h—5 GHz spectrum and transmit power management
•
802.11i—Security
Table 6-1
Note
Supported Channels for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971
Part Number
Band Range
Available Channels 5 GHz Channel Set
CP-9971-K9
2.412 – 2.484 GHz 13 (14 in Japan)
5.180 – 5.240 GHz 4
UNII-2
5.260 – 5.320 GHz 4
UNII-2
5. 500 – 5.700 GHz 11
UNII-2 Extended
5.745 – 5.805 GHz 4
UNII-3
802.11j (channels 34, 38, 42, 46) and channel 165 are not supported.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
6-3
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Understanding WLAN Standards and Technologies
World Mode (802.11d)
If you are using the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 in the World Mode, you must enable World mode
(802.11d). The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 uses 802.11d to determine which channels and transmit
powers to use and inherits its client configuration from the associated access point.
Note
Enabling World Mode (802.11d) may not be necessary if the frequency is 2.4GHz and the current access
point is transmitting on a channel 1-11.
As all countries support these frequencies, you can attempt to scan these channels regardless of
supporting World Mode (802.11d). For the countries which support 2.4GHz, refer to Cisco Unified IP
Phone 9971 Wireless LAN Deployment Guide.
Enable World Mode (802.11d) for the corresponding country where the access point is located. World
Mode is enabled automatically for the Cisco Unified Wireless LAN Controller.
World Mode must be enabled manually for Cisco Autonomous Access Points using the following
commands:
Interface dot11radio X
world-mode dot11d country US both
Supported Countries
The following countries are supported by the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971:
Argentina (AR)
India (IN)
Poland (PL)
Australia (AU)
Indonesia (ID)
Portugal (PT)
Austria (AT)
Ireland (IE)
Puerto Rico (PR)
Belgium (BE)
Israel (IL)
Romania (RO)
Brazil (BR)
Italy (IT)
Russian Federation (RU)
Bulgaria (BG)
Japan (JP)
Saudi Arabia (SA)
Canada (CA)
Korea (KR / KP)
Singapore (SG)
Chile (CL)
Latvia (LV)
Slovakia (SK)
Colombia (CO)
Liechtenstein (LI)
Slovenia (SI)
Costa Rica (CR)
Lithuania (LT)
South Africa (ZA)
Cyprus (CY)
Luxembourg (LU)
Spain (ES)
Czech Republic (CZ)
Malaysia (MY)
Sweden (SE)
Denmark (DK)
Malta (MT)
Switzerland (CH)
Estonia (EE)
Mexico (MX)
Taiwan (TW)
Finland (FI)
Monaco (MC)
Thailand (TH)
France (FR)
Netherlands (NL)
Turkey (TR)
Germany (DE)
New Zealand (NZ)
Ukraine (UA)
Gibraltar (GI)
Norway (NO)
United Arab Emirates (AE)
Greece (GR)
Oman (OM)
United Kingdom (GB)
Hong Kong (HK)
Panama (PA)
United States (US)
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
6-4
OL-20861-01
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Understanding WLAN Standards and Technologies
Hungary (HU)
Peru (PE)
Venezuela (VE)
Iceland (IS)
Philippines (PH)
Vietnam (VN)
Radio Frequency Ranges
WLAN communications use the following radio frequency (RF) ranges:
•
2.4 GHz—Many devices that utilize 2.4 GHz can potentially interfere with the 802.11b/g
connection. An interferer can produce a Denial of Service (DoS) scenario, possibly preventing
successful 802.11 transmissions.
•
5 GHz—Divided into several sections called Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (UNII)
bands and has four channels each. The channels are spaced at 20 MHz to provide non-overlapping
channels and more channels than with 2.4 GHz.
802.11 Data Rates, Tx Power, Ranges, and Decibel Tolerances
Table 6-2 lists the Tx power capacities, data rates, ranges in feet and meters, and decibels tolerated by
the receiver by 801.11 standard.
Table 6-2
Standard
Tx Power, Data Rates, Ranges, and Decibels by Standard
Maximum Tx Power1
Data Rate2
Range
Receiver Sensitivity
16 dBm
6 Mbps
604 ft (184 m)
-91 dBm
9 Mbps
604 ft (184 m)
-90 dBm
12 Mbps
551 ft (168 m)
-88 dBm
18 Mbps
545 ft (166 m)
-86 dBm
24 Mbps
512 ft (156 m)
-82 dBm
36 Mbps
420 ft (128 m)
-80 dBm
48 Mbps
322 ft (98 m)
-77 dBm
54 Mbps
289 ft (88 m)
-75 dBm
6 Mbps
709 ft (216 m)
-91 dBm
9 Mbps
650 ft (198 m)
-90 dBm
12 Mbps
623 ft (190 m)
-87 dBm
18 Mbps
623 ft (190 m)
-86 dBm
24 Mbps
623 ft (190 m)
-82 dBm
36 Mbps
495 ft (151 m)
-80 dBm
48 Mbps
413 ft (126 m)
-77 dBm
54 Mbps
394 ft (120 m)
-76 dBm
802.11a
802.11g
16 dBm
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
6-5
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Understanding WLAN Standards and Technologies
Table 6-2
Standard
Tx Power, Data Rates, Ranges, and Decibels by Standard (continued)
Maximum Tx Power1
Data Rate2
Range
Receiver Sensitivity
17 dBm
1 Mbps
1,010 ft (308 m)
-96 dBm
2 Mbps
951 ft (290 m)
-85 dBm
5.5 Mbps
919 ft (280 m)
-90 dBm
11 Mbps
902 ft (275 m)
-87 dBm
802.11b
1. Adjusts dynamically when associating with an AP if the AP client setting is enabled.
2. Advertised rates by the APs are used. If the Restricted Data Rates functionality is enabled in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration phone configuration, then the Traffic Stream Rate Set IE (CCX V4) is used.
For more information about supported data rates, tx power and rx sensitivity for WLANs, see Cisco
Unified IP Phone 9971 Wireless LAN Deployment Guide.
Wireless Modulation Technologies
Wireless communications uses the following modulation technologies for signaling:
•
Direct-Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS)—Prevents interference by spreading the signal over the
frequency range or bandwidth. DSSS technology multiplexes chunks of data over several
frequencies so that multiple devices can communicate without interference. Each device has a
special code that identifies its data packets and all others are ignored. Cisco wireless 802.11b/g
products use DSSS technology to support multiple devices on the WLAN.
•
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM)—Transmits signals by using RF. OFDM is
a physical-layer encoding technology that breaks one high-speed data carrier into several
lower-speed carriers to transmit in parallel across the RF spectrum. OFDM, when used with 802.11g
and 802.11a, can support data rates as high as 54 Mbps.
Table 6-3 provides a comparison of data rates, number of channels, and modulation technologies by
standard.
Table 6-3
Data Rates, Number of Channels, and Modulation Technologies by IEEE Standard
Item
802.11b
802.11g
802.11a
Data Rates
1, 2, 5.5, 11 Mbps
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48,
54 Mbps
6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48,
54 Mbps
Non-overlapping
Channels
3 (Japan uses 4)
3
Up to 23
Wireless
Modulation
DSSS
OFDM
OFDM
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
6-6
OL-20861-01
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Bluetooth Wireless Technology
AP, Channel, and Domain Relationships
APs transmit and receive RF signals over channels within the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band. To
provide a stable wireless environment and reduce channel interference, you must specify
non-overlapping channels for each AP. The recommended channels for 802.11b and 802.11g in North
America are 1, 6, and 11.
Note
In a non controller-based wireless network, it is recommended that you statically configure channels for
each AP. If your wireless network uses a controller, use the Auto-RF feature with minimal voice
disruption.
For more information about APs, see the “VoIP WLAN Configuration” section on page 6-15.
For more information about AP, channel and domain relationships, see Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971
Wireless LAN Deployment Guide.
WLANs and Roaming
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 supports Cisco Centralized Key Management (CCKM), a centralized
key management protocol, and provides a cache of session credentials on the wireless domain server
(WDS). APs must register to the WDS for fast roaming to work. CCKM is also supported on the Cisco
Unified Wireless LAN Controller alone.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 supports CCKM with 802.1x+WEP or WPA(TKIP) only. CCKM is
not supported with WPA2 or WPA(AES). For details about CCKM, refer to the “Cisco Fast Secure
Roaming Application Note” at:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/wireless/ps4570/prod_technical_reference09186a00801c522
3.html
Related Topics
•
Voice QoS in a Wireless Network, page 6-9
•
VoIP WLAN Configuration, page 6-15
Bluetooth Wireless Technology
Bluetooth enables low bandwidth wireless connections within a range of 30 feet (10 meters). The best
performance is in the 3-to 6-foot (1- to 2-meter) range. Bluetooth wireless technology operates in the 2.4
GHz band which is the same as the 802.11b/g band. There can be a potential interference issues. It is
recommended that you:
•
Use 802.11a that operates in the 5 GHz band.
•
Reduce the proximity of other 802.11b/g devices, Bluetooth devices, microwave ovens, and large
metal objects.
For more information about using Bluetooth headsets with your Cisco Unified IP Phone, see the “Using
Bluetooth Wireless Headsets” section on page 3-8.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
6-7
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Components of the VoIP Wireless Network
Components of the VoIP Wireless Network
The Cisco Unified IP Phone must interact with several network components in the WLAN to
successfully place and receive calls. The following topics describe network components:
•
Interacting with Cisco Unified Wireless APs, page 6-8
•
Associating to APs, page 6-8
•
Voice QoS in a Wireless Network, page 6-9
•
Interacting with Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page 6-11
Interacting with Cisco Unified Wireless APs
Cisco Unified IP Phones use the same APs as wireless data devices. However, voice traffic over a WLAN
requires different equipment configurations and layouts than a WLAN that is used exclusively for data
traffic. Data transmission can tolerate a higher level of RF noise, packet loss, and channel contention
than voice transmission. Packet loss during voice transmission can cause choppy or broken audio and
make the phone call inaudible. Packet errors can also cause blocky or frozen video.
Because the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 are desktop and not mobile phones, changes in the local
environment can cause phones to roam between access points and can affect the voice and video
performance. In contrast, data users remain in one place or occasionally move to another location. The
ability to roam while maintaining a call is one of the advantages of wireless voice, so RF coverage needs
to include stairwells, elevators, quiet corners outside conference rooms, and passage ways.
To ensure good voice quality and optimal RF signal coverage, you must perform a site survey. The site
survey determines settings suitable to wireless voice and assists in the design and layout of the WLAN;
for example AP placement, power levels, and channel assignments.
After deploying and using wireless voice, you should continue to perform post installation site surveys.
When you add a group of new users, install more equipment, or stack large amounts of inventory, you
are changing the wireless environment. A post installation survey verifies that the AP coverage is still
adequate for optimal voice communications.
Note
There are packet loss during roaming; however, the security mode and the presence of fast roaming
depicts how much packet is lost during transmission.
For more information on Voice QoS in a wireless network, see Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 Wireless
LAN Deployment Guide.
Associating to APs
At startup, the Cisco Unified IP Phone scans for APs with SSIDs and encryption types that it recognizes.
The phone builds and maintains a list of eligible APs and uses the following variables to determine the
best AP.
•
Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI)—Signal strength of available APs within the RF
coverage area. The phone attempts to associate with the AP with the highest RSSI value.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
6-8
OL-20861-01
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Components of the VoIP Wireless Network
•
Traffic Specification (TSpec)—Calculation of call limits and WLAN load balancing. The TSpec
value of each voice stream allows the system to allocate bandwidth to voice devices on a first-come,
first-served basis. For more information, see “Voice QoS in a Wireless Network” section on
page 6-9.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone associates with the AP with the highest RSSI and lowest channel usage
values (QBSS) that have matching SSID and encryption types. To ensure that voice traffic is handled
properly, you must configure the correct QoS in the AP.
Related Topics
•
Security for Voice Communications in WLANs, page 6-11
•
VoIP WLAN Configuration, page 6-15
Voice QoS in a Wireless Network
Voice traffic on the Wireless LAN, like data traffic, is susceptible to delay, jitter, and packet loss. These
issues do not impact the data end user, but have serious implications for a voice call. To ensure that voice
traffic receives timely and reliable treatment with low delay and low jitter, you must use Quality of
Service (QoS), and use separate virtual LANs (VLANs) for voice and data. By isolating the voice traffic
onto a separate VLAN, you can use QoS to provide priority treatment for voice packets when traveling
across the network. Also, use a separate VLAN for data traffic, not the default native VLAN which is
typically used for all network devices.
You need the following VLANs on the network switches and the APs that support voice connections on
the WLAN:
•
Voice VLAN—Voice traffic to and from the wireless IP phone
•
Native VLAN—Data traffic to and from other wireless devices
Assign separate SSIDs to the voice and to the data VLANs. If you configure a separate management
VLAN in the WLAN, do not associate an SSID with the management VLAN.
By separating the phones into a voice VLAN and marking voice packets with higher QoS, you can ensure
that voice traffic gets priority treatment over data traffic resulting in lower packet delay and fewer lost
packets.
Unlike wired networks with dedicated bandwidths, wireless LANs consider traffic direction when
implementing QoS. Traffic is classified as upstream or downstream from the point of view of the AP as
shown in Figure 6-2.
Voice Traffic in a Wireless Network
Downstream
Downstream
Network
IP
Upstream
Downstream QoS only
Upstream
Bi-Directional QoS
206564
Figure 6-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
6-9
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Components of the VoIP Wireless Network
Beginning with Cisco IOS release 12.2(11)JA, Cisco Aironet APs support the contention-based channel
access mechanism called Enhanced Distributed Coordination Function (EDCF). The EDCF-type of QoS
has up to eight queues for downstream (toward the 802.11b/g clients) QoS. You can allocate the queues
based on these options:
•
QoS or Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) settings for the packets
•
Layer 2 or Layer 3 access lists
•
VLANs for specific traffic
•
Dynamic registration of devices
Although you can have up to eight queues on the AP, you should use only two queues for voice traffic
to ensure the best possible voice QoS. Place voice (RTP) and signaling (SCCP) traffic in the highest
priority queue, and place data traffic in a best-effort queue.Although 802.11b/g EDCF does not
guarantee that voice traffic is protected from data traffic, you should get the best statistical results by
using this queuing model.
Note
The Cisco Unified IP Phone marks the SCCP signaling packets with a DSCP value of 24 (CS3)
and RTP packets with DSCP value of 46 (EF).
To improve reliability of voice transmissions in a nondeterministic environment, the Cisco Unified IP
Phone supports the IEEE 802.11e industry standard and is Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) capable. WMM
enables differentiated services for voice, video, best effort data and other traffic. However, in order for
these differentiated services to provide sufficient QoS for voice packets, only a certain amount of voice
bandwidth can be serviced or admitted on a channel at one time. If the network can handle “N” voice
calls with reserved bandwidth, when the amount of voice traffic is increased beyond this limit (to N+1
calls), the quality of all calls suffers.
To help address the problems of VoIP stability and roaming, an initial Call Admission Control (CAC)
scheme is required. With CAC, QoS is maintained in a network overload scenario by ensuring that the
number of active voice calls does not exceed the configured limits on the AP. The Cisco Unified IP
Phone can integrate layer 2 TSpec admission control with layer 3 Cisco Unified Communications
Manager admission control (RSVP). During times of network congestion, calling or called parties
receive a fast busy indication. The system maintains a small bandwidth reserve so wireless phone clients
can roam into a neighboring AP (AP), even when the AP is at “full capacity.” After reaching the voice
bandwidth limit, the next call is load-balanced to a neighboring AP without affecting the quality of the
existing calls on the channel.
Implementing QoS in the connected Ethernet switch is highly desirable to maintain good voice quality.
The COS and DSCP values that the Cisco Unified IP Phone sets do not need to be modified.
The DSCP, COS and UP (WMM) markings correctly for the optimum transmission of video frames.
Note
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 does not support Video CAC; however, Voice CAC is supported for
WLANs.
Related Topics
•
Authentication Methods, page 6-11
•
Interacting with Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page 6-11
•
VoIP WLAN Configuration, page 6-15
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
6-10
OL-20861-01
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Security for Voice Communications in WLANs
Interacting with Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Cisco Unified Communications Manager is the call control component in the network that handles and
routes calls for the wireless IP phones. Cisco Unified Communications Manager manages the
components of the IP telephony system—the phones, access gateways, and the resources—for such
features as call conferencing and route planning. When deploying a Cisco Unified IP Phone on a wireless
LAN, you must use Cisco Unified Communications Manager Release 7.1(3) or later and the SIP
protocol.
Before Cisco Unified Communications Manager can recognize a phone, the phone must register with
Cisco Unified Communications Manager and be configured in the database. For information about
setting up phones in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, see the “Configuring Cisco Unified IP
Phones in Cisco Unified Communications Manager” section on page 1-24.
You can find more information about configuring Cisco Unified Communications Manager to work with
the IP phones and IP devices in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide and
Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide.
Related Topics
Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page 1-24
Security for Voice Communications in WLANs
Because all WLAN devices that are within range can receive all other WLAN traffic, securing voice
communications is critical in WLANs. To ensure that voice traffic is not manipulated or intercepted by
intruders, the Cisco Unified IP Phone and Cisco Aironet APs are supported in the Cisco SAFE Security
architecture. For more information about security in networks, refer to
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/netsol/ns744/networking_solutions_program_home.html.
This section contains the following items:
•
Authentication Methods, page 6-11
•
Authenticated Key Management, page 6-12
•
Encryption Methods, page 6-13
•
Choosing AP Authentication and Encryption Methods, page 6-13
Authentication Methods
The Cisco Wireless IP telephony solution provides wireless network security that prevents unauthorized
logins and compromised communications by using the following authentication methods supported by
the wireless Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971:
•
Open Authentication—Any wireless device can request authentication in an open system. The AP
that receives the request may grant authentication to any requestor or only to requestors on a list of
users. Communication between the wireless device and AP could be non-encrypted or devices can
use Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) keys to provide security. Devices that are using WEP only
attempt to authenticate with an AP that is using WEP.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
6-11
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Security for Voice Communications in WLANs
•
Shared Key Authentication—The AP sends an unencrypted challenge text string to any device
attempting to communicate with the AP. The device that is requesting authentication uses a
pre-configured WEP key to encrypt the challenge text and sends it back to the AP. If the challenge
text is encrypted correctly, the AP allows the requesting device to authenticate. A device can
authenticate only if its WEP key matches the WEP key on the APs.
Shared key authentication can be less secure than open authentication with WEP because someone
can monitor the challenges. An intruder can calculate the WEP key by comparing the unencrypted
and encrypted challenge text strings.
•
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Flexible Authentication via Secure Tunneling (EAP-FAST)
Authentication—This client server security architecture encrypts EAP transactions within a
Transport Level Security (TLS) tunnel between the AP and the RADIUS server such as the Cisco
Access Control Server (ACS).
The TLS tunnel uses Protected Access Credentials (PACs) for authentication between the client
(phone) and the RADIUS server. The server sends an Authority ID (AID) to the client (phone),
which in turn selects the appropriate PAC. The client (phone) returns a PAC-Opaque to the RADIUS
server. The server decrypts the PAC with its master-key. Both endpoints now have the PAC key and
a TLS tunnel is created. EAP-FAST supports automatic PAC provisioning, but you must enable it
on the RADIUS server.
Note
In the Cisco ACS, by default, the PAC expires in one week. If the phone has an expired PAC,
authentication with the RADIUS server takes longer while the phone gets a new PAC. To avoid
the PAC provisioning delays, set the PAC expiration period to 90 days or longer on the ACS or
RADIUS server.
•
Light Extensible Authentication Protocol (LEAP)—Cisco proprietary password-based mutual
authentication scheme between the client (phone) and a RADIUS server. Cisco Unified IP Phone
can use LEAP for authentication with the wireless network.
•
Auto (AKM)—Selects the 802.11 Authentication mechanism automatically from the configuration
information exhibited by the AP. WPA-PSK or WPA.
Authenticated Key Management
The following authentication schemes use the RADIUS server to manage authentication keys:
•
WPA/WPA2—Uses information on a RADIUS server to generate unique keys for authentication.
Because these keys are generated at the centralized RADIUS server, WPA/WPA2 provides more
security than WPA pre-shared keys that are stored on the AP and phone.
•
Cisco Centralized Key Management (CCKM)—Uses information on a RADIUS server and a
wireless domain server (WDS) to manage and authenticate keys. The WDS creates a cache of
security credentials for CCKM-enabled client devices for fast and secure reauthentication.
With WPA/WPA2 and CCKM, encryption keys are not entered on the phone, but are automatically
derived between the AP and phone. But the EAP username and password that are used for authentication
must be entered on each phone.
Note
CCKM is only supported with WPA(TKIP) and 802.1x(WEP).
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
6-12
OL-20861-01
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Security for Voice Communications in WLANs
Encryption Methods
To ensure that voice traffic is secure, the Cisco Unified IP Phone supports WEP, TKIP, and Advanced
Encryption Standards (AES) for encryption. When using these mechanisms for encryption, both the
signaling Skinny Client Control Protocol (SCCP) packets and voice Real-Time Transport Protocol
(RTP) packets are encrypted between the AP and the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
•
WEP—When using WEP in the wireless network, authentication happens at the AP by using open
or shared-key authentication. The WEP key that is setup on the phone must match the WEP key that
is configured at the AP for successful connections. The Cisco Unified IP Phone supports WEP keys
that use 40-bit encryption or a 128-bit encryption and remain static on the phone and AP.
EAP and CCKM authentication can use WEP keys for encryption. The RADIUS server manages the
WEP key and passes a unique key to the AP after authentication for encrypting all voice packets;
consequently, these WEP keys can change with each authentication.
Note
•
TKIP—WPA and CCKM use TKIP encryption that has several improvements over WEP. TKIP
provides per-packet key ciphering and longer initialization vectors (IVs) that strengthen encryption.
In addition, a message integrity check (MIC) ensures that encrypted packets are not being altered.
TKIP removes the predictability of WEP that helps intruders decipher the WEP key.
•
AES—An encryption method used for WPA2 authentication. This national standard for encryption
uses a symmetrical algorithm that has the same key for encryption and decryption. AES uses Cipher
Blocking Chain (CBC) encryption of 128 bits in size, supporting key sizes of 128, 192 and 256 bits,
as a minimum. The Cisco Unified IP Phone supports a key size of 256 bits.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone does not support Cisco Key Integrity Protocol (CKIP) with CMIC.
Choosing AP Authentication and Encryption Methods
Authentication and encryption schemes are setup within the wireless LAN. VLANs are configured in the
network and on the APs and specify different combinations of authentication and encryption. An SSID
is associated with a VLAN and its particular authentication and encryption scheme. In order for wireless
client devices to authenticate successfully, you must configure the same SSIDs with their authentication
and encryption schemes on the APs and on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Some authentication schemes require specific types of encryption. With Open authentication, you have
the option to use static WEP for encryption for added security. But if you are using Shared Key
authentication, you must set static WEP for encryption, and you must configure a WEP key on the phone.
When using Authenticated Key Management (AKM) for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, several choices for
both authentication and encryption can be set up on the APs with different SSIDs. When the phone
attempts to authenticate, it chooses the AP that advertises the authentication and encryption scheme that
the phone can support. Auto (AKM) mode can authenticate by using WPA, WPA2, WPA Pre-shared key,
or CCKM.
Note
•
When using WPA Pre-shared key or WPA2 Pre-shared key, the pre-shared key must be statically set
on the phone. These keys must match the keys configured on the AP.
•
When using Auto (AKM), encryption options are automatically configured for WPA, WPA2, WPA
Pre-shared key, WPA2 Pre-shared key, or CCKM.
•
In AKM mode, the phone will authenticate with LEAP if it is configured with WPA, WPA2, or
CCKM key management, or if 802.1x is used.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
6-13
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Security for Voice Communications in WLANs
•
The Cisco Unified IP Phone does not support auto EAP negotiation; to use EAP-FAST mode, you
must specify it.
Table 6-4 provides a list of authentication and encryption schemes that are configured on the Cisco
Aironet APs that the Cisco Unified IP Phone supports. The table shows the network configuration option
for the phone that corresponds to the AP configuration.
Table 6-4
Authentication and Encryption Schemes
Cisco Unified IP Phone
Configuration
Cisco AP Configuration
Common
Encryption
Authentication
Open
None
Open
Open (Static WEP)
WEP
Open+WEP
Shared key (Static WEP)
WEP
Shared+WEP
Optional CCKM
WEP
LEAP or Auto (AKM)
WPA with
Optional CCKM
TKIP
LEAP or Auto (AKM)
LEAP
WPA2
WPA2
AES
LEAP or Auto (AKM)
EAP-FAST
Optional CCKM
WEP
EAP-FAST
EAP-FAST with WPA
WPA
Optional CCKM
TKIP
EAP-FAST
EAP-FAST with WPA2
WPA2
AES
EAP-FAST
WPA-PSK
WPA-PSK
TKIP
Auto (AKM)
WPA2-PSK
WAP2-PSK
AES
Auto (AKM)
Authentication
LEAP
Key
Management
802.1x
LEAP
WPA
802.1x
For additional information about Cisco WLAN Security, refer to
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/wireless/ps430/prod_brochure09186a00801f7d0b.html
For more information about configuring authentication and encryption schemes on APs, refer to the
Cisco Aironet Configuration Guide for your model and release under the following URL:
http://www.cisco.com/cisco/web/psa/configure.html?mode=prod&level0=278875243
Related Topics
•
Interacting with Cisco Unified Wireless APs, page 6-8
•
Authentication Methods, page 6-11
•
Encryption Methods, page 6-13
•
Interacting with Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page 6-11
•
Components of the VoIP Wireless Network, page 6-8
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
6-14
OL-20861-01
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
VoIP WLAN Configuration
•
VoIP WLAN Configuration, page 6-15
VoIP WLAN Configuration
This section provides configuration guidelines for deploying Cisco Unified IP Phones in the WLAN and
includes these topics:
•
Supported Access Points, page 6-15
•
Supported APs and Modes, page 6-15
•
Supported Antennas, page 6-16
Supported Access Points
The wireless Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 is supported on both the Cisco autonomous and unified
solutions. Minimum and recommended versions are:
•
Cisco IOS Access Points (Autonomous)
– Minimum = 12.3(8)JEA2 or later
– Recommended = 12.4(10b)JA3 or later (does not apply to Cisco Aironet Series 1100, 1140,
1200, or 1230)
•
Cisco Unified Wireless LAN Controller
– Minimum = 5.1.163.0 or later
– Recommended = 5.2.193.0 or later
Supported APs and Modes
Table 6-5 lists the modes that are supported by each Cisco Access Point.
Table 6-5
Supported APs and Modes
AP Models
802.11b
802.11g
802.11a
Autonomous Unified
Mode
Mode
Cisco Aironet 500 Series
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Cisco Aironet 1100 Series
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Cisco Aironet 1130 AG Series
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cisco Aironet 1140 Series
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cisco Aironet 1200 Series
Yes
Yes
Optional
Yes
Yes
Cisco Aironet 1230 AG Series
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cisco Aironet 1240 AG Series
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cisco Aironet 1250 Series
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cisco Aironet 1300 Series
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
6-15
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Configuring Wireless LAN
Note
Voice over the Wireless LAN (VoWLAN) via Outdoor MESH technology (Cisco 1500 series) is not
supported in the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971.
Third-party access points are not supported since there is no interoperability testing with these access
points. However, if the access point supports the key features and follows the standards, the Cisco
Unified Wireless IP Phone will be compliant.
Wi-Fi compliant APs that are manufactured by third-party vendors will support the Cisco Unified
Wireless IP Phone 9971, but might not support key features such as Wi-Fi MultiMedia (WMM),
Unscheduled Auto Power Save Delivery (U-APSD), Traffic Specification (TSPEC), QoS Basic Service
Set (QBSS), Dynamic Transmit Power Control (DTPC), or proxy ARP.
Supported Antennas
Some Cisco Access Points require or allow external antennas. Refer to the following URL for the list of
supported antennas and how these external antennas should be mounted.
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/prod/collateral/wireless/ps7183/ps469/product_data_sheet09186a008008
883b.html
Note
The Cisco Aironet Series 1130 and 1140 access points must be mounted on the ceiling because they have
omni-directional antennas.
Configuring Wireless LAN
Ensure that the Wi-Fi coverage in the location where the wireless is deployed, is suitable for transmitting
video and voice packets.
If the Wi-Fi connectivity for voice and video has been enabled for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971, you
have to authenticate the Wi-Fi network using the WLAN Sign in application within your applications
menu.
To enable, to go to Applications > Administrator Settings > Network Setup > WLAN Setup >
WLAN Sign in Access and enable WLAN network.
To change the username/password must go to Applications > Administrator Settings.
For complete configuration information, see the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 Wireless LAN Deployment
Guide.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 Wireless LAN Deployment Guide includes the following configuration
information:
•
Configuring the wireless network
•
Configuring the wireless LAN in Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration
•
Configuring the wireless LAN on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
6-16
OL-20861-01
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Configuring Wireless LAN
Summary of Configuring the Wireless LAN in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration
In Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration, you must enable a parameter called “Wi-Fi”
for the wireless Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971. This can be done in one of the following locations in Cisco
Unified Communications Manager administration:
Note
•
To enable wireless LAN on a specific phone, select the enable setting for the Wi-Fi parameter in the
Product Specific Configuration Layout section (Device > Phone) for the specific phone, and check
the Override Common Settings check box.
•
To enable wireless LAN for a group of phones, select the enable setting for the Wi-Fi parameter on
a Common Phone Profile Configuration window (Device > Device Settings > Common Phone
Profile), check the Override Common Settings check box, then associate the phone (Device >
Phone page) with that common phone profile.
•
To enable wireless LAN for all WLAN-capable phones in your network, select the enable setting for
the Wi-Fi parameter on the Enterprise Phone Configuration window (System > Enterprise Phone
Configuration), and check the Override Common Settings check box.
On the Phone Configuration window in Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration (Device
> Phone), when you configure the MAC address, use the wired-line MAC address. The wireless MAC
address is not used for Cisco Unified Communications Manager registration.
Summary of Configuring the Wireless LAN on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Before the phone can connect to the WLAN, you must configure the network profile for the phone with
the appropriate WLAN settings. You can use the Network Setup menu on the phone to access the WLAN
Setup submenu and set up the WLAN configuration. For instructions, see “WLAN Setup Menu” section
on page 7-7.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
6-17
Chapter 6
Understanding the VoIP Wireless Network
Configuring Wireless LAN
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
6-18
OL-20861-01
CH A P T E R
7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified
IP Phone
The Cisco Unified IP Phone includes many configurable network settings that you may need to modify
before the phone is functional for your users. You can access these settings, and change some of them,
through menus on the phone. Settings that are display-only on the phone are configured in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration.
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Setup Menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 7-1
•
Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4
•
WLAN Setup Menu, page 7-7
•
IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 7-10
•
Security Setup Menu, page 7-13
Setup Menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
The Cisco Unified IP Phone includes the following configuration menus:
•
Network Setup—Provides options for viewing and configuring a variety of network settings. For
more information, see the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4.
– Ethernet Setup—A submenu of the Network Setup menu, the Ethernet Setup menu items
provide configuration options to configure the Cisco Unified IP Phone over an ethernet
network. For more information, see the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4.
– WLAN Setup—A submenu of the Network Setup menu, the WLAN Setup menu items provide
configuration options to configure the Cisco Unified IP Phone with the wireless local area
network (WLAN). For more information, see the “WLAN Setup Menu” section on page 7-7.
– IPv4 Setup—A submenu of the Ethernet Setup menu and of the WLAN Setup menu, the IPv4
menu items provide additional network options for viewing and setting. For more information,
see the “IPv4 Setup Menu Options” section on page 7-10.
•
Security Setup—Provides options for viewing and configuring a variety of security settings. For
more information, see the “Security Setup Menu” section on page 7-13.
Before you can change option settings on the Network Setup menu, you must unlock options for editing.
See the “Unlocking and Locking Options” section on page 7-3 for instructions.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
7-1
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Setup Menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
For information about the keys you can use to edit or change option settings, see the “Editing Values”
section on page 7-3.
You can control whether a phone user has access to phone settings by using the Settings Access field in
the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Phone Configuration window (in the
Product Specific Information portion of the window).
Related Topics
•
Displaying a Setup Menu, page 7-2
•
Unlocking and Locking Options, page 7-3
•
Editing Values, page 7-3
•
Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4
•
WLAN Setup Menu, page 7-7
•
IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 7-10
•
Security Setup Menu, page 7-13
Displaying a Setup Menu
To display a configuration menu, perform the following steps.
Procedure
Step 1
Press the Applications button
Step 2
Select Administrator Settings.
Step 3
Select Network Setup or Security Setup.
Note
.
For information about the Status menu, see Chapter 10, “Viewing Model Information, Status,
and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.” For information about the Reset Settings menu,
see Chapter 12, “Troubleshooting and Maintenance.”
Step 4
Enter your user ID and password, if required, then click Sign-In.
Step 5
Perform one of these actions to display the desired menu:
•
Use the navigation arrows to select the desired menu and then press the Select button.
•
Use the keypad on the phone to enter the number that corresponds to the menu.
Step 6
To display a submenu repeat Step 5.
Step 7
To exit a menu, press the Exit softkey or the back arrow softkey
.
Related Topics
•
Unlocking and Locking Options, page 7-3
•
Editing Values, page 7-3
•
Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4
•
WLAN Setup Menu, page 7-7
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
7-2
OL-20861-01
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Setup Menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
•
IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 7-10
•
Security Setup Menu, page 7-13
Unlocking and Locking Options
You can apply a password to the phone so that no changes can be made to the administrative options on
the phone without the password being entered on the Administrator Settings phone screen.
To apply a password to the phone, in Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration, navigate
to the Common Phone Profile Configuration window (Device > Device Settings > Common Phone
Profile). Enter a password in the Local Phone Unlock Password option. Apply the password to the
common phone profile that the phone uses.
Related Topics
•
Displaying a Setup Menu, page 7-2
•
Editing Values, page 7-3
•
Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4
•
WLAN Setup Menu, page 7-7
•
IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 7-10
Editing Values
When you edit the value of an option setting, follow these guidelines:
Note
•
Use the arrows on the navigation pad to highlight the field you wish to edit, then press the Select
button of the navigation pad to activate that field. (You can also double-tap on an editable field to
activate it for editing.) Once the field is activated, you can enter values.
•
Use the keys on the keypad to enter numbers and letters.
•
To enter letters by using the keypad, use a corresponding number key. Press the key one or more
times to display a particular letter. For example, press the 2 key once for “a,” twice quickly for “b,”
and three times quickly for “c.” After you pause, the cursor automatically advances to allow you to
enter the next letter.
•
Press the arrow softkey
the cursor.
•
Press the Cancel softkey before pressing the Save softkey to discard any changes that you have
made.
•
To enter an IP address, you enter values into four segments already divided for you. When you are
done entering the leftmost digits before the first period, use the right arrow key to move to the next
segment. The period that follows the leftmost digits is automatically inserted.
if you make a mistake. This softkey deletes the character to the left of
The Cisco Unified IP Phone provides several methods you can use to reset or restore option settings, if
necessary. For more information, see the “Resetting the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on page 12-15.
Related Topics
•
Displaying a Setup Menu, page 7-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
7-3
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Ethernet Setup Menu
•
Unlocking and Locking Options, page 7-3
•
Ethernet Setup Menu, page 7-4
•
WLAN Setup Menu, page 7-7
•
IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 7-10
Ethernet Setup Menu
The Ethernet Setup menu provides options for viewing and making a variety of network settings.
Table 7-1 describes these options and, where applicable, explains how to change them.
For information about how to access the Ethernet Setup menu, see the “Displaying a Setup Menu”
section on page 7-2.
For information about the keys you can use to edit options, see the “Editing Values” section on page 7-3.
Note
Table 7-1
The Ethernet data fields are overwritten when a VPN connection is established.
Ethernet Setup Menu Options
Option
Description
IPv4 Setup
In the IPv4 Setup configuration submenu, you can do the Scroll to IPv4 Setup and press the
Select button.
following:
•
Enable or disable the phone to use the IP address that
is assign by the DHCP server.
•
Manually set the IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default
Routers, DNS Server, and Alternate TFTP servers.
To Change
For more information on the IPv4 address fields, refer to
Table 7-3.
MAC Address
Unique Media Access Control (MAC) address of the
phone.
Domain Name
Name of the Domain Name System (DNS) domain in
which the phone resides.
Display only—Cannot configure.
1.
Set the DHCP Enabled option to
No.
2.
Scroll to the Domain Name
option, press the Select key, and
then enter a new domain name.
3.
Press the Apply softkey.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
7-4
OL-20861-01
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Ethernet Setup Menu
Table 7-1
Ethernet Setup Menu Options (continued)
Option
Description
To Change
Operational VLAN ID
Display only—Cannot configure.
Auxiliary Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN)
configured on a Cisco Catalyst switch in which the phone
The phone obtains its Operational
is a member.
VLAN ID via Cisco Discovery
Protocol (CDP) or Link Level
If the phone has not received an auxiliary VLAN, this
Discovery Protocol Media Endpoint
option indicates the Administrative VLAN.
Discovery (LLDP-MED). This
If neither the auxiliary VLAN nor the Administrative
information comes from the switch
VLAN are configured, this option is blank.
to which the phone is attached. To
assign a VLAN ID manually, use the
Admin VLAN ID option.
Admin. VLAN ID
Auxiliary VLAN in which the phone is a member.
1.
Scroll to the Admin. VLAN ID
option, press the Select softkey,
and then enter a new Admin
VLAN setting.
2.
Press the Apply softkey.
1.
Make sure the Admin VLAN ID
option is set.
2.
Scroll to the PC VLAN option,
press the Select softkey, and
then enter a new PC VLAN
setting.
3.
Press the Apply softkey.
Used only if the phone does not receive an auxiliary
VLAN from the switch; otherwise it is ignored.
PC VLAN
Allows the phone to interoperate with 3rd party switches
that do not support a voice VLAN. The Admin VLAN ID
option must be set before you can change this option.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
7-5
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Ethernet Setup Menu
Table 7-1
Ethernet Setup Menu Options (continued)
Option
Description
SW Port Setup
Speed and duplex of the Network port. Valid values:
•
Auto Negotiate
•
1000 Full—1000-BaseT/full duplex
•
100 Half—100-BaseT/half duplex
•
100 Full—100-BaseT/full duplex
•
10 Half—10-BaseT/half duplex
•
10 Full—10-BaseT/full duplex
To Change
1.
Unlock network configuration
options.
2.
Scroll to the SW Port
Configuration option and then
press the Select softkey.
3.
Scroll to the setting that you
want and then press the Select
key.
1.
Unlock network configuration
options.
2.
Scroll to the PC Port
Configuration option and then
press the Select softkey.
3.
Scroll to the setting that you
want and then press the Select
key.
If the phone is connected to a switch, configure the port
on the switch to the same speed/duplex as the phone, or
configure both to auto-negotiate.
If you change the setting of this option, you must change
the PC Port Configuration option to the same setting.
PC Port Setup
Speed and duplex of the Computer (access) port. Valid
values:
•
Auto Negotiate
•
1000 Full—1000-BaseT/full duplex
•
100 Half—100-BaseT/half duplex
•
100 Full—100-BaseT/full duplex
•
10 Half—10-BaseT/half duplex
To configure the setting on multiple
phones simultaneously, enable the
If the phone is connected to a switch, configure the port Remote Port Configuration in the
on the switch to the same speed/duplex as the phone, or Enterprise Phone Configuration
configure both to auto-negotiate.
(System > Enterprise Phone
If you change the setting of this option, you must change Configuration).
the SW Port Configuration option to the same setting.
Note
If the ports are configured for
•
10 Full—10-BaseT/full duplex
Remote Port Configuration
in Unified CM, the data
cannot be changed on the
phone.
Related Topics
•
Displaying a Setup Menu, page 7-2
•
Unlocking and Locking Options, page 7-3
•
WLAN Setup Menu, page 7-7
•
IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 7-10
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
7-6
OL-20861-01
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
WLAN Setup Menu
WLAN Setup Menu
The WLAN Setup menu provides options for viewing and making a variety of network settings.
Table 7-2 describes these options and, where applicable, explains how to change them.
Note
You can configure the WLAN settings only on the Cisco Unified IP Phone keypad. You must use the ac
adapter when using the Cisco Unified IP Phone in WLAN mode. WLAN is disabled when Ethernet is
connected.
For information about how to access the WLAN Setup menu, see the “Displaying a Setup Menu” section
on page 7-2.
For information about the keys you can use to edit options, see the “Editing Values” section on page 7-3.
Table 7-2
WLAN Setup Menu Options
Option
Description
Wireless
Used to turn the wireless radio on Cisco Unified IP Phone
on or off. Valid values:
•
On—Turns the wireless radio on the phone on.
•
Off—Turns the wireless radio on the phone off.
To Change
1.
Scroll to the Wireless option,
and use the toggle switch to
change the setting between on
and off.
2.
Press the Apply softkey.
1.
Scroll to the Wireless Sign In
option, and use the toggle switch
to change the setting between on
and off.
2.
Press the Apply softkey.
Default: On
WLAN Sign in Access
Enables the display of the WLAN Sign in Access window
in the main Applications menu:
•
•
On—The WLAN Sign In Access window displays.
Turning this value on allows you to sign in or change
your WLAN user ID and password on the main
Applications menu. Otherwise, to change your login
information, you would have to navigate down to the
Security menu level and select either the LEAP or
EAP-FAST methods, both of which require login
credentials.
Off—The WLAN Sign In Access window does not
display.
Default: Off
IPv4 Setup
In the IPv4 Setup configuration submenu, you can do the Scroll to IPv4 Setup and press the
Select button.
following:
•
Enable or disable the phone to use the IP address that
is assign by the DHCP server.
•
Manually set the IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default
Routers, DNS Server, and Alternate TFTP servers.
For more information on the IPv4 address fields, refer to
Table 7-3.
MAC Address
Unique Media Access Control (MAC) address of the
phone.
Display only—Cannot configure.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
7-7
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
WLAN Setup Menu
Table 7-2
WLAN Setup Menu Options (continued)
Option
Description
Domain Name
Name of the Domain Name System (DNS) domain in
which the phone resides.
SSID
Specifies the Service Set Identifier, a unique identifier for
accessing wireless access points.
To Change
1.
Set the DHCP Enabled option to
No.
2.
Scroll to the Domain Name
option, press the Select key, and
then enter a new domain name.
3.
Press the Apply softkey.
1.
Scroll to the SSID option, press
the Select softkey, and then enter
a SSID.
2.
Press the Apply softkey.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
7-8
OL-20861-01
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
WLAN Setup Menu
Table 7-2
WLAN Setup Menu Options (continued)
Option
Description
Security Mode
The type of authentication that the phone uses to access
the WLAN. Valid values:
•
•
Open with WEP—Open 802.11 authentication but
uses Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) for encrypting
the data. Specifies access to all APs and
authentication through WEP keys at the local AP.
•
Shared Key—Shared key authentication using WEP.
•
LEAP—Lightweight Extensible Authentication
Protocol authentication exchanges a username and
cryptographically secure password with a RADIUS
server in the network (Cisco proprietary version of
EAP). LEAP supports WPA and WPA2.
•
EAP-FAST—Extensible Authentication Protocol
Flexible Authentication via Secure Tunneling
exchanges a username and cryptographically secure
password with a RADIUS server in the network
where a PAC (Protected Access Credential) is used to
established a secure tunnel for authentication.
EAP-FAST supports WPA and WPA2.
•
AKM—Selects the 802.11 authentication mechanism
automatically from the configuration information
exhibited by the access point. WPA-PSK or WPA
versions 1 or 2 can be used when configured for this
mode.
Note
802.11 Mode
Open—Access to all access points (APs) without
encryption.
1.
Scroll to the Security Mode
option, then highlight the
desired value.
2.
Click Apply.
1.
Scroll to the 802.11 Mode
option, then highlight the
desired value.
2.
Click Apply.
Consider the following when you select AKM: 1)
AKM uses LEAP for 802.1x when using WPA,
WPA2 or CCKM, 2) AKM selects the encryption
method by giving precedence to the strongest key
management type and then the strongest cipher,
and 3) CCKM is not supported with WPA2.
Specifies the wireless signal standard that is used in the
WLAN. Valid values:
•
To Change
Auto—Default value. Gives precedence to 5.0 Ghz if
available.
•
802.11a
•
802.11b/g
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
7-9
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
IPv4 Setup Menu Options
IPv4 Setup Menu Options
The IPv4 Setup menu is a submenu of the Ethernet Setup menu and of the WLAN Setup menu. To reach
the IPv4 menu, select the IPv4 option on the Ethernet Setup menu or on the WLAN Setup menu.
Table 7-3 describes the IPv4 Setup menu options.
For information about the keys you can use to edit options, see the “Editing Values” section on page 7-3.
Table 7-3
IPv4 Setup Menu Options
Option
Description
To Change
DHCP Enabled
Indicates whether the phone has DHCP enabled or
disabled.
Scroll to the DHCP Enabled option
and press the No softkey to disable
DHCP, or press the Yes softkey to
enable DHCP.
When DHCP is enabled, the DHCP server assigns the
phone an IPaddress. When DHCP is disabled, the
administrator must manually assign an IP address to the
phone.
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default Router
DNS Server 1
DNS Server 2
DNS Server 3
Internet Protocol (IP) address of the phone.
1.
If you assign an IP address with this option, you must also
assign a subnet mask and default router. See the Subnet
Mask and Default Router options in this table.
Set the DHCP Enabled option to
No.
2.
Scroll to the IP Address option,
press the Select softkey, and then
enter a new IP Address.
3.
Press the Apply softkey
1.
Set the DHCP Enabled option to
No.
2.
Scroll to the Subnet Mask
option, press the Select softkey,
and then enter a new subnet
mask.
3.
Press the Apply softkey.
1.
Set the DHCP Enabled option to
No.
2.
Scroll to the appropriate Default
Router option, press the Select
softkey, and then enter a new
router IP address.
3.
Press the Apply softkey.
1.
Set the DHCP Enabled option to
No.
2.
Scroll to the appropriate DNS
Server option, press the Select
softkey, and then enter a new
DNS server IP address.
3.
Press the Apply softkey.
4.
Repeat Steps 2 and 3 as needed
to assign backup DNS servers.
Subnet mask used by the phone.
Default router used by the phone.
Primary Domain Name System (DNS) server (DNS Server
1) and optional backup DNS servers (DNS Server 2–3)
used by the phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
7-10
OL-20861-01
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
IPv4 Setup Menu Options
Table 7-3
IPv4 Setup Menu Options (continued)
Option
Description
To Change
Alternate TFTP
Indicates whether the phone is using an alternative TFTP
server.
Scroll to the Alternate TFTP option
and press the Yes softkey if the phone
should use an alternative TFTP
server; press the No softkey if the
phone should not use an alternative
TFTP server.
TFTP Server 1
Primary Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server used
by the phone. If you are not using DHCP in your network
and you want to change this server, you must use the TFTP
Server 1 option.
1.
Unlock the CTL or ITL file if
necessary (for example, if you
are changing the administrative
domain of the phone). If the CTL
and ITL files both exist, unlock
either file.
2.
If DHCP is enabled, set the
Alternate TFTP option to Yes.
3.
Scroll to the TFTP Server 1
option, press the Select softkey,
and then enter a new TFTP
server IP address.
4.
Press the Apply softkey then
press Save.
If you set the Alternate TFTP option to yes, you must enter
a non-zero value for the TFTP Server 1 option.
If neither the primary TFTP server nor the backup TFTP
server is listed in the CTL or ITL file on the phone, you
must unlock the file before you can save changes to the
TFTP Server 1 option. In this case, the phone will delete
the file when you save changes to the TFTP Server 1
option. A new CTL or ITL file will be downloaded from
the new TFTP Server 1 address.
When the phone looks for its TFTP server, it gives
precedence to manually assigned TFTP servers, regardless
of the protocol. If your configuration includes both IPv6
and IPv4 TFTP servers, the phone prioritizes the order that
it looks for its TFTP server by giving priority to manually
assigned IPv6 TFTP servers and IPv4 TFTP servers. The
phone looks for its TFTP server in this order:
1.
Any manually assigned IPv6 TFTP servers
2.
Any manually assigned IPv4 TFTP servers
3.
DHCPv6 assigned TFTP servers
4.
DHCP assigned TFTP servers
Note
For information about the CTL and ITL files, refer
to Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Security Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
7-11
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
IPv4 Setup Menu Options
Table 7-3
IPv4 Setup Menu Options (continued)
Option
Description
TFTP Server 2
Optional backup TFTP server that the phone uses if the
primary TFTP server is unavailable.
If neither the primary TFTP server nor the backup TFTP
server is listed in the CTL or ITL file on the phone, you
must unlock either of the files before you can save changes
to the TFTP Server 2 option. In this case, the phone will
delete either of the files when you save changes to the
TFTP Server 2 option. A new CTL or ITL file will be
downloaded from the new TFTP Server 2 address.
When the phone looks for its TFTP server, it gives precedence to manually assigned TFTP servers, regardless of
the protocol. If your configuration includes both IPv6 and
IPv4 TFTP servers, the phone prioritizes the order that it
looks for its TFTP server by giving priority to manually
assigned IPv6 TFTP servers and IPv4 TFTP servers. The
phone looks for its TFTP server in the following order:
1.
Manually assigned IPv6 TFTP servers
2.
Manually assigned IPv4 TFTP servers
3.
DHCPv6 assigned TFTP servers
4.
DHCP assigned TFTP servers
Note
To Change
1.
Unlock the CTL or ITL file if
necessary (for example, if you
are changing the administrative
domain of the phone). If both the
CTL and ITL files exist, unlock
either of the files.
2.
Unlock network configuration
options.
3.
Enter an IP address for the TFTP
Server 1 option.
4.
Scroll to the TFTP Server 2
option, press the Select softkey,
and then enter a new backup
TFTP server IP address. If there
is no secondary TFTP Server,
you can use the Delete softkey to
clear the field of a previous
value.
5.
Press the Apply softkey and then
press Save.
If you forgot to unlock the CTL or
For information about the CTL or ITL file, see
ITL file, you can change the TFTP
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Server 2 address in either file, then
Guide.
erase them by pressing the Erase
softkey from the Security
Configuration menu. A new CTL or
ITL file will be downloaded from the
new TFTP Server 2 address.
BOOTP Server
Indicates whether the phone received its IP address from a Display-only field.
BOOTP server rather than from a DHCP server.
DHCP Address
Released
Releases the IP address assigned by DHCP.
This field is editable if DHCP is
enabled. If you wish to remove the
phone from the VLAN and release
the IP address for reassignment, set
this option to “Yes” and press the
Apply softkey.
Related Topics
•
Displaying a Setup Menu, page 7-2
•
Unlocking and Locking Options, page 7-3
•
Editing Values, page 7-3
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
7-12
OL-20861-01
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Security Setup Menu
Security Setup Menu
The Security Setup menu that you access directly from the Administrator Settings menu provides
information about various security settings. It also provides access to the Trust List menu and indicates
if the CTL or ITL file is installed on the phone.
For information about how to access the Security Setup menu and its submenus, see the “Displaying a
Setup Menu” section on page 7-2.
Table 7-4 describes the options in the security setup menu.
Table 7-4
Security Menu Settings
Option
Description
To Change
Security Mode
Displays the security mode that is set for the
phone.
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration, choose Device > Phone >
Phone Configuration. The setting appears in
the Protocol Specific Information portion of the
window.
LSC
Indicates whether a locally significant
certificate (used for the security features) is
installed on the phone (Yes) or is not installed
on the phone (No).
For information about how to manage the LSC
for your phone, refer to the “Using the
Certificate Authority Proxy Function” chapter in
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Security Guide.
Trust List
The Trust List provides submenus for the
CTL, ITL, and Signed Configuration files.
For more information, see the “Trust List Menu”
section on page 7-14.
The CTL File submenu displays the contents
of the CTL file. The ITL File submenu
displays contents of the ITL file.
802.1X Authentication
Allows you to enable 802.1X authentication
for this phone.
See the “802.1X Authentication and Transaction
Status” section on page 7-15.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
7-13
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Security Setup Menu
Trust List Menu
The Trust List menu provides a top-level menu containing CTL, ITL, and the Signed Configuration
submenus. The content of the Signed Configuration file is SRST.
The Trust List menu only display components that have certificates associated with them. Table 7-5
describes trust list menu options.
Table 7-5
Trust List Menu Settings
Option
Description
To Change
CTL Signature
MD5 hash of the CTL file.
For more information about these settings, refer
to the “Configuring the Cisco CTL Client”
section in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Security Guide.
Unified CM/TFTP Server
Common name of a Cisco Unified
Communications Manager and TFTP server
used by the phone. Also displays a certificate
icon if a certificate is installed for this server.
For more information about these settings, refer
to the “Configuring the Cisco CTL Client”
section in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Security Guide.
CAPF Server
Common name of the CAPF used by the
phone. Also displays a certificate icon if a
certificate is installed for this server.
For more information about these settings, refer
to the “Configuring the Cisco CTL Client”
section in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Security Guide.
SRST Router
IP address of the trusted SRST router that is
available to the phone, if such a device has
been configured in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration.
Also displays a certificate icon if a certificate
is installed for this server.
For more information about these settings, refer
to the “Configuring the Cisco CTL Client”
section in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Security Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
7-14
OL-20861-01
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Security Setup Menu
802.1X Authentication and Transaction Status
The 802.1X Authentication Settings menu allows you to enable 802.1X authentication and view
transaction status. These options are described in Table 7-6.
You can access the 802.1X Authentication settings by pressing the Applications button
and
choosing Administrator Settings > Security Setup > 802.1X Authentication. To exit this menu, press
the Exit softkey
Table 7-6
802.1X Authentication Settings
Option
Description
Device
Authentication
Determines whether 802.1X authentication is enabled:
EAP-MD5
•
Enabled—Phone uses 802.1X authentication to
request network access.
•
Disabled—Default setting in which the phone uses
CDP to acquire VLAN and network access.
To Change
1.
After pressing the Applications button
, choose Administrator Settings
> Security Setup > 802.1X
Authentication > Device
Authentication.
2.
Set the Device Authentication option
to Enabled or Disabled.
3.
Press the Apply softkey.
Specifies a password for use with 802.1X authentication After pressing the Applications button
using the following menu options (described in the
, choose Administrator Settings >
following rows):
Security Setup > 802.1X Authentication
> EAP-MD5.
• Device ID
•
Shared Secret
•
Realm
Device ID—Derivative of the phone’s model number
and unique MAC address displayed in this format:
CP-<model>-SEP-<MAC>
Shared Secret—Choose a password to use on the phone
and on the authentication server. The password must be
between 6 and 32 characters, consisting of any
combination of numbers or letters.
Note
Display only—Cannot configure.
1.
Choose EAP-MD5 > Shared Secret.
2.
Enter the shared secret.
3.
Press the Apply softkey.
If you disable 802.1X authentication or perform See the “Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP
a factory reset (reset all settings) of the phone, Phone Security” section on page 12-9 for
assistance in recovering from a deleted
the shared secret is deleted.
shared secret.
Realm—Indicates the user network domain, always set
as Network.
Display only—Cannot configure.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
7-15
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Security Setup Menu
Table 7-6
802.1X Authentication Settings (continued)
Option
Description
Transaction Status
•
To Change
State—Displays the state of 802.1x authentication: Display only—Cannot configure.
– Disconnected—Indicates that 802.1x
authentication is not configured on the phone.
– Authenticated—Indicates that the phone has
been authenticated.
– Held—Indicates that the authentication process
is in progress.
•
Protocol—Displays the EAP method used for
802.1x authentication (can be EAP-MD5,
EAP-FAST or EAP-TLS).
VPN Configuration Menu
The VPN Configuration menu allows you to enable the VPN Client connection using the Secure Sockets
Layer (SSL). The VPN connection is used when a phone is located outside a trusted network or when
network traffic between the phone and Unified CM must cross untrusted networks.
Your system administrator determines if your phone should be configured with the VPN functionality
and enables the VPN feature.
If your phone is configured for VPN, the status of Auto-Detect Network Connection, which is configured
on the UCM server, determines if a VPN connection is possible:
•
If Auto-Detect Network Connection is disabled, a VPN connection is possible. The Sign In screen
appears, and you are prompted for credentials based on the authentication method that your system
administrator configured on your phone. (On the phone in the Applications > VPN window, you can
toggle the VPN Enabled field to On or Off to turn on or off the phone’s ability to attempt a VPN
connection.)
•
If Auto-Detect Network Connection is enabled, you cannot connect through VPN, so the Sign In
screen does not appear, and you are not prompted for credentials.
Connecting to VPN
Use this procedure to connect through VPN.
Procedure Steps
Step 1
After you turn on your phone and the Sign In screen for VPN Client appears (except with certificate
authentication mode), enter your credentials based on the configured authentication method:
•
Username and password—Enter the username and the password that your system administrator
gave you.
•
Certificate and password—Enter the password that your system administrator gave you. Your
username is derived from the certificate.
•
Certificate—If the phone uses only a certificate for authentication, the Sign In screen does not
appear, and phone displays the status of the phone attempting the VPN connection.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
7-16
OL-20861-01
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Security Setup Menu
(When the power is lost or reset under some circumstances, the stored credentials are cleared.)
When a phone is at the Sign In screen, the screen stays lit and does not enter a power-save mode. This
alerts the user that the phone is unregistered. If the phone remains in this state for a long time, the image
may persist in the display for a short time after the user logs back in and then the image fades.
Select the Sign In softkey to connect.
Step 2
(If you press Cancel while the phone is attempting the connection, the connection attempt stops, and the
Sign In screen appears again. Then if you press Cancel, the VPN menu appears and shows the VPN field
as Off. The phone will not attempt a connection again until you set the VPN Enabled field to On.)
VPN Configuration Settings
Table 7-7 describes the VPN configuration options on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Table 7-7
VPN Configuration Settings
Option
Description
To Change
VPN Enabled
If Auto-Detect Network Connection is disabled, Choose Applications > VPN.
toggle the VPN Enabled field to On or Off to turn Set the VPN option to On or Off.
on or off the phone’s ability to attempt a
If the feature is disabled on the Cisco
VPN connection.
Unified Communications Manager, this
option is disabled.
Change Credentials
Changes the user ID and password.
—
If authentication is certificate-only or VPN
Enabled is off, the option will be grayed out.
VPN Status
Shows if option is enabled or disabled.
Display only—Configured on Unified CM.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
7-17
Chapter 7
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Security Setup Menu
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
7-18
OL-20861-01
CH A P T E R
8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services,
and Users
After you install Cisco Unified IP Phones in your network, configure their network settings, and add
them to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, you must use the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration application to configure telephony features, optionally modify phone
templates, set up services, and assign users.
This chapter provides an overview of these configuration and setup procedures. Cisco Unified
Communications Manager documentation provides detailed instructions for these procedures.
For suggestions about how to provide users with information about features, and what information to
provide, see Appendix A, “Providing Information to Users Via a Website.”
For information about setting up phones in non-English environments, see Appendix B, “Supporting
International Users.”
This chapter includes following topics:
•
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 8-2
•
Configuring Product Specific Configuration Parameters, page 8-26
•
Configuring Corporate and Personal Directories, page 8-27
•
Feature Buttons and Softkeys, page 8-28
•
Park Monitoring, page 8-23
•
Modifying Phone Button Templates, page 8-29
•
Configuring Feature Control Policies, page 8-31
•
Setting Up Services, page 8-32
•
Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page 8-33
•
Managing the User Options Web Pages, page 8-34
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-1
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
After you add Cisco Unified IP Phones to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, you can add
functionality to the phones. Table 8-1 includes a list of supported telephony features, many of which you
can configure using Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. The Reference column
lists Cisco Unified Communications Manager and other documentation that contains configuration
procedures and related information.
For information about using most of these features on the phone, refer to Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961,
9951, and 9971 User Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager. Also, see Table 8-4 for a list
of features that can be configured as programmable buttons; Table 8-4 also lists whether a feature is a
softkey or a dedicated feature button.
Note
Table 8-1
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration also provides several service parameters that
you can use to configure various telephony functions. For more information on accessing and
configuring service parameters, refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide.
For more information on the functions of a service, click on the name of the parameter or the question
mark help button in the Service Parameter Configuration window.
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Agent Greeting
Allows an agent to create and update a prerecorded For more information, see:
greeting that plays at the beginning of a call, such
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
as a customer call, before the agent begins the
Features and Services Guide, Barge and
conversation with the caller. The Agent can
Privacy.
prerecord a single greeting or multiple ones as
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
needed and create and update them.
System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phones.
When a customer calls, both callers hear the
prerecorded greeting. The agent can remain on
mute until the greeting ends or answer the call over
the greeting.
All codecs supported for the phone are supported
for Agent Greeting calls.
To enable Agent Greeting in the Cisco Unified CM
Administration application, choose Device >
Phone, locate IP Phone that you want to configure.
Scroll to the Device Information Layout pane and
set Built In Bridge to On or Default.
If Built In Bridge is set to Default, in the Cisco
Unified CM Administration application, choose
System > Service Parameter and select the
appropriate Server and Service. Scroll to the
Clusterwide Parameters (Device - Phone) pane and
set Builtin Bridge Enable to On.
All Calls
Allows a user to view a list, sorted in chronological For more information, see the “Modifying a
order (oldest first), of all active calls on all of their Phone Button Template for All Calls” section
phone lines.
on page 8-29.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-2
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Anonymous Call Block Allows a user to reject calls from anonymous
callers.
Configuration Reference
For more information, go to the “SIP Profile
Configuration” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration
Guide.
Any Call Pickup
For more information, refer to the Cisco
Allows users to pick up a redirected call via the
Unified Communications Manager Features
CTI application, on any line in their call pickup
group, regardless of how the call was routed to the and Services Guide, “Call Pickup” chapter.
phone.
Answer (oldest call)
Allows a user to answer the oldest call that is
available on all line appearances on the user’s
phone, including Hold Reversion and Park
Reversion calls that are in an altering state.
No configuration required other than to make
this a programmable feature button.
Assisted Directed Call
Park
Lets the end user press only one button to
direct-park a call. This requires you to configure a
BLF Directed Call Park button. Then, when the
user presses an idle BLF Directed Call Park feature
button for an active call, the active call will be
immediately parked at the Dpark slot associated
with the Directed Call Park feature button.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, “Configuring Directed Call
Park” section.
Auto Answer
Connects incoming calls automatically after a ring For more information, go to the “Directory
Number Configuration” chapter in the Cisco
or two.
Unified Communications Manager
Auto Answer works with either the speakerphone,
Administration Guide.
or the headset.
Auto dial
Allows the phone user to choose from matching
numbers in the Placed Calls log while dialing. To
place the call, the user can choose a number from
the Auto Dial list or continue to enter digits
manually.
Requires no configuration.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-3
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Automatic Port
Synchronization
When the Cisco Unified CM administrator uses the
Remote Port Configuration feature to set the speed
and duplex function of an IP phone remotely, loss
of packets can occur if one port is slower than the
other.
To configure the parameter in the Cisco
Unified CM Administration application,
choose Device > Phone, select the appropriate
IP phones, and scroll to the Product Specific
Configuration Layout pane.
The Automatic Port Synchronization feature
synchronizes the ports to the lowest speed among
the two ports, which eliminates packet loss. When
automatic port synchronization is enabled, it is
recommended that both ports be configured for
autonegotiate. If one port is enabled for
autonegotiate and the other is at a fixed speed, the
phone synchronizes to the fixed port speed.
To configure the setting on multiple phones
simultaneously, enable Automatic Port
Synchronization in the Enterprise Phone
Configuration (System > Enterprise Phone
Configuration).
Barge
Note
If both the ports are configured for fixed
speed, the Automatic Port Synchronization
feature is ineffective.
Note
The Remote Port Configuration and
Automatic Port Synchronization features
are compatible only with IEEE 802.3AF
Power of Ethernet (PoE) switches.
Switches that support only Cisco Inline
Power are not compatible. Enabling this
feature on phones that are connected to
these types of switches could result in loss
of connectivity to Cisco Unified CM, if the
phone is powered by PoE.
Allows a user to join a non-private call on a shared For more information, refer to:
phone line. Barge features adds a user to a call and
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
converts it into a conference, allowing the user and
Administration Guide, “Cisco Unified IP
other parties to access conference features.
Phone Configuration” chapter.
Note
The Cisco Unified IP Phone can still use
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
barge when the Built in Bridge Enable
System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone”
service parameter is set to off. To prevent a
chapter.
user from using the barge feature on the
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
The Cisco Unified IP Phone, you must
Features and Services Guide, “Barge and
disable Barge in Feature Control Policy for
Privacy” chapter.
the phone.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “Feature Control
Policy Configuration.”
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-4
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Bluetooth Profiles
Allows you to select the bluetooth profiles for
Cisco Unified Phone 9951 and 9971. The two
profiles are:
•
Handsfree
•
Human Interface Device
Configuration Reference
1.
Go to Cisco Unified CM Administration >
Device > Phone.
2.
Find your phone from the list of phones
associated with the Cisco Unified CM.
3.
Click on the Device Name of the phone.
4.
The Phone Configuration window
appears.
5.
Go to Product Specific Configuration
Layout area and from the Bluetooth
Profiles drop-down list box, choose the
applicable profile.
The Handsfree profile is selected by default.
Check the “Override Common Settings” check
box for any setting in Product Specific
Configuration area that you wish to update.
•
If you do not check this check box, the
corresponding parameter setting does not
take effect.
•
Parameters that you set in the Product
Specific Configuration area may also
appear in the Device Configuration
window for various devices and in the
Enterprise Phone Configuration window.
If you set these same parameters in these other
windows too, the setting that takes precedence
is determined in the following order:
1.
Device Configuration window settings,
2.
Common Phone Profile window settings
3.
Enterprise Phone Configuration window
settings.
For more information, see Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration
Guide.
Block external to
external transfer
Prevents users from transferring an external call to For more information, go to the “External Call
another external number.
Transfer Restrictions” chapter in the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Features
and Services Guide.
Busy Lamp Field
(BLF)
Allows a user to monitor the call state of a
directory number associated with a speed-dial
button, call log, or directory listing on the phone.
For more information, go to the “Presence”
chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Features and Services Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-5
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Busy Lamp Field
(BLF) Pickup
Provides enhancements to BLF speed dial. Allows For more information, go to the “Call Pickup”
you to configure a Directory Number (DN) that a chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications
user can monitor for incoming calls. When the DN Manager Features and Services Guide.
receives an incoming call, the system alerts the
monitoring user, who can then pick up the call.
Call Back
Provides users with an audio and visual alert on the For more information, refer to:
phone when a busy or unavailable party becomes
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
available.
System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone”
chapter.
•
Call Chaperone
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Features and Services Guide, “Cisco Call
Back” chapter.
For more information, refer to the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Features
and Services Guide, “External Call Control”
This feature will work only if the External
chapter.
Call Control feature, described later in this
table, is also configured.
Allows an authorized Call Chaperone user to
supervise and record a call.
Note
The Call Chaperone user intercepts and answers
the call from calling party, manually creates a
conference to the called party and remains on the
conference to supervise and record the call. Cisco
Unified IP Phones that have the Call Chaperone
feature configured on them have a Record softkey.
The Call Chaperone user presses the Record
softkey to record a call.
For chaperoned calls, an announcement is played
or spoken by one of the participants at the start of
the call. An announcement will alert later
participants in the call that the call is being
recorded.
Call display
restrictions
Determines the information that will display for
For more information, refer to:
calling or connected lines, depending on the parties
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
who are involved in the call.
Administration Guide, “Cisco Unified IP
Phone Configuration” chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Features and Services Guide, “Call
Display Restrictions” chapter.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-6
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Call Forward
Allows users to redirect incoming calls to another For more information, refer to:
number. Call forward options include Call Forward
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
All, Call Forward Busy, Call Forward No Answer,
Administration Guide, “Directory
and Call Forward No Coverage.
Number Configuration” chapter.
Call forward options can be assigned on a per-line
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
basis.
System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone”
chapter.
•
“Specifying Options that Appear on the
User Options Web Pages” section on
page 8-36
Call Forward All loop
breakout
For more information, go to the “Cisco
Detects and prevents Call Forward All loops.
When a Call Forward All loop is detected, the Call Unified IP Phone” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Forward All configuration is ignored and the call Communications Manager System Guide.
rings through.
Call Forward All loop
prevention
For more information, go to the “Cisco
Prevents a user from configuring a Call Forward
All destination directly on the phone that creates a Unified IP Phone” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager System Guide.
Call Forward All loop or that creates a Call
Forward All chain with more hops than the existing
Forward Maximum Hop Count service parameter
allows.
Call Forward
destination override
Allows you to override Call Forward All (CFA) in
cases where the CFA target places a call to the CFA
initiator. This feature allows the CFA target to
reach the CFA initiator for important calls. The
override works whether the CFA target phone
number is internal or external.
Call Park
Allows users to park (temporarily store) a call and For more information, go to the “Call Park and
then retrieve the call by using another phone in the Directed Call Park” chapter in the Cisco
Cisco Unified Communications Manager system. Unified Communications Manager Features
and Services Guide.
For more information, go to the
“Understanding Directory Numbers” chapter
in the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager System Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-7
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Call Pickup
Allows a user to answer a call that is ringing on a For more information, go to the “Call Pickup”
co-worker’s phone by redirecting the call. You can chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Features and Services Guide.
configure the call pickup feature to support the
following:
•
Allows users to redirect a call that is ringing
on another phone within their pickup group to
their phone.
•
Allows a user to answer a call that is ringing
on a particular directory number.
•
Allows a user to answer a call that is ringing
on a directory number in another group.
•
Allows a user to answer a call ringing on a
phone in another group that is associated with
their own group.
Configuration Reference
You can configure the phone to allows a user to use
one-touch pickup functionality for call pickup
features.
You can configure an audio and/or visual alert for
the primary line on the phone. This alert notifies
the users that a call is ringing in their pickup group.
Call recording
Allows a supervisor to record an active call. The
user might hear a recording audible alert tone
during a call when it is being recorded.
When a call is secured, the security status of the
call is displayed as a lock icon on Cisco Unified IP
Phones. The connected parties might also hear an
audible alert tone that indicates the call is secured
and is being recorded.
For more information, refer to Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, “Monitoring and Recording”
chapter.
The intercom feature is disabled when a call is
being monitored or recorded.
When an active call is being monitored or
recorded, you can receive or place intercom calls;
however, if you place an intercom call, the active
call will be put on hold, which causes the recording
session to terminate and the monitoring session to
suspend. To resume the monitoring session, the
party whose call is being monitored must resume
the call.
Call Waiting
Indicates (and allows users to answer) an incoming For more information, go to the
call that rings while on another call. Displays
“Understanding Directory Numbers” chapter
incoming call information on the phone screen.
in the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager System Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-8
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Caller ID
Displays caller identification such as a phone
number, name, or other descriptive text on the
phone screen.
For more information, refer to:
Caller ID Blocking
Allows a user to block their phone number or
e-mail address from phones that have caller
identification enabled.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “Cisco Unified IP
Phone Configuration” chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, “Understanding Route
Plans” chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Features and Services Guide, “Call
Display Restrictions” chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “Directory
Number Configuration” chapter.
For more information, refer to:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, “Understanding Route
Plans” chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “Directory
Number Configuration” chapter.
For more information, go to the “Calling Party
Normalization” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Features and Services
Guide.
Calling Party
Normalization
Globalizes or localizes the incoming calling party
number so that the appropriate calling number
presentation displays on the phone. Supports the
international escape character +.
CAST for SIP
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Establishes communication between the Cisco
Unified Video Advantage (CUVA) and the Cisco Communications Manager Features and
Unified IP phones to support video on the PC even Services Guide.
if the IP phone does not have video capability.
Cisco Extension
Mobility
Allows users to temporarily access their Cisco
Unified IP Phone configuration such as line
appearances, services, and speed dials from shared
Cisco Unified IP Phone by logging into the Cisco
Extension Mobility service on that phone.
For more information, go to the “Cisco
Extention Mobility” chapter in the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Features
and Services Guide.
Cisco Extension Mobility can be useful if users
work from a variety of locations within your
company or if they share a workspace with
coworkers.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-9
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Cisco Extension
Mobility Change PIN
Enables a user to change the PIN from a Cisco
Unified IP Phone.
Configuration Reference
•
For more information, go to the “Cisco
Extension Mobility” chapter in the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager
Features and Services Guide.
•
For changing the PIN by change credential
service, see Configuring the Change
Credential IP Phone Service section in the
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration.
The PIN can be changed by:
•
Using the ChangePIN softkey on the
Extension Mobility logout screen.
•
Configuring the Change Credential IP Phone
Service on the phone.
Cisco Extension
Enables a user configured in one cluster to log into For more information, refer to the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Features
Mobility Cross Cluster a Cisco Unified IP Phone in another cluster.
and Services Guide, “Cisco Extension
Users from a home cluster log into a Cisco Unified
Mobility Cross Cluster” chapter.
IP Phone at a visiting cluster.
Configure Cisco Extension Mobility on Cisco
Unified IP Phones before you configure EMCC.
Cisco Web Dialer
Conference
Allows users to make calls from web and desktop
applications.
•
Allows a user to talk simultaneously with
multiple parties by calling each participant
individually.
•
Allows a non-initiator in a standard (ad hoc)
conference to add or remove participants.
•
For more information go to the “Cisco Web
Dialer” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide.
The service parameter, Advance Adhoc
Conference, (disabled by default in Cisco
Unified Communications Manager
Administration) allows you to enable these
features.
For information on conferences, go to the
Allows users to join two or more calls that are
“Conference Bridges” chapter in the
on one line to create a conference call and
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
remain on the call.
System Guide.
For more information, go to the “Cisco
Unified IP Phone” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager System Guide.
Note
Be sure to inform your users whether
these features are activated.
CTI Applications
A computer telephony integration (CTI) route
point can designate a virtual device to receive
multiple, simultaneous calls for
application-controlled redirection.
For more information, go to the “CTI Route
Point Configuration” chapter in the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide.
Directed Call Park
Allows a user to transfer an active call to an
available directed call park number that the user
dials or speed dials.
For more information, go to the “Call Park and
Directed Call Park” chapter in the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Features
and Services Guide.
A Call Park BLF button indicates whether a
directed call park number is occupied and provides
speed-dial access to the directed call park number.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-10
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Divert
Allows a user to transfer a ringing, connected, or
held call directly to a voice-messaging system or to
the busy target. Divert acts on the highlighted call
only. Incoming calls are not automatically
highlighted. If a second call rings while the user is
on the first call, Divert will act on the first call
unless the user actively highlights the second call.
When a call is diverted, the line becomes available
to make or receive new calls.
For more information on diverting calls to
voicemail, go to the “Immediate Divert”
chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Features and Services Guide.
For more information on Enhanced Immediate
Divert, go to the “Cisco Unified IP Phone”
chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager System Guide.
When Enhanced Immediate Divert is enabled, it
allows users to transfer incoming calls directly to
their voice messaging system or to the voice
messaging system of the original called party.
Dual Bank Information Allows the Cisco Unified CM administrator to
upgrade phone firmware with a new load before
resetting the previous load to an Inactive load
status.
The Cisco Unified CM administrator can verify
whether the active and inactive loads were
swapped correctly.
1.
In Cisco Unified CM Administration,
choose Device > Device Defaults.
2.
Check the load information in the Inactive
Load Information field.
3.
From the Bulk Administration >
Import/Export > Export > Device
Defaults window, schedule an export job.
4.
Download the exported tar file and untar
it.
5.
Check the file format in the exported CSV
file and verify that the CSV file has a
column for “Inactive Load Information”
with correct value.
The CSV file value must match the Device
Default value in the Cisco Unified CM
Administration window.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-11
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Do Not Disturb (DND) When DND is turned on, either no audible rings
occur during the ringing-in state of a call, or no
audible or visual notifications of any type occur.
You can configure the phone to have a
phone-button template with DND as one of the
selected features.
Configuration Reference
For more information, go to the “Do Not
Disturb” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide.
The following DND-related parameters are
configurable in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration:
•
Do Not Disturb—This check box allows you
to enable DND on a per-phone basis. Use
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration > Device > Phone > Phone
Configuration.
•
DND Incoming Call Alert—Choose the type
of alert to play, if any, on a phone for incoming
calls when DND is active. This parameter is
located on both the Common Phone Profile
page and the Phone configuration page (Phone
Configuration window value takes
precedence).
•
BLF Status Depicts DND—Enables DND
status to override busy/idle state.
External Call Control
Allows Cisco Unified Communications Manager For more information, refer to the Cisco
to route audio and video calls to a route server that Unified Communications Manager Features
and Services Guide, “External Call Control”
hosts routing rules.
chapter.
The route server receives routing requests from
Cisco Unified Communications Manager and in
turn returns routing directives to Cisco Unified
Communications Manager.
Fast Dial Service
Allows a user to enter a Fast Dial code to place a
call. Fast Dial codes can be assigned to phone
numbers or Personal Address Book entries. (See
“Services” in this table.)
For more information, refer to Modifying a
Phone Button Template for Personal Address
Book or Speed Dials, page 8-30.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-12
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Hold Reversion
Limits the amount of time that a call can be on hold For more information about configuring this
before reverting back to the phone that put the call feature, go to the “Hold Reversion” chapter in
the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
on hold and alerting the user.
Features and Services Guide.
Reverting calls are distinguished from incoming
calls by a single ring (or beep, depending on the
new call indicator setting for the line). This
notification repeats at intervals if not resumed.
A call that triggers Hold Reversion also displays an
animated icon in the call bubble and a brief
message on the status line.
You can configure call focus priority to favor
incoming or reverting calls.
Hold Status
Enables phones with a shared line to distinguish
between the local and remote lines that placed a
call on hold.
Hold/Resume
Allows the user to move a connected call from an
active state to a held state.
To place a call on hold, select the Hold button. To
resume a call, choose the line with the held call and
select the Resume softkey.
Hunt Group Display
No configuration is required.
•
Requires no configuration, unless you
want to use music on hold. See
“Music-on-Hold” in this table for
information.
•
See “Hold Reversion” in this table.
Provides load sharing for calls to a main directory For more information, refer to:
number. A hunt group contains a series of directory
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
numbers that can answer the incoming calls.
Administration Guide, “Hunt Group
When an incoming call is offered to a directory
Configuration” chapter.
number that is part of the hunt group, this feature
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
displays the main directory number in addition to
System Guide, “Understanding Route
the calling party.
Plans” chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “CTI Route Point
Configuration” chapter.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-13
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Intercom
Allows users to place and receive intercom calls
using programmable phone buttons. You can
configure intercom line buttons to:
For more information, go to the “Intercom
chapter” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Feature and
Services Guide.
•
Directly dial a specific intercom extension.
•
Initiate an intercom call and then prompt the
user to enter a valid intercom number.
Note
If your user logs into the same phone on a
daily basis using their Cisco Extension
Mobility profile, assign the phone button
template that contains intercom
information to their profile, and assign the
phone as the default intercom device for
the intercom line.
Note
Intercom feature does not support
Extension Mobility Cross Cluster.
Intelligent Session
Control
Reroutes a enterprise originated call to a users’
mobile phone to the enterprise number. The call
only rings the user's mobile but not his/her desk
phone. When the call is answered on the mobile
phone, the desk phone displays a Remote in Use
message. During these calls, a user can use the
various features of the mobile phone.
For more information, go to the “Cisco Unified
Mobility” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide.
Line select
If this feature is disabled (default), then the
ringing line is selected. When enabled, the primary
line is picked up even if a call is ringing on another
line. The User must manually select the other line.
For more information, refer to the option
“Always use prime line” in the following
chapters of Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration Guide:
Note
Line select for voice
messages
This feature can also be enabled or
disabled for Extension Mobility.
When disabled (default), pressing the Messages
button selects the line that has a voice message. If
more than one line has voice mail, then the first
available line is selected. When enabled, the
primary line is always used to retrieve voice
messages.
Note
This feature can also be enabled or
disabled for Extension Mobility.
•
“Device Profile Configuration”
•
“Common Phone Profile Configuration”
•
“Cisco Unified IP Phone Services
Configuration”
For more information, refer to the option
“Always use prime line for voice message” in
the following chapters of Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration
Guide:
•
“Device Profile Configuration”
•
“Common Phone Profile Configuration”
•
“Cisco Unified IP Phone Services
Configuration”
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-14
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Log out of Hunt
Groups
For more information
Allows users to log out of a hunt group and
temporarily block calls from ringing their phone
• See the “Setting Up Services” section on
when they are not available to take calls. Logging
page 8-32.
out of hunt groups does not prevent non-hunt group
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
calls from ringing their phone.
System Guide, “Understanding Route
Plans” chapter.
Malicious Caller
Identification (MCID)
Allows users to notify the system administrator
about suspicious calls that are received.
For more information refer to:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, ““Cisco Unified IP Phone”
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Features and Services Guide, “Malicious
Call Identification” chapter.
Meet-Me conference
Allows a user to host a Meet-Me conference in
which other participants call a predetermined
number at a scheduled time.
For more information go to the “Meet-Me
Number/Pattern Configuration” chapter in the
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide.
Message Waiting
Defines directory numbers for message-waiting on For more information, refer to:
and message-waiting off indicator. A directly
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
connected voice-messaging system uses the
Administration Guide, “Message Waiting
specified directory number to set or to clear a
Configuration” chapter.
message-waiting indication for a particular Cisco
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Unified IP Phone.
System Guide, “Voice Mail Connectivity
to Cisco Unified Communications
Manager” chapter.
Message waiting
Indicator
A light on the handset that indicates that a user has For more information refer to:
one or more new voice messages.
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “Message Waiting
Configuration” chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, “Voice Mail Connectivity
to Cisco Unified Communications
Manager” chapter.
Message Waiting
Indicator (MWI)
The MWI is both a visual indicator, viewable from For more information, go to the “Cisco
Unified IP Phone” chapter in the Cisco Unified
360 degrees and an audible message waiting
indicator. Users change the voice message light on Communications Manager System Guide.
their handset and the audible voice message
indicator on their phone by logging in to their User
Options web pages and accessing the message
indicator settings. Users change the setting to on or
off.
Missed Call History
Allows a user to specify whether missed calls will For more information refer to the Cisco
be logged in the missed calls history for a given
Unified Communications Manager
line appearance.
Administration Guide, “Directory Number
Configuration” chapter.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-15
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Mobile Connect
Enables users to manage business calls using a
single phone number and pick up in-progress calls
on the desktop phone and a remote device such as
a mobile phone. Users can restrict the group of
callers according to phone number and time of day.
For more information, go to the “Cisco Unified
Mobility” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide.
Also see the “Session Handoff” entry in this table.
For more information, go to the “Cisco Unified
Mobility” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide.
Mobile Voice Access
Extends Mobile Connect capabilities by allowing
users to access an interactive voice response (IVR)
system to originate a call from a remote device
such as a cellular phone.
Multiple calls per line
appearance
Each line can support multiple calls. Only one call For more information, go to the
can be active at any time; other calls are
“Understanding Directory Numbers” chapter
automatically placed on hold.
in the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager System Guide.
Music on hold
Plays music while callers are on hold.
Mute
Mutes the microphone from the handset or headset. Requires no configuration.
On-hook Dialing
Allows a user to dial a number without going off
hook. The user can then either pick up the handset,
press the Call softkey, or press either the headset or
speaker buttons to initiate the call.
For more information, refer to the Cisco
Unified IP Phone 9971 User Guide for Cisco
Unified Communications Manager (SIP),
“Calling Features” chapter.
Park Monitoring
Monitors the status of a parked call. The park
monitoring call bubble is not cleared until the
parked call gets retrieved or is abandoned by the
parkee. This parked call can be retrieved using the
same call bubble on the parker’s phone.
For more information, see the “Park
Monitoring” section on page 8-23.
For more information go to the “Music On
Hold” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide.
For information on call park, see the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Features
and Services Guide, “Call Park and Directed
Call Park” chapter.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-16
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Peer Firmware Sharing The Peer Firmware Sharing feature provides these
advantages in high speed campus LAN settings:
Configuration Reference
1.
Go to Cisco Unified CM Administration >
Device > Phone.
•
Limits congestion on TFTP transfers to
centralized remote TFTP servers
2.
Find your phone from the list of phones
associated with the Cisco Unified CM.
•
Eliminates the need to manually control
firmware upgrades
3.
Click on the Device Name of the phone.
•
Reduces phone downtime during upgrades
when large numbers of devices are reset
simultaneously
The Phone Configuration window
appears.
4.
Peer Firmware Sharing may also aid in firmware
upgrades in branch/remote office deployment
scenarios running over bandwidth-limited WAN
links.
Go to Product Specific Configuration
Layout area and select Enable from the
Peer Firmware Sharing drop-down list
box.
The Peer Firmware Sharing is enabled by
default.
When enabled, it allows the phone to discover like
Check the “Override Common Settings” check
phones on the subnet that are requesting the files
box for any setting in Product Specific
that make up the firmware image, and to
Configuration area that you wish to update.
automatically assemble transfer hierarchies on a
• If you do not check this check box, the
per-file basis. The individual files making up the
corresponding parameter setting does not
firmware image are retrieved from the TFTP server
take effect.
by only the root phone in the hierarchy, and are
then rapidly transferred down the transfer
• Parameters that you set in the Product
hierarchy to the other phones on the subnet using
Specific Configuration area may also
TCP connections.
appear in the Phone Configuration
window for various devices and in the
This menu option indicates whether the phone
Enterprise Phone Configuration window.
supports peer firmware sharing. Settings include:
•
Enabled—default
•
Disabled
Note
Phone firmware release 9.1(1) supports
HTTP and TFTP firmware downloads
methods.
If you set these same parameters in these other
windows too, the setting that takes precedence
is determined in the following order:
1.
Device Configuration window settings,
2.
Common Phone Profile window settings
3.
Enterprise Phone Configuration window
settings.
Phone secure web
access
Cisco Unified IP Phones can now securely access
the web with the use of a phone trust store called
“phone-trust.”
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Security Guide, “Security Overview” chapter.
Plus Dialing
Allows the user to dial E.164 numbers prefixed
with a “+” sign.
Requires no configuration.
To dial the + sign, the user needs to press and hold
the “*” key for at least 1 second. This applies to
dialing the first digit for an on-hook or off-hook
call only.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-17
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Power Negotiation
over LLDP
Allows the phone to negotiate the power using
LLDP and CDP protocols.
The Power Negotiation is enabled by default.
Power Negotiation should not be disabled when
connected to a switch that supports power
negotiation. If disabled, it could cause the switch
to shut off power to the phone.
To change the setting of Power Negotiation to
Disabled, select Disabled in the Power
Negotiation drop-down list box in the Phone
Configuration window, Product Specific
Configuration.
For more information, see Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration
Guide.
For more information, go to the “Presence”
chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Features and Services Guide.
Presence-enabled
directories
Allows a user to monitor the call state of another
directory number (DN) listed in call logs,
speed-dials, and corporate directories. The Busy
Lamp Field (BLF) for the DN displays the call
state.
Privacy
For more information refer to:
Prevents users who share a line from adding
themselves to a call and from viewing information
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
on their phone screens about the call of the other
Administration Guide, “Cisco Unified IP
user.
Phone Configuration” chapter.
Private Line
Automated Ringdown
(PLAR)
The Cisco Unified Communications Manager
administrator can configure a phone number that
the Cisco Unified IP Phone dials as soon as the
handset goes off hook. This can be useful for
phones that are designated for calling emergency
or “hotline” numbers.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone”
chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Features and Services Guide “Barge and
Privacy” chapter.
For more information, go to the “Directory
Number Configuration” chapter in the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide.
Programmable Feature The administrator can assign features to
Button
programmable keys. When the administrator
configures features on the feature button, they
always remain visible and accessible to the user;
for example the administrator can assign a
dedicated Pickup button on the phone.
For more information, refer to:
Protected calling
For more information about security, see the
“Overview of Supported Security Features”
section on page 1-16.
Provides a secure (encrypted) connection between
two phones. A security tone is played at the
beginning of the call to indicate that both phones
are protected. Some features, such as conference
calling, shared lines, Extension Mobility, and Join
Across Lines are not available when protected
calling is configured. Protected calls are not
authenticated.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone”
chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “Phone Button
Template Configuration” chapter
For additional information, refer to the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Security
Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-18
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Quality Reporting Tool Allows users to use the QRT feature button on a For more information refer to:
(QRT)
phone to submit information about problem phone
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
calls. QRT can be configured for either of two user
System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone”
modes, depending upon the amount of user
chapter.
interaction desired with QRT.
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Features and Services Guide, “Quality
Report Tool” chapter.
Redial
Allows users to call the most recently dialed phone Requires no configuration.
number by pressing the Redial softkey.
Remote Port
Configuration
Allows the administrator to configure the speed
and duplex function of the phone Ethernet ports
remotely by using Cisco Unified CM
Administration. This enhances the performance for
large deployments with specific port settings.
Note
Ring Tone Setting
Ringtone
To configure the parameter in the Cisco
Unified CM Administration application,
choose Device > Phone, select the appropriate
IP phones, and scroll to the Product Specific
Configuration Layout pane (Switch Port
Remote Configuration or PC Port Remote
If the ports are configured for Remote Port
Configuration).
Configuration in Cisco Unified CM, the
To configure the setting on multiple phones
data cannot be changed on the phone.
simultaneously, configure the Remote Port
Configuration in the Enterprise Phone
Configuration (System > Enterprise Phone
Configuration).
Identifies ring type used for a line when a phone
has another active call.
For more information refer to:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “Directory
Number Configuration” chapter.
•
“Creating Custom Phone Rings” section
on page 9-2.
Users can customize how their phone indicates an For more information, go to the “Custom
incoming call and a new voice mail message.
Phone Rings” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-19
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Secure and Nonsecure
Indication Tone
When a phone is configured as secure (encrypted
and trusted) in Unified CM, it can be given a
“protected” status. After that if desired, the
protected phone can be configured to play an
indication tone at the beginning of a call:
Requires no configuration.
•
Protected Device—To change the status of a
secure phone to protected, check the
“Protected Device” check box in Cisco
Unified Communications Manager
Administration > Device > Phone > Phone
Configuration.
•
Play Secure Indication Tone—To enable the
protected phone to play a secure or nonsecure
indication tone, set the “Play Secure
Indication Tone” to True. (The default is
False.) You set this option in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration >
System > Service Parameters. Select the server
and then the Unified CM service. In the
Service Parameter Configuration window,
select the option in the Feature - Secure Tone
area. (The default is False.)
Only protected phones hear these secure or
nonsecure indication tones. (Nonprotected phones
never hear tones.) If the overall call status changes
during the call, the indication tone
changes accordingly. At that time, the protected
phone plays the appropriate tone.
A protected phone plays a tone or not under these
circumstances:
•
When the option to play the tone is enabled
Play Secure Indication Tone option is enabled
(True):
– W1hen end-to-end secure media is
established and the call status is secure,
the phone plays the secure indication tone
(three long beeps with pauses).
– When end-to-end nonsecure media is
established and the call status is
nonsecure, the phone plays the nonsecure
indication tone (six short beeps with brief
pauses).
If the Play Secure Indication Tone option is
disabled, no tone is played.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-20
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Secure Conference
•
Allows secure phones to place conference
calls using a secured conference bridge.
•
As new participants are added by using
Confrn, Barge softkeys or MeetMe
conferencing, the secure call icon displays as
long as all participants use secure phones.
•
The Conference List displays the security
level of each conference participant. Initiators
can remove non-secure participants from the
Conference List. (Non-initiators can add or
remove conference participants if the
Advanced Adhoc Conference Enabled
parameter is set.)
Configuration Reference
For more information about security, see the
“Overview of Supported Security Features”
section on page 1-16.
For additional information, refer to:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, “Conference Bridges”
chapter
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “Conference
Bridge Configuration” chapter
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Security Guide.
Services
Allows you to use the Cisco Unified IP Phone
For more information refer to:
Services Configuration menu in Cisco
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Unified Communications Manager Administration
Administration Guide, “Cisco Unified IP
to define and maintain the list of phone services to
Phone Configuration” chapter.
which users can subscribe.
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Note
Some services appear on the phone by
System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone
default, or you can disable them so that
Services” chapter.
they do not display on the phone.
Services URL button
Allows users to access services from a
programmable button rather than by using the
Services menu on a phone.
Session Handoff
Shared line
For more information refer to:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “Cisco Unified IP
Phone Configuration” chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone
Services” chapter.
Allows users to switch calls from a mobile phone
to Cisco Unified devices that share the same line.
Handsets on all the devices on the shared line then
flash simultaneously.
For more information, refer to the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Features
and Services Guide, “Cisco Unified Mobility”
chapter.
After a user answers the call from one of the Cisco
Unified devices, the other Cisco Unified devices
that share the same line display a Remote in Use
message. However, if the call fails to switch from
the mobile phone, the mobile phone might display
a Cannot Move Conversation message.
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Features and Services Guide, “Cisco Unified
Mobility Advantage and Cisco Unified Mobile
Communicator Integration” chapter.
Allows a user to have multiple phones that share For more information, go to the
the same phone number or allows a user to share a “Understanding Directory Numbers” chapter
phone number with a coworker.
in the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager System Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-21
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Monitoring and
Recording
Allows a supervisor to monitor an active call
silently. The supervisor cannot be heard by either
party on the call. The user may receive an audible
alert during a call when it is being monitored.
For more information, go to the “Monitoring
and Recording” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide.
When a call is secure, a lock icon is displayed.
Callers may also receive an audible alert to
indicate that the call is being monitored. The
connected parties may also receive an audible alert
that indicates the call is secure and is being
monitored.
When an active call is being monitored or
recorded, you can receive or place intercom calls;
however, if you place an intercom call, the active
call is put on hold. This causes the recording
session to terminate and the monitoring session to
suspend. To resume the monitoring session, the
person being monitored must resume the call.
Speed Dial
Allows users to speed dial a phone number by
entering an assigned index code (1-99) on the
phone keypad.
Note
You can use Speed Dialing while on-hook
or off-hook.
For more information refer to:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “Cisco Unified IP
Phone Configuration” chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, “Cisco Unified IP Phone”
chapter.
Users assign index codes from the User Options
web pages.
Time-of-Day Routing
Restricts access to specified telephony features by For more information refer to:
time period.
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “Time Period
Configuration” chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, “Time-of-Day Routing”
chapter.
Time Zone Update
Updates the Cisco Unified IP Phone with time zone For more information, refer to the Cisco
changes.
Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “Date/Time Group
Configuration” chapter.
Transfer
Allows users to redirect connected calls from their Requires no configuration.
phones to another number.
The user can connect two calls to each other. The
user can remain on the line or transfer the call
without staying on line.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-22
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Park Monitoring
Table 8-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Video mode
Allows a user to select the video display mode for For more information:
viewing a video conference, depending on the
• Refer to Cisco Unified Communications
modes configured in the system.
Manager Administration Guide,
“Conference Bridge Configuration”
chapter.
•
Video Support
Enables video support on the phone.
Refer to Cisco Unified Communications
Manager System Guide, “Understanding
Video Telephony” chapter.
For more information refer to:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “Conference
Bridge Configuration” chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, “Understanding Video
Telephony” chapter.
•
Cisco VT Advantage Administration
Guide, “Overview of Cisco VT
Advantage” chapter.
VPN
Using SSL, provides a virtual private network
(VPN) connection on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
when it is located outside a trusted network or
when network traffic between the phone and
Unified CM must cross untrusted networks.
For more information, see Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Security Guide,
Configuring Virtual Private Networks.
Voice messaging
system
Enables callers to leave messages if calls are
unanswered.
For more information refer to:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “Cisco Voice-Mail
Port Configuration” chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, “Voice Mail Connectivity
to Cisco Unified Communications
Manager” chapter.
Park Monitoring
Park monitoring is supported only when a Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, or 9971 parks a call. Park
monitoring then monitors the status of a parked call. The park monitoring call bubble is not cleared until
the parked call gets retrieved or is abandoned by the parkee. This parked call can be retrieved using the
same call bubble on the parker’s phone.
The following sections describe the options for configuring park monitoring:
•
Setting the Service Parameters for Park Monitoring, page 8-24
•
Setting Park Monitoring Parameters in Directory Number Configuration Window, page 8-25
•
Setting Park Monitoring Parameter in Hunt Pilot Configuration Window, page 8-25
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-23
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Park Monitoring
Setting the Service Parameters for Park Monitoring
Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration provides three clusterwide service timer
parameters for park monitoring: Park Monitoring Reversion Timer, Park Monitoring Periodic Reversion
Timer, and Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve Timer. Each service parameter includes a default and
requires no special configuration. These timer parameters are for park monitoring only; the Call Park
Display Timer and Call Park Reversion Timer are not used for park monitoring. See Table 8-2 for
descriptions of these parameters.
Table 8-2
Service Parameters for Park Monitoring
Field
Description
Park Monitoring
Reversion Timer
Default is 60 seconds. This parameter determines the number of seconds that
Cisco Unified Communications Manager waits before prompting the user to
retrieve a call that the user parked. This timer starts when the user presses the
Park softkey on the phone, and a reminder is issued when the timer expires.
You can override the value specified in this service parameter on a per-line
basis in the Directory Number Configuration window (in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager administration, choose Call Routing > Directory
Number), in the Park Monitoring section. Specify a value of 0 to immediately
utilize the periodic reversion interval specified in the Park Monitoring Periodic
Reversion Timer service parameter (see below). For example, if this parameter
is set to zero and the Park Monitoring Periodic Reversion Timer is set to 15,
the user will be immediately prompted about the parked call and every 15
seconds thereafter until the Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve Timer (see
below) expires.
Note
Park Monitoring
Periodic Reversion
Timer
Default is 30 seconds.This parameter determines the interval (in seconds) that
Cisco Unified Communications Manager waits before prompting the user
again that a call has been parked. To be connected to the parked call, the user
can simply go off-hook during one of these prompts. Cisco Unified
Communications Manager continues to prompt the user about the parked call
as long as the call remains parked and until the time specified in the Park
Monitoring Forward No Retrieve Timer (see below) expires. Specify a value
of 0 to disable periodic prompts about the parked call.
Park Monitoring
Forward No Retrieve
Timer
Default is 300 seconds. This parameter determines the number of seconds that
park reminder notifications occur before the parked call is forwarded to the
Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve destination specified in the parker
Directory Number Configuration window. (If no forward destination is
provided in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, the call
is returned to the line that parked the call.) This parameter starts when the time
specified in the Park Monitoring Reversion Timer service parameter has
expired. When the Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve Timer expires, the
call is removed from park and forwarded to the specified destination or
returned to the parker line.
To set the timers, in Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration, choose System > Service
Parameters and update the Park Monitoring Reversion Timer, Park Monitoring Periodic Reversion
Timer, and Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve Timer fields in the Clusterwide Parameters
(Feature-General) pane.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-24
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Park Monitoring
Setting Park Monitoring Parameters in Directory Number Configuration
Window
The Directory Number Configuration window (in Cisco Unified Communications Manager
administration, choose Call Routing > Directory Number) contains an area called “Park Monitoring,”
where you can configure the three parameters shown in Table 8-3.
Table 8-3
Park Monitoring Parameters in Directory Number Configuration Window
Field
Description
Park Monitoring
Forward No Retrieve
Destination External
When the parkee is an external party, then the call will be forwarded to the
specified destination in the parker’s Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve
Destination External parameter. If the Forward No Retrieve Destination
External field value is empty, the parkee will be redirected to the parker’s
line.
Park Monitoring
Forward No Retrieve
Destination Internal
When the parkee is an internal party, then the call will be forwarded to the
specified destination in the parker’s Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve
Destination Internal parameter. If the Forward No Retrieve Destination
Internal is empty, the parkee will be redirected to the parker’s line.
Park Monitoring
Reversion Timer
This parameter determines the number of seconds that Cisco Unified
Communications Manager waits before prompting the user to retrieve a call
that the user parked. This timer starts when the user presses the Park softkey
on the phone, and a reminder is issued when the timer expires.
Default: 60 seconds
Note
If you configure a non-zero value, this value overrides the value of
this parameter set in the Service Parameters window. However, if you
configure a value of 0 here, then the value in the Service Parameters
window will be used.
Setting Park Monitoring Parameter in Hunt Pilot Configuration Window
When a call that was routed via the hunt list is parked, the Hunt Pilot Park Monitoring Forward No
Retrieve Destination parameter value is used (unless it is blank) when the Park Monitoring Forward No
Retrieve Timer expires. This value is configured in the Hunt Pilot Configuration window (in Cisco
Unified Communications Manager administration, choose Call Routing > Route/Hunt > Hunt Pilot).
If the Hunt Pilot Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve Destination parameter value is blank, then the
call will be forwarded to the destination configured in the Directory Number Configuration window
when the Park Monitoring Forward No Retrieve Timer expires.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-25
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Configuring Product Specific Configuration Parameters
Configuring Product Specific Configuration Parameters
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration allows you to set some product-specific
configuration parameters for Cisco Unified IP Phones in any of the following windows:
•
Phone Configuration window (Device > Phone); Product Specific Configuration portion of window
•
Common Phone Profile window (Device > Device Settings > Common Phone Profile)
•
Enterprise Phone Configuration window (System > Enterprise Phone Configuration)
List of Parameters
You can set the following parameters in any of the three configuration windows listed above:
Note
•
Back USB Port (for Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 and 9971)
•
Side USB Port
•
Enable/Disable USB Classes
•
Bluetooth (for Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 and 9971)
•
Bluetooth Profiles (only for Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 and 9971)
•
WLAN (for Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 only)
•
Settings Access
•
Web Access
•
Days Display Not Active
•
Display on Time
•
Display on Duration
•
Display Idle Timeout
•
Load Server
•
RTCP
•
Peer Firmware Sharing
•
Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP): Switch Port
•
Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP): PC Port
•
Link Layer Discovery Protocol - Media Endpoint Discover (LLDP-MED): Switch Port
•
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP): PC Port
•
802.1x Authentication
•
Switch Port Remote Configuration
•
PC Port Remote Configuration
•
Automatic Port Synchronization
Descriptions of these parameters can be found by clicking the “?” button in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager administration.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-26
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Configuring Corporate and Personal Directories
Override Common Settings Check Box
When you set the parameters, select the Override Common Settings check box for each setting you wish
to update. If you do not check this box, the corresponding parameter setting does not take effect. If you
set the parameters at the three configuration windows, the setting takes precedence in the following
order:
•
Phone Configuration window
•
Common Phone Profile window
•
Enterprise Phone Configuration window
Configuring Corporate and Personal Directories
The Contact button on the Cisco Unified IP Phone gives users access to several directories. These
directories can include:
•
Corporate Directory—Allows a user to look up phone numbers for co-workers.
To support this feature, you must configure corporate directories. See the “Configuring Corporate
Directories” section on page 8-27 for more information.
•
Personal Directory—Allows a user to store a set of personal numbers.
To support this feature, you must provide the user with software to configure the personal directory.
See the “Configuring Personal Directory” section on page 8-27 for more information.
Configuring Corporate Directories
Cisco Unified Communications Manager uses a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)
directory to store authentication and authorization information about users of Cisco Unified
Communications Manager applications that interface with Cisco Unified Communications Manager.
Authentication establishes the users’ rights to access the system. Authorization identifies the telephony
resources that a user is permitted to use, such as a specific phone extension.
After completing the LDAP directory configuration, users can use the Corporate Directory service on
their phone to look up users in the corporate directory.
Configuring Personal Directory
Personal Directory consists of the following features:
•
Personal Address Book (PAB)
•
Speed Dials
•
Address Book Synchronization Tool (TABSynch)
Users can access Personal Directory features by these methods:
•
From a web browser—Users can access the PAB and Speed Dials features from the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager User Options web pages
•
From the Cisco Unified IP Phone—Choose Contacts to search the corporate directory or the user’s
personal directory.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-27
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Feature Buttons and Softkeys
•
From a Microsoft Windows application—Users can use the TABSynch tool to synchronize their
PABs with Microsoft Windows Address Book (WAB). Customers who want to use the Microsoft
Outlook Address Book (OAB) should begin by importing the data from the OAB into the Windows
Address Book (WAB). TabSync can then be used to synchronize the WAB with Personal Directory.
To ensure that Cisco IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer users have access only to end-user data that
pertains to them, activate the Cisco UXL Web Service in Cisco Unified Serviceability.
To configure Personal Directory from a web browser, users must access their User Options web pages.
You must provide users with a URL and login information.
To synchronize with Microsoft Outlook, users must install the TABSynch utility, provided by you. To
obtain the TABSynch software to distribute to users, choose Application > Plugins from Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration, then locate and click Cisco IP Phone Address Book
Synchronizer.
Feature Buttons and Softkeys
Table 8-4 provides information about some of the features that are available on softkeys, some that are
available on dedicated feature buttons, and some that you need to configure as programmable feature
buttons. An “X” in the table indicates that the feature is supported for the corresponding button type or
softkey. Of the two button types and softkeys, only programmable feature buttons require configuration
in Cisco Unified IP Phone administration.
Note
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 does not use softkey templates in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager administration.
For information on configuring programmable feature buttons, see the “Modifying Phone Button
Templates” section on page 8-29.
Table 8-4
Features and Corresponding Buttons and Softkeys
Feature Name
Dedicated Feature
Button
Programmable Feature
Button
Softkey
All Calls
X
Answer
X
X
Call Back
X
X
Call Forward All
X
X
Call Park
X
X
Call Park Line
Status
X
Call Pickup
X
Call Pickup Line
Status
X
Conference
Divert
X
X
(available while on a
conference only)
X
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-28
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Modifying Phone Button Templates
Table 8-4
Features and Corresponding Buttons and Softkeys
Do Not Disturb
X
Group Pickup
X
Hold
X
Hunt Groups
X
Intercom
X
Malicious Call
Identification
(MCID)
X
Meet Me
X
Mobile Connect
X
Mute
X
Other Pickup
X
Privacy
X
Redial
X
X
Speed Dial
X
X
Speed Dial Line
Status
X
Transfer
Quality Reporting
Tool (QRT)
X
X
(available during a
transfer only)
X
Modifying Phone Button Templates
Phone button templates let you assign speed dials and call-handling features to programmable buttons.
Call-handling features that can be assigned to buttons include Answer, Mobility, and All Calls.
Ideally, you modify templates before registering phones on the network. In this way, you can access
customized phone button template options from Cisco Unified Communications Manager during
registration.
To modify a phone button template, choose Device > Device Settings > Phone Button Template in
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. To assign a phone button template to a phone,
use the Phone Button Template field in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
Phone Configuration page. Refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide and
Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide for more information.
•
The default Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 template that ships with the phone uses buttons 1 and 2
for lines.
Modifying a Phone Button Template for All Calls
It is recommended that you provision an All Calls button for users with multiple shared lines. When you
configure an All Call button on the phone, you enable the users to do the following:
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-29
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Modifying Phone Button Templates
•
Press the All Calls button to displays a consolidated list of current calls from all lines on the phone.
•
Press the All Calls button under Call History to displays a list of all missed calls from all lines on
the phone.
•
Place a call on the users primary line when the user goes off-hook. All Calls automatically defaults
to the users primary line for any outgoing call.
To add the All Calls button, you must modify the phone button template and then assign the template to
the phone.
Modifying a Phone Button Template for Personal Address Book or Speed Dials
You can modify a phone button template to associate a service URL with a programmable button. Doing
so enables users to have single-button access to the PAB and Speed Dials. Before you modify the phone
button template, you must configure PAB or Speed Dials as an IP phone service.
To configure PAB or Speed Dial as an IP phone service (if it is not already a service), follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Device >Device Settings >
Phone Services.
The Find and List IP Phone Services window displays.
Step 2
Click Add New.
The IP Phone Services Configuration window displays.
Step 3
Enter the following settings:
•
Service Name and ASCII Service Name—Enter Personal Address Book.
•
Service Description—Enter an optional description of the service.
•
Service URL
For PAB, enter the following URL:
http://<Unified CM-server-name>:8080/ccmpd/login.do?name=#DEVICENAME#&service=pab
For Fast Dial, enter the following URL:
http://<Unified-CM-server-name>:8080/ccmpd/login.do?name=#DEVICENAME#&service=fd
•
Secure Service URL
For PAB, enter the following URL:
https://<Unified CM-server-name>:8443/ccmpd/login.do?name=#DEVICENAME#&service=pab
For Fast Dial, enter the following URL:
https://<Unified-CM-server-name>:8443/ccmpd/login.do?name=#DEVICENAME#&service=fd
•
Service Category—Select XML Service.
•
Service Type—Select Directories.
•
Enable—Select the check box.
http://<IP_address> or https://<IP_address> (depending on the protocol supported by the Cisco
Unified IP Phone)
Step 4
Click Save.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-30
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Configuring Feature Control Policies
You can add, update, or delete service parameters as needed as described in the “Cisco Unified IP Phone
Services Configuration” chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide.
Note
If you change the service URL, remove an IP phone service parameter, or change the name
of a phone service parameter for a phone service to which users are subscribed, you must
click Update Subscriptions to update all currently subscribed users with the changes, or
users must resubscribe to the service to rebuild the correct URL.
To modify a phone button template for PAB or Fast Dial, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Device > Device Settings >
Phone Button Template.
Step 2
Click Find.
Step 3
Select the phone model.
Step 4
Click Copy, enter a name for the new template, and then click Save.
The Phone Button Template Configuration window opens.
Step 5
Identify the button you would like to assign, and select Service URL from the Features drop-down list
box associated with the line.
Step 6
Click Save to create a new phone button template using the service URL.
Step 7
Choose Device > Phone and open the Phone Configuration window for the phone.
Step 8
Select the new phone button template from the Phone Button Template drop-down list box.
Step 9
Click Save to store the change and then click Reset to implement the change.
The phone user can now access the User Options pages and associate the service with a button on the
phone.
For additional information on IP phone services, go to the “Cisco Unified IP Phone Services
Configuration” chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide, For
additional information on configuring line buttons, go to the “Cisco Unified IP Phone Configuration”
chapter and “Configuring Speed-Dial Buttons” section in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide.
Configuring Feature Control Policies
You can limit the appearance of some telephony features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and
9971 by enabling or disabling these features in the feature control policy configuration. When you
disable a feature in the feature control policy configuration for a phone, you restrict the user’s access to
the feature and the softkeys associated with the feature does not display on the phone.
To create a Feature Control Policy, follow these steps:
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-31
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Setting Up Services
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Device > Device Settings >
Feature Control Policy.
The Find and List Feature Control Policy window displays.
Step 2
Click Add New to define a set of policies.
Step 3
Enter the following settings.
•
Name—Enter a name for a new Feature Control Policy
•
Description—(Optional) Enter a description.
•
Feature Control Section—Check the check box for the features that you want to change the default
setting. Table 8-5 displays the list of features that can be configured and the default value.
Step 4
Click Save.
Step 5
Apply the policy to the phone by including it in the following settings.
•
Enterprise Parameters Configuration—Applies to all phones in the system.
•
Common Phone Profile Configuration—Applies to all phones in a group.
•
Phone Configuration—Applies to an individual phone
Table 8-5
Feature Control Policy Default Values
Feature
Default Value
Forward All
Enabled
Park
Disabled
To Voicemail
Disabled
Conference List
Enabled
Speed Dial
Enabled
Call Back
Enabled
Redial
Enabled
Barge
Enabled
For more information, refer to the “Feature Control Policy” chapter in the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide.
Setting Up Services
You can give users access to Cisco Unified IP Phone Services on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961,
9951, and 9971. You can also assign a button to different phone services. These services comprise XML
applications and Cisco-signed Java midlets that enable the display of interactive content with text and
graphics on the phone. The Cisco Unified IP Phone manages each service as a separate application.
Examples of services include local movie times, stock quotes, and weather reports.
Before a user can access any service:
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-32
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager
•
You must use Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration to configure services that
are not present by default.
•
The user must subscribe to services using the Cisco Unified Communications Manager User
Options application. This web-based application provides a graphical user interface (GUI) for
limited, end-user configuration of IP Phone applications. However, a user cannot subscribe to any
service that you configure as an enterprise subscription.
Before you set up services, gather the URLs for the sites you want to set up and verify that users can
access those sites from your corporate IP telephony network. (This is not applicable for the default
services provided by Cisco.)
To set up these services, choose Device > Device Settings > Phone Services from Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration. Refer to “Cisco Unified IP Phone Services Configuration”
chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide and to the “Cisco Unified
IP Phone Services” chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide for more
information.
After you configure these services, verify that your users have access to the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager User Options web-based application, from which they can select and
subscribe to configured services. See the “How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone
Features” section on page A-2 for a summary of the information that you must provide to end users.
Note
To configure Cisco Extension Mobility services for users, go to the “Cisco Extension Mobility” chapter
in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Features and Services Guide.
Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Adding users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager allows you to display and maintain
information about users and allows each user to perform these tasks:
•
Access the corporate directory and other customized directories from a Cisco Unified IP Phone.
•
Create a personal directory.
•
Set up speed dial and call forwarding numbers.
•
Subscribe to services that are accessible from a Cisco Unified IP Phone.
You can add users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager using one of these following methods:
•
To add users individually, choose User Management > End User from Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration.
For more information, go to the End User Configuration chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide.
•
To add users in batches, use the Bulk Administration Tool. This method also enables you to set an
identical default password for all users.
For more information, go to the “Bulk Administration” chapter in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-33
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Managing the User Options Web Pages
Managing the User Options Web Pages
From the User Options web page, users can customize and control several phone features and settings.
For detailed information about the User Options web pages, refer to Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951,
and 9971 User Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager.
Giving Users Access to the User Options Web Pages
Before a user can access the User Options web pages, you must add the user to the standard Cisco
Unified Communications Manager end user group and associate the appropriate phone with the user.
To add the user to the stand Cisco Unified Communications Manager end user group, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose User Management > User
Groups.
The Find and List Users window displays.
Step 2
Enter the appropriate search criteria and click Find.
Step 3
Click on the Standard CCM End Users link. The User Group Configuration page for the Standard CCM
End Users displays.
Step 4
Click Add End Users to Group. The Find and List Users window displays.
Step 5
Use the Find User drop-down list boxes to find the end users that you want to add and click Find.
Step 6
A list of end users that matches your search criteria displays.
Step 7
In the list of records that display, click the check box next to the users that you want to add to this user
group. If the list comprises multiple pages, use the links at the bottom to see more results.
Note
Step 8
The list of search results does not display end users that already belong to the user group.
Click Add Selected.
To associate appropriate phones with the user, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose User Management > End User.
The Find and List Users window displays.
Step 2
Enter the appropriate search criteria and click Find.
Step 3
In the list of records that display, click the link for the user.
Step 4
Click Device Association.
The User Device Association window displays.
Step 5
Enter the appropriate search criteria and click Find.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-34
OL-20861-01
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Managing the User Options Web Pages
Step 6
Choose the device that you want to associate with the end user by checking the box to the left of the
device.
Step 7
Click Save Selected/Changes to associate the device with the end user.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
8-35
Chapter 8
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
Managing the User Options Web Pages
Make sure to provide end users with the following information about the User Options web pages:
•
The URL required to access the application. This URL is:
http://<server_name:portnumber>/ccmuser/, where server_name is the host on which the web
server is installed.
•
A user ID and default password are needed to access the application.
These settings correspond to the values you entered when you added the user to Cisco Unified
Communications Manager (see the “Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager”
section on page 8-33).
For additional information, refer to:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide, “User Group Configuration”
chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide, “End User Configuration” chapter.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administrator Guide, “Role Configuration” chapter.
Specifying Options that Appear on the User Options Web Pages
Most options that are on the User Options web pages appear by default. However, the following options
must be set by the system administrator by using Enterprise Parameters Configuration settings in Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Administration:
Note
•
Show Ring Settings
•
Show Line Text Label Settings
•
Show Call Forwarding
The settings apply to all User Options web pages at your site.
To specify the options that appear on the User Options web pages, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose System > Enterprise
Parameters.
The Enterprise Parameters Configuration window appears.
Step 2
In the CCMUser Parameters area, specify whether a parameter appears on the User Options web pages
by choosing one of these values from the Parameter Value drop-down list box for the parameter:
•
True—Option displays on the User Options web pages (default except for Show Ring Settings,
Show Line Text Label, and Show Call Forwarding).
•
False—Option does not display on the User Options web pages.
•
Show All Settings—All call forward settings display on the User Options web pages (default).
•
Hide All Settings—No call forward settings display on the User Options web pages.
•
Show Only Call Forward All—Only call forward all calls displays on the User Options web pages.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
8-36
OL-20861-01
CH A P T E R
9
Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
This chapter explains how you customize configuration files, phone ring sounds, and background
images, and how to disable the phone screen to conserve power.
This chapter includes these topics:
•
Customizing and Modifying Configuration Files, page 9-1
•
Creating Custom Phone Rings, page 9-2
•
Creating Custom Background Images
•
Configuring Wideband Codec, page 9-6
•
Configuring the Idle Display, page 9-7
•
Automatically Disabling the Cisco Unified IP Phone Display, page 9-7
Customizing and Modifying Configuration Files
You can modify configuration files (for example, edit the xml files) and add customized files (for
example, custom ring tones, call-back tones) to the TFTP directory. You can modify files and add
customized files to the TFTP directory in Cisco Unified Communications Operating System
Administration, from the TFTP Server File Upload window. Refer to Cisco Unified Communications
Operating System Administration Guide for information about how to upload files to the TFTP folder
on a Cisco Unified Communications Manager server.
You can obtain a copy of the Ringlist.xml and List.xml files from the system using the following admin
command-line interface (CLI) “file” commands (for exact syntax, refer to the Command Line Interface
Reference Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Solutions):
•
admin:file
– file list
– file view
– file search
– file get
– file dump
– file tail
– file delete
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
9-1
Chapter 9
Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Creating Custom Phone Rings
Creating Custom Phone Rings
The Cisco Unified IP Phone ships with two default ring types that are implemented in hardware: Chirp1
and Chirp2. Cisco Unified Communications Manager also provides a default set of additional phone ring
sounds that are implemented in software as pulse code modulation (PCM) files. The PCM files, along
with an XML file (named Ringlist.xml) that describes the ring list options that are available at your site,
exist in the TFTP directory on each Cisco Unified Communications Manager server.
For more information, see the “Cisco TFTP” chapter in Cisco Unified Communications Manager System
Guide and the “Software Upgrades” chapter in Cisco Unified Communications Operating System
Administration Guide.
The following sections describe how you can customize the phone rings that are available at your site
by creating PCM files and editing the Ringlist.xml file:
•
Ringlist.xml File Format Requirements, page 9-2
•
PCM File Requirements for Custom Ring Types, page 9-3
•
Configuring a Custom Phone Ring, page 9-3
Ringlist.xml File Format Requirements
The Ringlist.xml file defines an XML object that contains a list of phone ring types. This file can include
up to 50 ring types. Each ring type contains a pointer to the PCM file that is used for that ring type and
the text that will appear on the Ring Type menu on a Cisco Unified IP Phone for that ring. The Cisco
TFTP server for each Cisco Unified Communications Manager contains this file.
The CiscoIPPhoneRinglist XML object uses the following simple tag set to describe the information:
<CiscoIPPhoneRingList>
<Ring>
<DisplayName/>
<FileName/>
</Ring>
</CiscoIPPhoneRingList>
The following characteristics apply to the definition names. You must include the required DisplayName
and FileName for each phone ring type.
Note
•
DisplayName defines the name of the custom ring for the associated PCM file that will display on
the Ring Type menu of the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
•
FileName specifies the name of the PCM file for the custom ring to associate with DisplayName.
The DisplayName and FileName fields must not exceed 25 characters.
This example shows a Ringlist.xml file that defines two phone ring types:
<CiscoIPPhoneRingList>
<Ring>
<DisplayName>Analog Synth 1</DisplayName>
<FileName>Analog1.raw</FileName>
</Ring>
<Ring>
<DisplayName>Analog Synth 2</DisplayName>
<FileName>Analog2.raw</FileName>
</Ring>
</CiscoIPPhoneRingList>
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
9-2
OL-20861-01
Chapter 9
Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Creating Custom Phone Rings
PCM File Requirements for Custom Ring Types
The PCM files for the rings must meet the following requirements for proper playback on Cisco Unified
IP Phones:
•
Raw PCM (no header)
•
8000 samples per second
•
8 bits per sample
•
uLaw compression
•
Maximum ring size—16080 samples
•
Minimum ring size—240 samples
•
Number of samples in the ring is evenly divisible by 240.
•
Ring starts and ends at the zero crossing.
•
To create PCM files for custom phone rings, you can use any standard audio editing packages that
support these file format requirements.
Configuring a Custom Phone Ring
To create custom phone rings for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Create a PCM file for each custom ring (one ring per file). Ensure the PCM files comply with the format
guidelines that are listed in the “PCM File Requirements for Custom Ring Types” section on page 9-3.
Step 2
Upload the new PCM files that you created to the Cisco TFTP server for each Cisco Unified
Communications Manager in your cluster. For more information, see the “Software Upgrades” chapter
in Cisco Unified Communications Operating System Administration Guide.
Step 3
Use an text editor to edit the Ringlist.xml file. See the “Ringlist.xml File Format Requirements” section
on page 9-2 for information about how to format this file and for a sample Ringlist.xml file.
Step 4
Save your modifications and close the Ringlist.xml file.
Step 5
To cache the new Ringlist.xml file, stop and start the TFTP service by using Cisco Unified Serviceability
or disable and re-enable the “Enable Caching of Constant and Bin Files at Startup” TFTP service
parameter (located in the Advanced Service Parameters).
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
9-3
Chapter 9
Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Creating Custom Background Images
Creating Custom Background Images
You can provide users with a choice of background images (or wallpaper) for the LCD screen on their
phones. Users can select a background image by choosing Applications > Preferences > Wallpaper
on the phone.
The image choices that users see come from PNG images and an XML file (called List.xml) that are
stored on the TFTP server used by the phone. By storing your own PNG files and editing the XML file
on the TFTP server, you can designate the background images from which users can choose. In this way,
you can provide custom images, such as your company logo.
The following sections describe how you can customize the background images that are available at your
site by creating your own PNG files and editing the List.xml file:
•
List.xml File Format Requirements, page 9-4.
•
PNG File Requirements for Custom Background Images, page 9-5.
•
Configuring a Custom Background Image, page 9-5
List.xml File Format Requirements
The List.xml file defines an XML object that contains a list of background images. The List.xml file is
stored in the following subdirectory on the TFTP server:
Desktops/640x480x24
Tip
If you are manually creating the directory structure and the List.xml file, you must ensure that the
directories and files can be accessed by the user\CCMService, which is used by the TFTP service.
For more information, see the “Software Upgrades” chapter in Cisco Unified Communications
Operating System Administration Guide.
The List.xml file can include up to 50 background images. The images are in the order that they appear
in the Background Images menu on the phone. For each image, the List.xml file contains one element
type, called ImageItem. The ImageItem element includes these two attributes:
•
Image—Uniform resource identifier (URI) that specifies where the phone obtains the thumbnail
image that will appear on the Background Images menu on a phone.
•
URL—URI that specifies where the phone obtains the full size image.
The following example shows a List.xml file that defines two images. The required Image and URL
attributes must be included for each image. The TFTP URI that is shown in the example is the only
supported method for linking to full size and thumbnail images. HTTP URL support is not provided.
List.xml Example
<CiscoIPPhoneImageList>
<ImageItem Image=”TFTP:Desktops/640x480x24/TN-Fountain.png”
URL=”TFTP:Desktops/640x480x24/Fountain.png”/>
<ImageItem Image=”TFTP:Desktops/640x480x24/TN-FullMoon.png”
URL=”TFTP:Desktops/640x480x24/FullMoon.png”/>
</CiscoIPPhoneImageList>
The Cisco Unified IP Phone firmware includes a default background image. This image is not defined
in the List.xml file. The default image is always the first image that appears in the Background Images
menu on the phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
9-4
OL-20861-01
Chapter 9
Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Creating Custom Background Images
PNG File Requirements for Custom Background Images
Each background image requires two PNG files:
Tip
•
Full size image—Version that appears on the on the phone.
•
Thumbnail image—Version that displays on the Background Images screen from which users can
select an image. Must be 25% of the size of the full size image.
Many graphics programs provide a feature that will resize a graphic. An easy way to create a thumbnail
image is to first create and save the full size image, then use the sizing feature in the graphics program
to create a version of that image that is 25% of the original size. Save the thumbnail version by using a
different name.
The PNG files for background images must meet the following requirements for proper display on the
Cisco Unified IP Phone:
•
Full size image—640 pixels (width) X 480 pixels (height).
•
Thumbnail image—123 pixels (width) X 111 pixels (height).
Tip
If you are using a graphics program that supports a posterize feature for grayscale, set the
number of tonal levels per channel to 16, and the image will posterize to 16 shades of grayscale.
Configuring a Custom Background Image
To create custom background images for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Create two PNG files for each image (a full size version and a thumbnail version). Ensure the PNG files
comply with the format guidelines that are listed in the “PNG File Requirements for Custom Background
Images” section on page 9-5.
Step 2
Upload the new PNG files that you created to the following subdirectory in the TFTP server for the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager:
Desktops/640x480x24
Note
The file name and subdirectory parameters are case sensitive. Be sure to use the forward slash
“/” when you specify the subdirectory path.
To upload the files, choose Software Upgrades > Upload TFTP Server File in Cisco Unified
Communications Operating System Administration. For more information, see the “Software Upgrades”
chapter in Cisco Unified Communications Operating System Administration Guide.
Note
If the folder does not exist, the folder gets created and the files get uploaded to the folder.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
9-5
Chapter 9
Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Configuring Wideband Codec
Step 3
You must also copy the customized images and files to the other TFTP servers that the phone may
contact to obtain these files.
Note
Cisco recommends that you also store backup copies of custom image files in another location.
You can use these backup copies if the customized files are overwritten when you upgrade Cisco
Unified Communications Manager.
Step 4
Use a text editor to edit the List.xml file. See the “List.xml File Format Requirements” section on
page 9-4 for the location of this file, formatting requirements, and a sample file.
Step 5
Save your modifications and close the List.xml file.
Note
Step 6
When you upgrade Cisco Unified Communications Manager, a default List.xml file will replace
your customized List.xml file. After you customize the List.xml file, make a copy of the file and
store it in another location. After upgrading Cisco Unified Communications Manager, replace
the default List.xml file with your stored copy.
To cache the new List.xml file, stop and start the TFTP service by using Cisco Unified Serviceability or
disable and re-enable the Enable Caching of Constant and Bin Files at Startup TFTP service parameter
(located in the Advanced Service Parameters).
Configuring Wideband Codec
If Cisco Unified Communications Manager has been configured to use G.722 (G.722 is enabled by
default for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971) and if the far endpoint supports G.722, the
call connects by using the G.722 codec in place of G.711. This situation occurs regardless of whether the
user has enabled a wideband headset or wideband handset, but if either the headset or handset is enabled,
the user may notice greater audio sensitivity during the call. Greater sensitivity means improved audio
clarity but also means that more background noise can be heard by the far endpoint—noise such as
rustling papers or nearby conversations. Even without a wideband headset or handset, some users may
prefer the additional sensitivity of G.722. Other users may be distracted by the additional sensitivity of
G.722.
Two parameters in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration affect whether wideband is
supported for this Cisco Unified Communications Manager server and/or a specific phone:
•
Advertise G.722 Codec—From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose
System > Enterprise Parameters. The default value of this enterprise parameter is True, which
means that all Cisco Unified IP Phone Models 9971 that are registered to this Cisco Unified
Communications Manager will advertise G.722 to Cisco Unified Communications Manager. If each
endpoint in the attempted call supports G.722 in its capabilities set, Cisco Unified Communications
Manager will choose that codec for the call when possible.
•
Advertise G.722 Codec—From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose
Device > Phone. The default value of this product-specific parameter is to use the value specified
in the enterprise parameter. If you want to override this on a per-phone basis, choose Enabled or
Disabled in the Advertise G.722 Codec parameter on the Product Specific Configuration area of the
Phone Configuration window.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
9-6
OL-20861-01
Chapter 9
Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Configuring the Idle Display
Configuring the Idle Display
You can specify an idle display (text only; text-file size should not exceed 1M bytes) that appears on the
phone screen. The idle display is an XML service that the phone invokes when the phone has been idle
(not in use) for a designated period and no feature menu is open.
For detailed instructions about creating and displaying the idle display, refer to Creating Idle URL
Graphics on Cisco Unified IP Phone at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/788/AVVID/idle-url.html
In addition, you can refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide or to Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Bulk Administration Guide for the following information:
•
Specifying the URL of the idle display XML service:
– For a single phone—Idle field on the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Phone
configuration window
– For multiple phones simultaneously—URL Idle field on the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Enterprise Parameters configuration window, or the Idle field in the Bulk
Administration Tool (BAT)
•
Specifying the length of time that the phone is not used before the idle display XML service is
invoked:
– For a single phone—Idle Timer field on the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Phone
configuration window
– For multiple phones simultaneously—URL Idle Time field on the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Enterprise Parameters configuration window, or the Idle Timer field
in the Bulk Administration Tool (BAT)
From a phone, you can see settings for the idle display XML service URL and the length of time that the
phone is not used before this service is invoked. To see these settings, choose Settings > Device
Configuration and scroll to the Idle URL and the Idle URL Time parameters.
Automatically Disabling the Cisco Unified IP Phone Display
To conserve power and ensure the longevity of the phone screen display, you can set the display to turn
off when it is not needed.
You can configure settings in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration to turn off the
display at a designated time on some days and all day on other days. For example, you may choose to
turn off the display after business hours on weekdays and all day on Saturdays and Sundays.
To turn on the display any time it is off, press the Select button.
When you turn the display on, it remains on until the phone has remained idle for a designated length of
time, then it turns off automatically.
Table 9-1 explains the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration fields that control when
the display turns on and off. You configure these fields in Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration in the Product Specific configuration window. (You access this window by choosing
Device > Phone from Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration.)
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
9-7
Chapter 9
Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Automatically Disabling the Cisco Unified IP Phone Display
Table 9-1
Display On and Off Configuration Fields
Field
Description
Days Display Not Active Days that the display does not turn on automatically at the time specified in
the Display On Time field.
Choose the day or days from the drop-down list. To choose more than one
day, Ctrl-click each day that you want.
Display On Time
Time each day that the display turns on automatically (except on the days
specified in the Days Display Not Active field).
Enter the time in this field in 24 hour format, where 0:00 is midnight.
For example, to automatically turn the display on at 7:00 a.m., (0700), enter
7:00. To turn the display on at 2:00 p.m. (1400), enter 14:00.
If this field is blank, the display will automatically turn on at 0:00.
The default value is 07:30.
Display On Duration
Length of time that the display remains on after turning on at the time
specified in the Display On Time field.
Enter the value in this field in the format hours:minutes.
For example, to keep the display on for 4 hours and 30 minutes after it turns
on automatically, enter 4:30.
If this field is blank, the phone will turn off at the end of the day (0:00).
Note
If Display On Time is 0:00 and the display on duration is blank (or
24:00), the display will remain on continuously.
The default value is 10:30.
Display Idle Timeout
Length of time that the phone is idle before the display turns off. Applies
only when the display was off as scheduled and was turned on by an end-user
(by pressing the Select button on the phone).
Enter the value in this field in the format hours:minutes.
For example, to turn the display off when the phone is idle for 1 hour and 30
minutes after an end-user turns the display on, enter 1:30.
The default value is 1:00.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
9-8
OL-20861-01
CH A P T E R
10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and
Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
This chapter describes how to use the following menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and
9971 to view model information, status messages, and network statistics for the phone:
•
Model Information screen—Displays hardware and software information about the phone. For more
information, see the “Model Information Screen” section on page 10-1.
•
Status menu—Provides access to screens that display the status messages, network statistics, and
statistics for the current call. For more information, see the “Status Menu” section on page 10-2.
You can use the information on these screens to monitor the operation of a phone and to assist with
troubleshooting.
You can also obtain much of this information, and obtain other related information, remotely through
the phone’s web page. For more information, see Chapter 11, “Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Remotely.”
For more information about troubleshooting the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971, see
Chapter 12, “Troubleshooting and Maintenance.”
This chapter includes these topics:
•
Model Information Screen, page 10-1
•
Status Menu, page 10-2
Model Information Screen
To display the Model Information screen, press the Applications button
Information.
and then select Phone
If the user is connected to a secure or authenticated server, a corresponding icon (lock or certificate) will
be displayed in the Phone Information Screen to the right of the server option. If the user is not connected
to a secure or authenticated Server, no icon will appear.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
10-1
Chapter 10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Status Menu
The Model Information screen includes the options described in Table 10-1.
To exit the Model Information screen, press the Exit softkey.
Table 10-1
Model Information Settings for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Option
Description
To Change
Model Number
Model number of the phone.
Display only—Cannot configure.
IP Address
IP address of the phone.
Display only—Cannot configure.
Host name
Host name of the phone.
Display only—Cannot configure.
Active Load
Version of firmware currently installed on the phone. The user
can press the Details softkey for more information.
Display only—Cannot configure.
Inactive Load
Inactive Load appears only when a download is in progress, and Display only—Cannot configure.
a download icon and a status of “Upgrade in Progress” or
“Upgrade Failed” also display. If a user presses the Details
softkey during an upgrade, the download filename and
components are listed.
A new firmware image can be set to download in advance of a
maintenance window. Then instead of waiting for all of the
phones to download the firmware, the system switches more
rapidly between resetting an existing load to Inactive status and
installing the new load.
When the download is complete, the icon changes to indicate the
completed status, and a check mark displays for a successful
download, and an “X” displays for a failed download. If
possible, the rest of the loads continue to download.
Last Upgrade
Date of the most recent firmware upgrade.
Display only—Cannot configure.
Active Server
IP address of the server to which the phone is registered.
Display only—Cannot configure.
Stand-by Server
IP address of the standby server.
Display only—Cannot configure.
Status Menu
To display the Status menu, press Applications button
Status. To exit the Status menu, press the Exit softkey.
and then select Administrator Settings >
The Status menu includes theses options, which provide information about the phone and its operation:
•
Status Messages—Displays the Status Messages screen, which shows a log of important system
messages. For more information, see the “Status Messages Screen” section on page 10-3.
•
Ethernet Statistics—Displays the Ethernet Statistics screen, which shows Ethernet traffic statistics.
For more information, see the “Ethernet Statistics Screen” section on page 10-7.
•
WLAN Statistics—Displays the WLAN Statistics screen if applicable. For more information, see
the “WLAN Statistics Screen” section on page 10-9.
•
Call Statistics—Displays counters and statistics for the current call. For more information, see the
“Call Statistics Screen” section on page 10-11. For information about video statistics, see “Video
Statistics Screen” section on page 10-13.
•
Current Access Point—Displays the Current Access Point screen, if applicable. For more
information, see the “Current Access Point Screen” section on page 10-15.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
10-2
OL-20861-01
Chapter 10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Status Menu
Status Messages Screen
The Status Messages screen displays the 30 most recent status messages that the phone has generated.
You can access this screen at any time, even if the phone has not finished starting up. Table 10-2
describes the status messages that might appear. This table also includes actions you can take to address
errors.
To display the Status Messages screen, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Press Applications button
Step 2
Select Administrator Settings.
Step 3
Select Status.
Step 4
Select Status Messages.
.
To remove current status messages, press the Clear List softkey.
To exit the Status Messages screen, press the Exit softkey.
Table 10-2
Status Messages on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Message
Description
Possible Explanation and Action
CFG TFTP Size Error
The configuration file is too
large for file system on the
phone.
Power cycle the phone.
Checksum Error
Downloaded software file is
corrupted.
Obtain a new copy of the phone firmware and place it in the
TFTPPath directory. You should only copy files into this
directory when the TFTP server software is shut down,
otherwise the files may be corrupted.
CTL and ITL installed
The CTL and ITL files are
installed on the phone.
None. This message is informational only. Neither the CTL file
nor the ITL file was installed previously.
For more information about the Trust List, refer to Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
CTL Installed
A certificate trust list (CTL)
file is installed in the phone.
None. This message is informational only. The CTL file was
not installed previously.
For more information about the CTL file, refer to the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
CTL update failed
The phone could not update its Problem with the CTL file on the TFTP server.
certificate trust list (CTL) file. For more information, refer to the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Security Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
10-3
Chapter 10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Status Menu
Table 10-2
Status Messages on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Message
Description
DHCP timeout
DHCP server did not respond.
DNS timeout
DNS unknown host
Duplicate IP
Possible Explanation and Action
•
Network is busy—The errors should resolve themselves
when the network load reduces.
•
No network connectivity between the DHCP server and the
phone—Verify the network connections.
•
DHCP server is down—Check configuration of DHCP
server.
•
Errors persist—Consider assigning a static IP address. See
the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4 for details
on assigning a static IP address.
•
Network is busy—The errors should resolve themselves
when the network load reduces.
•
No network connectivity between the DNS server and the
phone—Verify the network connections.
•
DNS server is down—Check configuration of DNS server.
DNS could not resolve the
name of the TFTP server or
Cisco Unified
Communications Manager.
•
Verify that the host names of the TFTP server or Cisco
Unified Communications Manager are configured properly
in DNS.
•
Consider using IP addresses rather than host names.
Another device is using the IP
address assigned to the phone.
•
If the phone has a static IP address, verify that you have not
assigned a duplicate IP address. See the “Ethernet Setup
Menu” section on page 7-4 section for details.
•
If you are using DHCP, check the DHCP server
configuration.
DNS server did not respond.
Erasing CTL and ITL files Erasing CTL or ITL file.
None. This message is informational only.
For more information about the CTL and ITL files, refer to
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
Error update locale
One or more localization files
could not be found in the
TFTPPath directory or were
not valid. The locale was not
changed.
From Cisco Unified Operating System Administration, check
that the following files are located within subdirectories in the
TFTP File Management:
•
Located in subdirectory with same name as network locale:
– tones.xml
•
Located in subdirectory with same name as user locale:
– glyphs.xml
– dictionary.xml
– kate.xml
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
10-4
OL-20861-01
Chapter 10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Status Menu
Table 10-2
Status Messages on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Message
Description
File not found <Cfg File> The name-based and default
configuration file was not
found on the TFTP Server.
Possible Explanation and Action
The configuration file for a phone is created when the phone is
added to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database.
If the phone has not been added to the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager database, the TFTP server generates
a CFG File Not Found response.
•
Phone is not registered with Cisco Unified
Communications Manager.
You must manually add the phone to Cisco Unified
Communications Manager if you are not allowing phones
to auto-register. See the “Adding Phones with Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Administration”
section on page 2-12 for details.
•
If you are using DHCP, verify that the DHCP server is
pointing to the correct TFTP server.
•
If you are using static IP addresses, check configuration of
the TFTP server. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on
page 7-4 for details on assigning a TFTP server.
File Not Found
<CTLFile.tlv>
This message displays on the No impact; the phone can still register to Cisco Unified
phone when the Cisco Unified Communications Manager.
Communications Manager
cluster is not in secure mode.
IP address released
The phone has been configured The phone remains idle until it is power cycled or you reset the
to release its IP address.
DHCP address. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on
page 7-4 for details.
ITL installed
The ITL file is installed in the None. This message is informational only. The ITL file was not
phone.
installed previously.
For more information about the ITL file, refer to Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Security Guide.
Load rejected HC
The application that was
downloaded is not compatible
with the phone’s hardware.
Occurs if you were attempting to install a version of software
on this phone that did not support hardware changes on this
newer phone.
Check the load ID assigned to the phone (from Cisco Unified
Communications Manager, choose Device > Phone). Re-enter
the load displayed on the phone.
No default router
No DNS server IP
DHCP or static configuration
did not specify a default router.
A name was specified but
DHCP or static IP
configuration did not specify a
DNS server address.
•
If the phone has a static IP address, verify that the default
router has been configured. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu”
section on page 7-4 section for details.
•
If you are using DHCP, the DHCP server has not provided
a default router. Check the DHCP server configuration.
•
If the phone has a static IP address, verify that the DNS
server has been configured. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu”
section on page 7-4 section for details.
•
If you are using DHCP, the DHCP server has not provided
a DNS server. Check the DHCP server configuration.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
10-5
Chapter 10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Status Menu
Table 10-2
Status Messages on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Message
Description
Possible Explanation and Action
No Trust List installed
The CTL file or the ITL file is The Trust List is not configured on the Cisco Unified CM,
not installed on the phone.
which does not support security by default.
For more information about the Trust List, refer to Cisco
Unified CM Security Guide.
Restart requested by
Cisco Unified
Communications
Manager
The phone is restarting based
on a request from Cisco
Unified Communications
Manager.
TFTP access error
TFTP server is pointing to a
directory that does not exist.
TFTP error
The phone does not recognize
an error code provided by the
TFTP server.
TFTP timeout
TFTP server did not respond.
Timed Out
Supplicant attempted 802.1X
transaction but timed out to
due the absence of an
authenticator.
Configuration changes have likely been made to the phone in
Cisco Unified Communications Manager, and Apply has been
pressed so that the changes take effect.
•
If you are using DHCP, verify that the DHCP server is
pointing to the correct TFTP server.
•
If you are using static IP addresses, check configuration of
TFTP server. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on
page 7-4 for details on assigning a TFTP server.
Contact Cisco TAC.
•
Network is busy—The errors should resolve themselves
when the network load reduces.
•
No network connectivity between the TFTP server and the
phone—Verify the network connections.
•
TFTP server is down—Check configuration of TFTP
server.
Authentication typically times out if 802.1X is not configured
on the switch.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
10-6
OL-20861-01
Chapter 10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Status Menu
Table 10-2
Status Messages on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Message
Description
Possible Explanation and Action
Trust List update failed
Updating CTL and ITL files
failed.
Phone has CTL and ITL files installed and it failed to update
the new CTL and ITL files.
Possible reasons for failure:
•
Network failure.
•
TFTP server was down.
•
The new security token used to sign CTL file and the TFTP
certificate used to sign ITL file are introduced, but are not
available in the current CTL and ITL files in the phone.
•
Internal phone failure.
Possible solutions:
•
Check the network connectivity.
•
Check if the TFTP server is active and functioning
normally.
•
If the Transactional Vsam Services (TVS) server is
supported on Cisco Unified CM, check if the TVS server is
active and functioning normally.
•
Verify if the security token and the TFTP server are valid.
Manually delete the CTL and ITL files if all the above solutions
fail, and reset the phone.
Trust List updated
Version error
The CTL file, the ITL file, or
both files are updated.
None. This message is informational only.
The name of the phone load
file is incorrect.
Make sure that the phone load file has the correct name.
For more information about the Trust List, refer to Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
Name of the configuration file. None. This is an informational message indicating the name of
XmlDefault.cnf.xml, or
the configuration file for the phone.
.cnf.xml corresponding to
the phone device name
Ethernet Statistics Screen
The Ethernet Statistics screen displays information about the phone and network performance.
Table 10-3 describes the information that appears in this screen.
To display the Ethernet Statistics screen, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Press the Applications button
Step 2
Select Administrator Settings.
Step 3
Select Status.
.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
10-7
Chapter 10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Status Menu
Step 4
Select Status > Ethernet Statistics.
To reset the Rx Frames, Tx Frames, and Rx Broadcasts statistics to 0, press the Clear List softkey.
To exit the Ethernet Statistics screen, press the Exit softkey.
Table 10-3
Ethernet Statistics Message Information for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Item
Description
Rx Frames
Number of packets received by the phone
Tx Frames
Number of packets sent by the phone
Rx Broadcasts
Number of broadcast packets received by the phone
Restart Cause—One of the
following values:
Cause of the last reset of the phone
Initialized
TCP-timeout
CM-closed-TCP
TCP-Bad-ACK
CM-reset-TCP
CM-aborted-TCP
CM-NAKed
KeepaliveTO
Failback
Phone-Keypad
Phone-Re-IP
Reset-Reset
Reset-Restart
Phone-Reg-Rej
Load Rejected HC
CM-ICMP-Unreach
Phone-Abort
Elapsed Time
Amount of time that has elapsed since the phone last rebooted.
Port 1
Link state and connection of the Network port (for example, Auto
100 Mb Full-Duplex means that the Network port is in a link-up state
and has auto-negotiated a full-duplex, 100-Mbps connection)
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
10-8
OL-20861-01
Chapter 10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Status Menu
Table 10-3
Ethernet Statistics Message Information for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Item
Description
Port 2
Link state and connection of the PC port
IPv4
Information on the DHCP status. This includes the following states:
CDP BOUND
CDP INIT
DHCP BOUND
DHCP DISABLED
DHCP INIT
DHCP INVALID
DHCP REBINDING
DHCP REBOOT
DHCP RENEWING
DHCP REQUESTING
DHCP RESYNC
DHCP UNRECOGNIZED
DHCP WAITING COLDBOOT TIMEOUT
SET DHCP COLDBOOT
SET DHCP DISABLED
DISABLED DUPLICATE IP
SET DHCP FAST
WLAN Statistics Screen
The WLAN Statistics screen displays statistics about the wireless Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971.
Table 10-4 describes the information that appears in this screen.
To display the WLAN Statistics screen, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Press the Applications button
Step 2
Select Administrator Settings.
Step 3
Select Status.
Step 4
Select WLAN Statistics.
.
To reset the WLAN statistics to 0, press the Clear List softkey.
To exit the WLAN Statistics screen, press the Exit softkey.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
10-9
Chapter 10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Status Menu
Table 10-4
WLAN Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Item
Description
Transmit Frames
Number of packets transmitted by the phone.
Directed Frames Received
Number of directed packets received by the phone.
Multicast Frames Received
Number of multicast packets received by the phone.
Broadcast Frames Received Number of broadcast packets received by the phone.
Receive Errors
Number of packets with errors received by the phone.
Receive No Buffers
The radio was unable to receive a packet, but had no buffers.
Frame Checksum (FCS)
Errors
Increments when an FCS error is detected in a received MPDU.
Duplicate Frames
Number of duplicate packets received by the phone.
Fragments Received
Number of fragmented packets received by the phone.
Beacons Received
Number of beacons received by the phone.
Association Rejected
Number of AP association rejections received by the phone.
Association Timeouts
Number of AP association timeouts received by the phone.
Authentication Rejects
Number of authentication rejects received by the phone.
Authentication Timeouts
Number of authentication timeouts received by the phone.
QOS Null Frames
Number of QOS null packets received by the phone.
The following WLAN Statistics items display these AP queues: Background (BK), Best Effort (BE), Video (VI), and
Voice (VO
QOS Data Received
Number of QOS packets received by the phone.
Transmit Ok
Number of packets that the phone transmitted without error.
Transmit Errors
Number of packets with errors that the phone transmitted.
Direct Frames Transmitted
Number of direct packets transmitted by the phone.
Multicast Frames
Transmitted
Number of multicast packets transmitted by the phone.
Broadcast Frames
Transmitted
Number of broadcast packets transmitted by the phone.
RTS Failed
A corresponding CTS was not received.
ACK Failed
AP did not acknowledge a transmission.
Retries
Counter of total retries.
Multiple Retries
Transmission of packet required two or more retries prior to success.
Retry Failures
Transmission of packet failed.
Transmit Timeouts
Transmission of packet failed due to queue time.
Success Counter
Counter of successful transmissions.
Max Retry Failure
Counter of successive transmission failures that caused a roaming
attempt.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
10-10
OL-20861-01
Chapter 10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Status Menu
Call Statistics Screen
You can access the Call Statistics screen (see Table 10-5) on the phone to display counters, statistics, and
voice-quality metrics of the most recent call.
Note
You can also remotely view the call statistics information by using a web browser to access the
Streaming Statistics web page. This web page contains additional RTCP statistics not available
on the phone. For more information about remote monitoring, see Chapter 11, “Monitoring the
Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely.”
A single call can have multiple voice streams, but data is captured for only the last voice stream. A voice
stream is a packet stream between two endpoints. If one endpoint is put on hold, the voice stream stops
even though the call is still connected. When the call resumes, a new voice packet stream begins, and
the new call data overwrites the former call data.
To display the Call Statistics screen for information about the latest voice stream, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Press the Applications button.
Step 2
Select Administrator Settings.
Step 3
Select Status.
Step 4
Select Call Statistics.
The Call Statistics screen displays these items:
Table 10-5
Call Statistics Items for the Cisco Unified Phone
Item
Description
Rcvr Codec
Type of voice stream received (RTP streaming audio from codec):
G.729, G.722, G.711 u-law, G.711 A-law, and iLBC.
Sender Codec
Type of voice stream transmitted (RTP streaming audio from codec):
G.729, G.722, G.711 u-law, G.711 A-law, and iLBC.
Rcvr Size
Size of voice packets, in milliseconds, in the receiving voice stream
(RTP streaming audio).
Sender Size
Size of voice packets, in milliseconds, in the transmitting voice stream.
Rcvr Packets
Number of RTP voice packets received since voice stream was opened.
Note
Sender Packets
This number is not necessarily identical to the number of RTP
voice packets received since the call began because the call
might have been placed on hold.
Number of RTP voice packets transmitted since voice stream was
opened.
Note
This number is not necessarily identical to the number of RTP
voice packets transmitted since the call began because the call
might have been placed on hold.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
10-11
Chapter 10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Status Menu
Table 10-5
Call Statistics Items for the Cisco Unified Phone (continued)
Item
Description
Avg Jitter
Estimated average RTP packet jitter (dynamic delay that a packet
encounters when going through the network), in milliseconds, observed
since the receiving voice stream was opened.
Max Jitter
Maximum jitter, in milliseconds, observed since the receiving voice
stream was opened.
Rcvr Discarded
Number of RTP packets in the receiving voice stream that have been
discarded (bad packets, too late, and so on).
Note
Rcvr Lost Packets
The phone will discard payload type 19 comfort noise packets
that are generated by Cisco Gateways, which will increment this
counter.
Missing RTP packets (lost in transit).
Voice-Quality Metrics
MOS LQK
Score that is an objective estimate of the mean opinion score (MOS) for
listening quality (LQK) that rates from 5 (excellent) to 1 (bad). This
score is based on audible concealment events due to frame loss in the
preceding eight-second interval of the voice stream. For more
information, see the “Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls” section on
page 12-16.
Note
The MOS LQK score can vary based on the type of codec that
the Cisco Unified IP Phone uses.
Avg MOS LQK
Average MOS LQK score observed for the entire voice stream.
Min MOS LQK
Lowest MOS LQK score observed from start of the voice stream.
Max MOS LQK
Baseline or highest MOS LQK score observed from start of the voice
stream.
These codecs provide the following maximum MOS LQK score under
normal conditions with no frame loss:
•
G.711 gives 4.5
•
G.729 A /AB gives 3.7
MOS LQK Version
Version of the Cisco proprietary algorithm used to calculate MOS LQK
scores.
Cumulative Conceal Ratio
Total number of concealment frames divided by total number of speech
frames received from start of the voice stream.
Interval Conceal Ratio
Ratio of concealment frames to speech frames in preceding 3-second
interval of active speech. If using voice activity detection (VAD), a
longer interval might be required to accumulate 3 seconds of active
speech.
Max Conceal Ratio
Highest interval concealment ratio from start of the voice stream.
Conceal Secs
Number of seconds that have concealment events (lost frames) from the
start of the voice stream (includes severely concealed seconds).
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
10-12
OL-20861-01
Chapter 10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Status Menu
Table 10-5
Call Statistics Items for the Cisco Unified Phone (continued)
Item
Description
Severely Conceal Secs
Number of seconds that have more than 5 percent concealment events
(lost frames) from the start of the voice stream.
Latency
Estimate of the network latency, expressed in milliseconds. Represents
a running average of the round-trip delay, measured when RTCP
receiver report blocks are received.
Video Statistics Screen
You can access the Video Statistics screen (see Table 10-5) on the phone to display counters, statistics
of the most recent call.
Note
You can also remotely view the video statistics information by using a web browser to access
the Streaming Statistics web page. This web page contains additional RTCP statistics not
available on the phone. For more information about remote monitoring, see Chapter 11,
“Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely.”
A video stream is a frame stream between two endpoints. If one endpoint pauses the video streaming,
the video stream stops even though the call is still connected. When the video streaming resumes, a new
video frame stream begins, and the new video data overwrites the former video data.
To display the Video Statistics screen for information about the latest video stream, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Press the Applications button.
Step 2
Select Administrator Settings.
Step 3
Select Call Statistics.
Step 4
Select Video.
The Video Statistics screen displays these items (Table 10-6):
Table 10-6
Video Statistics Items for the Cisco Unified Phone
Item
Description
Rcvr Codec
Type of video stream received (RTP streaming video from codec)
Sender Codec
Type of video stream transmitted (RTP streaming video from codec)
Rcvr Packets
Number of RTP video packets received since video stream was opened
Note
This number is not necessarily identical to the number of RTP
video packets received since the call began because the call
might have been placed on hold.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
10-13
Chapter 10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Status Menu
Table 10-6
Video Statistics Items for the Cisco Unified Phone (continued)
Item
Description
Sender Packets
Number of RTP video packets transmitted since video stream was
opened.
Note
This number is not necessarily identical to the number of RTP
video packets transmitted since the call began because the call
might have been placed on hold.
Avg Jitter
Estimated average RTP packet jitter (dynamic delay that a packet
encounters when going through the network), in milliseconds, observed
since the receiving video stream was opened.
Max Jitter
Maximum jitter, in milliseconds, observed since the receiving video
stream was opened.
Rcvr Discarded
Number of RTP packets in the receiving video stream that have been
discarded (bad packets, too late, and so on)
Rcvr Lost Packets
Missing RTP video packets (lost in transit)
Rcvr Size
Size of video frames, in milliseconds, in the receiving video stream
(RTP streaming video).
Sender Size
Size of video frames, in milliseconds, in the transmitting video stream.
Sender Frames
Number of video frames transmitted by the camera/phone since the
video stream was opened.
Sender Partial Frames
Number of P-frames sent by the camera, since the video stream was
opened.
Sender IFrames
Number of I-frames sent by the camera, since the video stream was
opened.
Sender Frame Rate
Rate at which video frames are transmitted. (Frames per second).
Sender Bandwidth
Bandwidth of the video steam that is being transmitted, in kbps (kilo bits
per second).
Sender Resolution
Resolution of the video stream transmitted by the camera.
VGA(640x480), CIF (352x288), QCIF (176x144)
Rcvr Frames
Number of video frames received by the phone since the video stream
was opened.
Rcvr Partial Frames
Number of P-frames received by the phone, since the video stream was
opened.
Rcvr IFrames
Number of I-frames received by the phone, since the video stream was
opened.
Rcvr IFrames Req
Number of times IDR requests sent by the phone to the remote end
point, since the video stream was opened.
Rcvr Frame Rate
Rate at which video frames are received. (Frames per second).
Rcvr Frame Errors
Number of errors reported by video decoder, since the video stream was
opened.
Rcvr Bandwidth
Bandwidth of the video steam that is being received, in kbps (kilo bits
per second).
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
10-14
OL-20861-01
Chapter 10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Status Menu
Table 10-6
Video Statistics Items for the Cisco Unified Phone (continued)
Item
Description
Rcvr Resolution
Resolution of the video stream received by the phone from the remote
end point. VGA(640x480), CIF (352x288), QCIF (176x144), etc.
Sender Start Time
Timestamp indicating when the first RTP packet is sent to the network.
Rcvr Start Time
Timestamp indicating when the first RTP packet is received from the
network.
Latency
Estimate of the network latency, expressed in milliseconds. Represents
a running average of the round-trip delay, measured when RTCP
receiver report blocks are received.
Current Access Point Screen
The Current Access Point screen displays statistics about the current access point on the wireless Cisco
Unified IP Phone 9971. Table 10-7 describes the information that appears in this screen.
To display the Current Access Point screen, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Press the Applications button.
Step 2
Select Administrator Settings.
Step 3
Select Status.
Step 4
Select Current Access Point.
To exit the Current Access Point screen, press the Exit softkey.
Table 10-7
Current Access Point on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971
Item
Description
AP Name
Name of the AP if it is CCX-compliant; otherwise the MAC address is
displayed here.
MAC Address
MAC address of the AP.
Frequency
The latest frequency where this AP was observed.
Last RSSI
The latest RSSI in which this AP was observed.
Beacon Interval
Number of time units between beacons. A time unit is 1.024 ms.
Capability
This field contains a number of subfields that are used to indicate requested or
advertised optional capabilities.
Basic Rates
Data rates required by the AP at which the station must be capable of operating.
Optional Rates
Data rates supported by the AP that are optional for the station to operate at.
Current Channel
The latest channel where this AP was observed.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
10-15
Chapter 10
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Status Menu
Table 10-7
Current Access Point on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 9971 (continued)
Item
Description
dtime Period
Every nth beacon is a dtime period. After each DTIM beacon, the AP would
send any broadcast or multicast packets that may have been queued for
power-save devices.
Country Code
A two-digit country code. Country information might not be displayed if the
country information element (IE) is not present in the beacon.
Channels
A list of supported channels (from the country IE).
Power Constraint
The amount of power by which the maximum transmit power should be
reduced from the regulatory domain’s limit.
Power Limit
Maximum transmit power in dBm permitted for that channel.
Channel Utilization
The percentage of time, normalized to 255, in which the AP sensed the medium
was busy, as indicated by the physical or virtual carrier sense (CS) mechanism.
Station Count
Data rates required by the AP at which the station must be capable of operating.
Admission Capacity
An unsigned integer that specifies the remaining amount of medium time
available through explicit admission control, in units of 32 µs/s.
If the value is 0, the AP does not support this information element and the
capacity is unknown.
WMM Supported
Support for Wi-Fi multi-media extensions.
UAPSD Supported
Unscheduled Automatic Power Save Delivery is supported by the AP. May
only be available if WMM is supported. This feature is critical to talk time and
achieving maximum call density on the wireless IP phone.
Proxy ARP
CCX compliant AP supports responding to IP ARP requests on behalf of the
associated station. This feature is critical to standby time on the wireless IP
phone.
CCX Version
Version of CCX if the AP is CCX compliant.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
10-16
OL-20861-01
CH A P T E R
11
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Each Cisco Unified IP Phone has a web page from which you can view a variety of information about
the phone, including:
•
Device information
•
Network setup information
•
Network statistics
•
Device logs
•
Streaming statistics
This chapter describes the information that you can obtain from the phone’s web page. You can use this
information to remotely monitor the operation of a phone and to assist with troubleshooting.
You can also obtain much of this information directly from a phone. For more information, see
Chapter 10, “Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.”
For more information about troubleshooting the Cisco Unified IP Phone, Chapter 12, “Troubleshooting
and Maintenance.”
This chapter includes these topics:
•
Accessing the Web Page for a Phone, page 11-2
•
Enabling and Disabling Web Page Access, page 11-3
•
Device Information, page 11-4
•
Network Setup, page 11-5
•
Network Statistics, page 11-8
•
Device Logs, page 11-11
•
Streaming Statistics, page 11-11
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
11-1
Chapter 11
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Accessing the Web Page for a Phone
Accessing the Web Page for a Phone
To access the web page for a Cisco Unified IP Phone, perform these steps.
Note
If you cannot access the web page, it may be disabled (it is disabled by default). See the “Enabling and
Disabling Web Page Access” section on page 11-3 for more information.
Procedure
Step 1
Step 2
Obtain the IP address of the Cisco Unified IP Phone using one of these methods:
•
Search for the phone in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration by choosing
Device > Phone. Phones registered with Cisco Unified Communications Manager display the IP
address on the Find and List Phones window and at the top of the Phone Configuration window.
•
On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, press the Applications button, choose Administrator Settings >
Network Setup >Ethernet Setup > IPv4 Setup, and then scroll to the IP Address option.
Open a web browser and enter the following URL, where IP_address is the IP address of the Cisco
Unified IP Phone:
http://<IP_address> or https://<IP_address> (depending on the protocol supported by the Cisco
Unified IP Phone)
The web page for a Cisco Unified IP Phone includes these topics:
•
Device Information—Displays device settings and related information for the phone. For more
information, see the “Device Information” section on page 11-4.
•
Network Setup—Displays network setup information and information about other phone settings.
For more information, see the “Network Setup” section on page 11-5.
•
Network Statistics—Includes the following hyperlinks, which provide information about network
traffic:
– Ethernet Information—Displays information about Ethernet traffic. For more information,
see the “Network Statistics” section on page 11-8.
– Access—Displays information about network traffic to and from the PC port on the phone. For
more information, see the “Network Statistics” section on page 11-8.
– Network—Displays information about network traffic to and from the network port on the
phone. For more information, see the “Network Statistics” section on page 11-8.
•
Device Logs—Includes the following hyperlinks, which provide information that you can use for
troubleshooting:
– Console Logs—Includes hyperlinks to individual log files. For more information, see the
“Device Logs” section on page 11-11.
– Core Dumps—Includes hyperlinks to individual dump files. For more information, see the
“Device Logs” section on page 11-11.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
11-2
OL-20861-01
Chapter 11
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Enabling and Disabling Web Page Access
– Status Messages—Displays up to the 10 most recent status messages that the phone has
generated since it was last powered up. For more information, see the “Device Logs” section on
page 11-11.
– Debug Display—Displays debug messages that might be useful to Cisco TAC if you require
assistance with troubleshooting. For more information, see the “Device Logs” section on
page 11-11.
•
Streaming Statistics—Includes the Audio and Video statistics, Stream 1, Stream 2, Stream 3,
Stream 4, Stream 5 and Stream 6 hyperlinks, which display a variety of streaming statistics. For
more information, see the “Streaming Statistics” section on page 11-11.
Enabling and Disabling Web Page Access
For security purposes, access to the web pages for a phone is disabled by default. This prevents access
to the web pages that are described in this chapter and to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
User Options web pages.
To enable access to the web pages for a phone, follow these steps from Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration.
Procedure
Step 1
Choose Device > Phone.
Step 2
Specify the criteria to find the phone and click Find, or click Find to display a list of all phones.
Step 3
Click the device name to open the Phone Configuration window for the device.
Step 4
Scroll down to the Product Specific Configuration section. From the Web Access drop-down list, choose
Enabled.
Step 5
Click Apply Config.
Note
Some features, such as Cisco Quality Report Tool, do not function properly without access to
the phone web pages. Disabling web access also affects any serviceability application that relies
on web access, such as CiscoWorks.
To disable web page access if it has been enabled, see the preceding steps about enabling access. Follow
the same steps, but choose Disabled in Step 4 to disable the web page.
Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone to use HTTP/HTTPS Protocols
The Cisco Unified IP Phone can be configured to use:
•
HTTPS protocol only
•
HTTP or HTTPS protocols
If your Cisco Unified IP Phone is configured to use the HTTP or HTTPS protocols (the second case
above), use http://<IP_address> or https://<IP_address> for the phone’s web access.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
11-3
Chapter 11
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Device Information
Device Information
The Device Information area on a phone’s web page displays device settings and related information for
the phone. Table 11-1 describes these items.
Note
Some of the items in Table 11-1 do not apply to all phone models.
To display the Device Information area, access the web page for the phone as described in the
“Accessing the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 11-2, and then click the Device Information
hyperlink.
Table 11-1
Device Information Area Items
Item
Description
MAC Address
Media Access Control (MAC) address of the phone
Host Name
Unique, fixed name that is automatically assigned to the phone based on its MAC address
Phone DN
Directory number assigned to the phone
Version
Identifier of the firmware running on the phone
Key Expansion Module 1
Identifier for the first KEM, if applicable.
Key Expansion Module 2
Identifier for the second KEM, if applicable.
Key Expansion Module 3
Identifier for the third KEM, if applicable.
Hardware Revision
Revision value of the phone hardware
Serial Number
Unique serial number of the phone
Model Number
Model number of the phone
Message Waiting
Indicates if there is a voice message waiting on the primary line for this phone.
UDI
Displays the following Cisco Unique Device Identifier (UDI) information about the phone:
•
Device Type—Indicates hardware type. For example, phone displays for all phone
models
•
Device Description—Displays the name of the phone associated with the indicated
model type
•
Product Identifier—Specifies the phone model
•
Serial Number—Displays the unique serial number of the phone.
Key Expansion Module UDI
Cisco Unique Device Identifier (UDI) of the KEM.
Time
Time obtained from the Date/Time Group in Cisco Unified Communications Manager to
which the phone belongs
Time Zone
Time zone obtained from the Date/Time Group in Cisco Unified Communications Manager
to which the phone belongs
Date
Date obtained from the Date/Time Group in Cisco Unified Communications Manager to
which the phone belongs
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
11-4
OL-20861-01
Chapter 11
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Network Setup
Network Setup
The Network Setup area on a phone’s web page displays network setup information and information
about other phone settings. Table 11-2 describes these items.
You can view and set many of these items from the Network Setup menu on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
For more information, see Chapter 7, “Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.”
To display the Network Setup area, access the web page for the phone as described in the “Accessing
the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 11-2, and then click the Network Setup hyperlink.
Table 11-2
Network Setup Items
Item
Description
DHCP Server
IP address of the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server from which the phone
obtains its IP address.
BOOTP Server
Indicates whether the phone obtains its configuration from a Bootstrap Protocol (BootP) server.
MAC Address
Media Access Control (MAC) address of the phone.
Host Name
Host name that the DHCP server assigned to the phone.
Domain Name
Name of the Domain Name System (DNS) domain in which the phone resides.
IP Address
Internet Protocol (IP) address of the phone.
Subnet Mask
Subnet mask used by the phone.
TFTP Server 1
Primary Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server used by the phone.
TFTP Server 2
Backup Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server used by the phone.
Default Router 1
Default router used by the phone.
DNS Server 1–3
Primary Domain Name System (DNS) server (DNS Server 1) and optional backup DNS servers
(DNS Server 2–3) used by the phone.
Operational VLAN ID
Auxiliary Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) configured on a Cisco Catalyst switch in which
the phone is a member.
Admin. VLAN ID
Auxiliary VLAN in which the phone is a member.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
11-5
Chapter 11
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Network Setup
Table 11-2
Network Setup Items (continued)
Item
Description
CUCM Server 1–5
Host names or IP addresses, in prioritized order, of the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
servers with which the phone can register. An item can also show the IP address of an SRST router
that is capable of providing limited Cisco Unified Communications Manager functionality, if such
a router is available.
For an available server, an item will show the Cisco Unified Communications Manager server IP
address and one of the following states:
•
Active—Cisco Unified Communications Manager server from which the phone is currently
receiving call-processing services.
•
Standby—Cisco Unified Communications Manager server to which the phone switches if the
current server becomes unavailable.
•
Blank—No current connection to this Cisco Unified Communications Manager server.
An item may also include the Survivable Remote Site Telephony (SRST) designation, which
identifies an SRST router capable of providing Cisco Unified Communications Manager
functionality with a limited feature set. This router assumes control of call processing if all other
Cisco Unified Communications Manager servers become unreachable. The SRST Cisco Unified
Communications Manager always appears last in the list of servers, even if it is active. You
configure the SRST router address in the Device Pool section in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Configuration window.
Information URL
URL of the help text that appears on the phone.
Directories URL
URL of the server from which the phone obtains directory information.
Messages URL
URL of the server from which the phone obtains message services.
Services URL
URL of the server from which the phone obtains Cisco Unified IP Phone services.
DHCP Enabled
Indicates whether DHCP is being used by the phone.
DHCP Address
Released
Indicates the setting of the DHCP Address Released option on the phone’s Network Configuration
menu.
Alternate TFTP
Indicates whether the phone is using an alternative TFTP server.
Idle URL
URL that the phone displays when the phone has not been used for the time specified by Idle URL
Time, and no menu is open.
Idle URL Time
Number of seconds that the phone has not been used and no menu is open before the XML service
specified by Idle URL is activated.
Proxy Server URL
URL of proxy server, which makes HTTP requests to non-local host addresses on behalf of the
phone HTTP client and provides responses from the non-local host to the phone HTTP client.
Authentication URL
URL that the phone uses to validate requests made to the phone web server.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
11-6
OL-20861-01
Chapter 11
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Network Setup
Table 11-2
Network Setup Items (continued)
Item
Description
SW Port Setup
Speed and duplex of the switch port, where:
PC Port Setup
•
A—Auto Negotiate
•
10H—10-BaseT/half duplex
•
10F—10-BaseT/full duplex
•
100H—100-BaseT/half duplex
•
100F—100-BaseT/full duplex
•
1000F—1000-BaseT/full duplex
•
No Link—No connection to the switch port
Speed and duplex of the switch port, where:
•
A—Auto Negotiate
•
10H—10-BaseT/half duplex
•
10F—10-BaseT/full duplex
•
100H—100-BaseT/half duplex
•
100F—100-BaseT/full duplex
•
1000F—1000-BaseT/full duplex
•
No Link—No connection to the PC port
TFTP Server 2
Backup TFTP server that the phone uses if the primary TFTP server is unavailable.
User Locale
User locale associated with the phone user. Identifies a set of detailed information to support
users, including language, font, date and time formatting, and alphanumeric keyboard text
information.
Network Locale
Network locale associated with the phone user. Identifies a set of detailed information to support
the phone in a specific location, including definitions of the tones and cadences used by the phone.
Headset Enabled
Indicates whether the Headset button is enabled on the phone.
User Locale Version
Version of the user locale loaded on the phone.
Network Locale Version Version of the network locale loaded on the phone.
PC Port Disabled
Indicates whether the PC port on the phone is enabled or disabled.
Speaker Enabled
Indicates whether the speakerphone is enabled on the phone.
GARP Enabled
Indicates whether the phone learns MAC addresses from Gratuitous ARP responses.
Video Capability
Enabled
Indicates whether the phone can participate in video calls when connected to an appropriately
equipped camera.
Voice VLAN Enabled
Indicates whether the phone allows a device attached to the PC port to access the Voice VLAN.
DSCP for Call Control
DSCP IP classification for call control signaling.
DSCP for Configuration DSCP IP classification for any phone configuration transfer.
DSCP for Services
DSCP IP classification for phone-based services.
Security Mode
Displays the security mode that is set for the phone.
Web Access Enabled
Indicates whether web access is enabled (Yes) or disabled (No) for the phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
11-7
Chapter 11
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Network Statistics
Table 11-2
Network Setup Items (continued)
Item
Description
Span to PC Port
Indicates whether the phone will forward packets transmitted and received on the network port to
the access port.
PC VLAN
VLAN used to identify and remove 802.1P/Q tags from packets sent to the PC.
CDP on PC Port
Indicates whether CDP is supported on the PC port (default is enabled).
When CDP is disabled in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, a warning is displayed,
indicating that disabling CDP on the PC port prevents CVTA from working.
The current PC and switch port CDP values are shown on the Settings menu.
CDP on SW Port
Indicates whether CDP is supported on the switch port (default is enabled).
Enable CDP on the switch port for VLAN assignment for the phone, power negotiation, QoS
management, and 802.1x security.
Enable CDP on the switch port when the phone is connected to a Cisco switch.
When CDP is disabled in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, a warning is presented,
indicating that CDP should be disabled on the switch port only if the phone is connected to a
non-Cisco switch.
The current PC and switch port CDP values are shown on the Settings menu.
LLDP-MED: SW Port
Indicates whether Link Layer Discovery Protocol Media Endpoint Discovery (LLDP-MED) is
enabled on the switch port.
LLDP: PC Port
Indicates whether Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) is enabled on the PC port.
LLDP Power Priority
Advertises the phone's power priority to the switch, enabling the switch to appropriately provide
power to the phones. Settings include:
LLDP Asset ID
•
Unknown—Default
•
Low
•
High
•
Critical
Identifies the asset ID assigned to the phone for inventory management
Network Statistics
The following network statistics hyperlinks on a phone’s web page provide information about network
traffic on the phone. To display a network statistics area, access the web page for the phone as described
in the “Accessing the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 11-2.
•
Ethernet Information—Displays information about Ethernet traffic. Table 11-3 describes the items
in this area.
•
Access area—Displays information about network traffic to and from the PC port on the phone.
Table 11-4 describes the items in this area.
•
Network area—Displays information about network traffic to and from the network port on the
phone. Table 11-4 describes the items in this area.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
11-8
OL-20861-01
Chapter 11
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Network Statistics
To display a network statistics area, access the web page for the phone as described in the “Accessing
the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 11-2, and then click the Ethernet Information, the Access,
or the Network hyperlink.
Table 11-3
Ethernet Information Items
Item
Description
Tx Frames
Total number of packets transmitted by the phone
Tx broadcast
Total number of broadcast packets transmitted by the phone
Tx multicast
Total number of multicast packets transmitted by the phone
Tx unicast
Total number of unicast packets transmitted by the phone
Rx Frames
Total number of packets received by the phone
Rx broadcast
Total number of broadcast packets received by the phone
Rx multicast
Total number of multicast packets received by the phone
Rx unicast
Total number of unicast packets received by the phone
Rx PacketNoDes
Total number of shed packets caused by no Direct Memory Access (DMA)
descriptor
Table 11-4
Access Area and Network Area Items
Item
Description
Rx totalPkt
Total number of packets received by the phone
Rx crcErr
Total number of packets received with CRC failed
Rx alignErr
Total number of packets received between 64 and 1522 bytes in length
that have a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS)
Rx multicast
Total number of multicast packets received by the phone
Rx broadcast
Total number of broadcast packets received by the phone
Rx unicast
Total number of unicast packets received by the phone
Rx shortErr
Total number of FCS error packets or Align error packets received that
are less than 64 bytes in size
Rx shortGood
Total number of good packets received that are less than 64 bytes size
Rx longGood
Total number of good packets received that are greater than 1522 bytes
in size
Rx longErr
Total number of FCS error packets or Align error packets received that
are greater than 1522 bytes in size
Rx size64
Total number of packets received, including bad packets, that are
between 0 and 64 bytes in size
Rx size65to127
Total number of packets received, including bad packets, that are
between 65 and 127 bytes in size
Rx size128to255
Total number of packets received, including bad packets, that are
between 128 and 255 bytes in size
Rx size256to511
Total number of packets received, including bad packets, that are
between 256 and 511 bytes in size
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
11-9
Chapter 11
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Network Statistics
Table 11-4
Access Area and Network Area Items (continued)
Item
Description
Rx size512to1023
Total number of packets received, including bad packets, that are
between 512 and 1023 bytes in size
Rx size1024to1518
Total number of packets received, including bad packets, that are
between 1024 and 1518 bytes in size
Rx tokenDrop
Total number of packets dropped due to lack of resources (for
example, FIFO overflow)
Tx excessDefer
Total number of packets delayed from transmitting due to medium
being busy
Tx lateCollision
Number of times that collisions occurred later than 512 bit times after
the start of packet transmission
Tx totalGoodPkt
Total number of good packets (multicast, broadcast, and unicast)
received by the phone
Tx Collisions
Total number of collisions that occurred while a packet was being
transmitted
Tx excessLength
Total number of packets not transmitted because the packet
experienced 16 transmission attempts
Tx broadcast
Total number of broadcast packets transmitted by the phone
Tx multicast
Total number of multicast packets transmitted by the phone
LLDP FramesOutTotal
Total number of LLDP frames sent out from the phone
LLDP AgeoutsTotal
Total number of LLDP frames that have been time out in cache
LLDP FramesDiscardedTotal
Total number of LLDP frames that are discarded when any of the
mandatory TLVs is missing or out of order or contains out of range
string length
LLDP FramesInErrorsTotal
Total number of LLDP frames that received with one or more
detectable errors
LLDP FramesInTotal
Total number of LLDP frames received on the phone.
LLDP TLVDiscardedTotal
Total number of LLDP TLVs that are discarded
LLDP
TLVUnrecognizedTotal
Total number of LLDP TLVs that are not recognized on the phone
CDP Neighbor Device ID
Identifier of a device connected to this port discovered by CDP
protocol
CDP Neighbor IP Address
IP address of the neighbor device discovered by CDP protocol
CDP Neighbor Port
Neighbor device port to which the phone is connected discovered by
CDP protocol
LLDP Neighbor Device ID
Identifier of a device connected to this port discovered by LLDP
protocol
LLDP Neighbor IP Address
IP address of the neighbor device discovered by LLDP protocol
LLDP Neighbor Port
Neighbor device port to which the phone is connected discovered by
LLDP protocol
Port Information
Speed and duplex information
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
11-10
OL-20861-01
Chapter 11
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Device Logs
Device Logs
The following device logs hyperlinks on a phone’s web page provide information you can use to help
monitor and troubleshoot the phone. To access a device log area, access the web page for the phone as
described in the “Accessing the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 11-2.
•
Console Logs—Includes hyperlinks to individual log files. The console log files include debug and
error messages received on the phone.
•
Core Dumps—Includes hyperlinks to individual dump files. The core dump files include data from
a phone crash.
•
Status Messages—Displays up to the 10 most recent status messages that the phone has generated
since it was last powered up. You can also see this information from the Status Messages screen on
the phone. Table 10-2 describes the status messages that can appear.
•
Debug Display—Displays debug messages that might be useful to Cisco TAC if you require
assistance with troubleshooting.
Streaming Statistics
A Cisco Unified IP Phone can stream information to and from up to three devices simultaneously. A
phone streams information when it is on a a call or running a service that sends or receives audio or data.
The streaming statistics areas on a phone’s web page provide information about the streams.
To display a Streaming Statistics area, access the web page for the phone as described in the “Accessing
the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 11-2, and then click a Stream hyperlink.
Table 11-5 describes the items in the Streaming Statistics areas.
Table 11-5
Streaming Statistics Area Items
Item
Description
Remote Address
IP address and UDP port of the destination of the stream.
Local Address
IP address and UPD port of the phone.
Start Time
Internal time stamp indicating when Cisco Unified Communications Manager requested
that the phone start transmitting packets.
Stream Status
Indication of whether streaming is active or not.
Host Name
Unique, fixed name that is automatically assigned to the phone based on its MAC address.
Sender Packets
Total number of RTP data packets transmitted by the phone since starting this connection.
The value is 0 if the connection is set to receive only mode.
Sender Octets
Total number of payload octets transmitted in RTP data packets by the phone since starting
this connection. The value is 0 if the connection is set to receive only mode.
Sender Codec
Type of audio encoding used for the transmitted stream.
Sender Reports Sent
1
Sender Report Time Sent
Rcvr Lost Packets
Number of times the RTCP Sender Report have been sent.
1
Internal time stamp indication when the last RTCP Sender Report was sent.
Total number of RTP data packets that have been lost since starting receiving data on this
connection. Defined as the number of expected packets less the number of packets actually
received, where the number of received packets includes any that are late or duplicate. The
value displays as 0 if the connection was set to send-only mode.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
11-11
Chapter 11
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Streaming Statistics
Table 11-5
Streaming Statistics Area Items (continued)
Item
Description
Avg Jitter
Estimate of mean deviation of the RTP data packet inter-arrival time, measured in
milliseconds. The value displays as 0 if the connection was set to send-only mode.
Rcvr Codec
Type of audio encoding used for the received stream.
Rcvr Reports Sent1
Rcvr Report Time Sent
Number of times the RTCP Receiver Reports have been sent.
1
Internal time stamp indication when a RTCP Receiver Report was sent.
Rcvr Packets
Total number of RTP data packets received by the phone since starting receiving data on
this connection. Includes packets received from different sources if this is a multicast call.
The value displays as 0 if the connection was set to send-only mode.
Rcvr Octets
Total number of payload octets received in RTP data packets by the device since starting
reception on the connection. Includes packets received from different sources if this is a
multicast call. The value displays as 0 if the connection was set to send-only mode.
Cumulative Conceal Ratio
Total number of concealment frames divided by total number of speech frames received
from start of the voice stream.
Interval Conceal Ratio
Ratio of concealment frames to speech frames in preceding 3-second interval of active
speech. If using voice activity detection (VAD), a longer interval might be required to
accumulate three seconds of active speech.
Max Conceal Ratio
Highest interval concealment ratio from start of the voice stream.
MOS LQK
Score that is an objective estimate of the mean opinion score (MOS) for listening quality
(LQK) that rates from 5 (excellent) to 1 (bad). This score is based on audible concealment
events due to frame loss in the preceding eight-second interval of the voice stream. For
more information, see the “Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls” section on page 12-16.
Note
The MOS LQK score can vary based on the type of codec that the Cisco Unified
IP Phone uses.
Avg MOS LQK
Average MOS LQK score observed for the entire voice stream.
Min MOS LQK
Lowest MOS LQK score observed from start of the voice stream.
Max MOS LQK
Baseline or highest MOS LQK score observed from start of the voice stream.
These codecs provide the following maximum MOS LQK score under normal conditions
with no frame loss:
•
G.711 gives 4.5
•
G.729 A /AB gives 3.7
MOS LQK Version
Version of the Cisco proprietary algorithm used to calculate MOS LQK scores.
Conceal Secs
Number of seconds that have concealment events (lost frames) from the start of the voice
stream (includes severely concealed seconds).
Severely Conceal Secs
Number of seconds that have more than five percent concealment events (lost frames)
from the start of the voice stream.
Latency1
Estimate of the network latency, expressed in milliseconds. Represents a running average
of the round-trip delay, measured when RTCP receiver report blocks are received.
Max Jitter
Maximum value of instantaneous jitter, in milliseconds.
Sender Size
RTP packet size, in milliseconds, for the transmitted stream.
Sender Reports Received
1
Number of times RTCP Sender Reports have been received.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
11-12
OL-20861-01
Chapter 11
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Streaming Statistics
Table 11-5
Streaming Statistics Area Items (continued)
Item
Description
Sender Report Time
Received1
Last time at which an RTCP Sender Report was received.
Rcvr Size
RTP packet size, in milliseconds, for the received stream.
Rcvr Discarded
RTP packets received from network but discarded from jitter buffers.
Rcvr Reports Received
1
Rcvr Report Time Received
Number of times RTCP Receiver Reports have been received.
1
Last time at which an RTCP Receiver Report was received.
Voice Quality Metrics
Cumulative Conceal Ratio
Total number of concealment frames divided by total number of speech frames received
from start of the voice stream.
Interval Conceal Ratio
Ratio of concealment frames to speech frames in preceding three-second interval of active
speech. If using voice activity detection (VAD), a longer interval might be required to
accumulate 3 seconds of active speech.
Max Conceal Ratio
Highest interval concealment ratio from start of the voice stream.
Conceal Secs
Number of seconds that have concealment events (lost frames) from the start of the voice
stream (includes severely concealed seconds).
Severely Conceal Secs
Number of seconds that have more than five percent concealment events (lost frames)
from the start of the voice stream.
1. When the RTP Control Protocol is disabled, no data generates for this field and thus displays as 0.
Related Topics
“Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone” chapter
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
11-13
Chapter 11
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Streaming Statistics
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
11-14
OL-20861-01
CH A P T E R
12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
This chapter provides information that can assist you in troubleshooting problems with your Cisco
Unified IP Phone or with your IP telephony network. It also explains how to clean and maintain your
phone.
If you need additional assistance to resolve an issue, see the “Obtaining Documentation, Obtaining
Support, and Security Guidelines” section on page xiii.
This chapter includes these topics:
•
Resolving Startup Problems, page 12-1
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly, page 12-6
•
Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Security, page 12-9
•
General Troubleshooting Tips, page 12-10
•
Resetting the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 12-15
•
Using the Quality Report Tool, page 12-16
•
Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls, page 12-16
•
Where to Go for More Troubleshooting Information, page 12-17
•
Cleaning the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 12-17
Resolving Startup Problems
After installing a Cisco Unified IP Phone into your network and adding it to Cisco Unified
Communications Manager, the phone should start up as described in the “Verifying the Phone Startup
Process” section on page 3-21. If the phone does not start up properly, see the following sections for
troubleshooting information:
•
Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Go Through its Normal Startup Process, page 12-2
•
Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Register with Cisco Unified Communications
Manager, page 12-2
•
Symptom: Cisco Unified IP Phone Unable to Obtain IP Address, page 12-6
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
12-1
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Resolving Startup Problems
Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Go Through its Normal Startup
Process
When you connect a Cisco Unified IP Phone into the network port, the phone should go through its
normal startup process as described in “Verifying the Phone Startup Process” section on page 3-21 and
the phone screen should display information. If the phone does not go through the startup process, the
cause may be faulty cables, bad connections, network outages, lack of power, and so on. Or, the phone
may not be functional.
To determine whether the phone is functional, follow these suggestions to systematically eliminate these
other potential problems:
1.
Verify that the network port is functional:
– Exchange the Ethernet cables with cables that you know are functional.
– Disconnect a functioning Cisco Unified IP Phone from another port and connect it to this
network port to verify the port is active.
– Connect the Cisco Unified IP Phone that will not start up to a different network port that is
known to be good.
– Connect the Cisco Unified IP Phone that will not start up directly to the port on the switch,
eliminating the patch panel connection in the office.
2.
Verify that the phone is receiving power:
– If you are using external power, verify that the electrical outlet is functional.
– If you are using in-line power, use the external power supply instead.
– If you are using the external power supply, switch with a unit that you know to be functional.
3.
If the phone still does not start up properly, power up the phone with the handset off-hook. When
the phone is powered up in this way, it attempts to launch a backup software image.
4.
If the phone still does not start up properly, perform a factory reset of the phone. For instructions,
see the “Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls” section on page 12-16.
If after attempting these solutions, the phone screen on the Cisco Unified IP Phone does not display any
characters after at least five minutes, contact a Cisco technical support representative for additional
assistance.
Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Register with Cisco Unified
Communications Manager
If the phone proceeds past the first stage of the startup process (LED buttons flashing on and off) but
continues to cycle through the messages displaying on the phone screen, the phone is not starting up
properly. The phone cannot successfully start up unless it is connected to the Ethernet network and it has
registered with a Cisco Unified Communications Manager server.
These sections can assist you in determining the reason the phone is unable to start up properly:
•
Identifying Error Messages, page 12-3
•
Checking Network Connectivity, page 12-3
•
Verifying TFTP Server Settings, page 12-3
•
Verifying IP Addressing and Routing, page 12-3
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
12-2
OL-20861-01
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Resolving Startup Problems
•
Verifying DNS Settings, page 12-4
•
Cisco CallManager and TFTP Services Are Not Running, page 12-4
•
Creating a New Configuration File, page 12-5
•
Checking Network Connectivity, page 12-3
In addition, problems with security may prevent the phone from starting up properly. See the “General
Troubleshooting Tips” section on page 12-10 for more information.
Identifying Error Messages
As the phone cycles through the startup process, you can access status messages that might provide you
with information about the cause of a problem. See the “Status Messages Screen” section on page 10-3
for instructions about accessing status messages and for a list of potential errors, their explanations, and
their solutions.
Checking Network Connectivity
If the network is down between the phone and the TFTP server or Cisco Unified Communications
Manager, the phone cannot start up properly. Ensure that the network is currently running.
Verifying TFTP Server Settings
You can determine the IP address of the TFTP server used by the phone by pressing the Applications
button, then selecting Administrator Settings > Network Setup > Ethernet Setup > IPv4 Setup >
TFTP Server 1.
If you have assigned a static IP address to the phone, you must manually enter a setting for the TFTP
Server 1 option. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4.
If you are using DHCP, the phone obtains the address for the TFTP server from the DHCP server. Check
the IP address configured in Option 150.
You can also enable the phone to use an alternate TFTP server. Such a setting is particularly useful if the
phone was recently moved from one location to another. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on
page 7-4 for instructions.
Verifying IP Addressing and Routing
You should verify the IP addressing and routing settings on the phone. If you are using DHCP, the DHCP
server should provide these values. If you have assigned a static IP address to the phone, you must enter
these values manually.
On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, press the Applications button, then select Administrator Settings >
Network Setup > Ethernet Setup > IPv4 Setup, and look at the following options:
•
DHCP Server—If you have assigned a static IP address to the phone, you do not need to enter a value
for the DHCP Server option. However, if you are using a DHCP server, this option must have a
value. If it does not, check your IP routing and VLAN configuration. Refer to the Troubleshooting
Switch Port and Interface Problems document, available at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/customer/products/hw/switches/ps700/products_tech_note09186a00
8015bfd6.shtml
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
12-3
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Resolving Startup Problems
•
IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default Router—If you have assigned a static IP address to the phone,
you must manually enter settings for these options. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on
page 7-4 for instructions.
If you are using DHCP, check the IP addresses distributed by your DHCP server. Refer to the
Understanding and Troubleshooting DHCP in Catalyst Switch or Enterprise Networks document,
available at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/tech/tk648/tk361/technologies_tech_note09186a00800f0804.shtml
Verifying DNS Settings
If you are using DNS to refer to the TFTP server or to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, you
must ensure that you have specified a DNS server. Verify this setting by pressing the Applications
button, then selecting Administrator Settings > Network Setup > Ethernet Setup > IPv4 Setup >
DNS Server 1. You should also verify that there is a CNAME entry in the DNS server for the TFTP
server and for the Cisco Unified Communications Manager system.
You must also ensure that DNS is configured to do reverse look-ups.
Cisco CallManager and TFTP Services Are Not Running
If the Cisco CallManager or TFTP services are not running, phones may not be able to start up properly.
However, in such a situation, it is likely that you are experiencing a system-wide failure, and other
phones and devices are unable to start up properly.
If the Cisco CallManager service is not running, all devices on the network that rely on it to make phone
calls will be affected. If the TFTP service is not running, many devices will not be able to start up
successfully.
To start a service, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Cisco Unified Serviceability
from the Navigation drop-down list and click Go.
Step 2
Choose Tools > Control Center - Feature Services.
Step 3
Choose the primary Cisco Unified Communications Manager server from the Server drop-down list.
The window displays the service names for the server that you chose, the status of the services, and a
service control panel to start or stop a service.
Step 4
If a service has stopped, click its radio button and then click the Start button.
The Service Status symbol changes from a square to an arrow.
Note
A service must be activated before it can be started or stopped. To activate a service, choose Tools >
Service Activation.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
12-4
OL-20861-01
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Resolving Startup Problems
Creating a New Configuration File
If you continue to have problems with a particular phone that other suggestions in this chapter do not
resolve, the configuration file may be corrupted.
To create a new configuration file, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager, choose Device > Phone > Find to locate the phone
experiencing problems.
Step 2
Choose Delete to remove the phone from the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database.
Step 3
Add the phone back to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database. See the “Adding Phones
to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database” section on page 2-9 for details.
Step 4
Power cycle the phone.
Note
•
When you remove a phone from the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database, its
configuration file is deleted from the Cisco Unified Communications Manager TFTP server. The
phone’s directory number or numbers remain in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
database. They are called “unassigned DNs” and can be used for other devices. If unassigned DNs
are not used by other devices, delete them from the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
database. You can use the Route Plan Report to view and delete unassigned reference numbers.
Refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide for more information.
•
Changing the buttons on a phone button template, or assigning a different phone button template to
a phone, may result in directory numbers that are no longer accessible from the phone. The directory
numbers are still assigned to the phone in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database, but
there is no button on the phone with which calls can be answered. These directory numbers should
be removed from the phone and deleted if necessary.
Registering the Phone with Cisco Unified Communications Manager
A Cisco Unified IP Phone can register with a Cisco Unified Communications Manager server only if the
phone has been added to the server or if auto-registration is enabled. Review the information and
procedures in the “Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Database” section on
page 2-9 to ensure that the phone has been added to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
database.
To verify that the phone is in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database, choose Device >
Phone > Find from Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration to search for the phone
based on its MAC Address. For information about determining a MAC address, see the “Determining
the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on page 2-13.
If the phone is already in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database, its configuration file
may be damaged. See the “Creating a New Configuration File” section on page 12-5 for assistance.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
12-5
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly
Symptom: Cisco Unified IP Phone Unable to Obtain IP Address
If a phone is unable to obtain an IP address when it starts up, the phone may be not be on the same
network or VLAN as the DHCP server, or the switch port to which the phone is connected may be
disabled. Make sure that the network or VLAN to which the phone is connected has access to the DHCP
server, and make sure that the switch port is enabled.
Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly
If users report that their phones are resetting during calls or while idle on their desk, you should
investigate the cause. If the network connection and Cisco Unified Communications Manager
connection are stable, a Cisco Unified IP Phone should not reset on its own.
Typically, a phone resets if it has problems connecting to the Ethernet network or to Cisco Unified
Communications Manager. These sections can help you identify the cause of a phone resetting in your
network:
•
Verifying the Physical Connection, page 12-6
•
Identifying Intermittent Network Outages, page 12-6
•
Verifying DHCP Settings, page 12-7
•
Checking Static IP Address Settings, page 12-7
•
Verifying the Voice VLAN Configuration, page 12-7
•
Verifying that the Phones Have Not Been Intentionally Reset, page 12-7
•
Eliminating DNS or Other Connectivity Errors, page 12-8
Verifying the Physical Connection
Verify that the Ethernet connection to which the Cisco Unified IP Phone is connected is up. For example,
check whether the particular port or switch to which the phone is connected is down and that the switch
is not rebooting. Also make sure that there are no cable breaks.
Identifying Intermittent Network Outages
Intermittent network outages affect data and voice traffic differently. Your network might have been
experiencing intermittent outages without detection. If so, data traffic can resend lost packets and verify
that packets are received and transmitted. However, voice traffic cannot recapture lost packets. Rather
than retransmitting a lost network connection, the phone resets and attempts to reconnect its network
connection.
If you are experiencing problems with the voice network, you should investigate whether an existing
problem is simply being exposed.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
12-6
OL-20861-01
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly
Verifying DHCP Settings
The following suggestions can help you determine if the phone has been properly configured to use
DHCP:
1.
Verify that you have properly configured the phone to use DHCP. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu”
section on page 7-4 for more information.
2.
Verify that the DHCP server has been set up properly.
3.
Verify the DHCP lease duration. Cisco recommends that you set it to 8 days.
Checking Static IP Address Settings
If the phone has been assigned a static IP address, verify that you have entered the correct settings. See
the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4 for more information.
Verifying the Voice VLAN Configuration
If the Cisco Unified IP Phone appears to reset during heavy network usage (for example, following
extensive web surfing on a computer connected to the same switch as the phone), it is likely that you do
not have a voice VLAN configured.
Isolating the phones on a separate auxiliary VLAN increases the quality of the voice traffic. See the
“Understanding How the Cisco Unified IP Phone Interacts with the VLAN” section on page 2-2 for
details.
Verifying that the Phones Have Not Been Intentionally Reset
If you are not the only administrator with access to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, you should
verify that no one else has intentionally reset the phones.
You can check whether a Cisco Unified IP Phone received a command from Cisco Unified
Communications Manager to reset by pressing the Applications button on the phone and choosing
Administrator Settings > Status > Network Statistics. If the phone was recently reset, one of these
messages appears:
•
Reset-Reset—Phone closed due to receiving a Reset/Reset from Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration.
•
Reset-Restart—Phone closed due to receiving a Reset/Restart from Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
12-7
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly
Eliminating DNS or Other Connectivity Errors
If the phone continues to reset, follow these steps to eliminate DNS or other connectivity errors:
Procedure
Step 1
Use the Reset Settings menu to reset phone settings to their default values. See the “Resetting the Cisco
Unified IP Phone” section on page 12-15 for details.
Step 2
Modify DHCP and IP settings:
a.
Disable DHCP. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4 for instructions.
b.
Assign static IP values to the phone. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4 for
instructions. Use the same default router setting used for other functioning Cisco Unified IP Phones.
c.
Assign a TFTP server. See the “Ethernet Setup Menu” section on page 7-4 for instructions. Use the
same TFTP server used for other functioning Cisco Unified IP Phones.
Step 3
On the Cisco Unified Communications Manager server, verify that the local host files have the correct
Cisco Unified Communications Manager server name mapped to the correct IP address.
Step 4
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager, choose System > Server and verify that the server is
referred to by its IP address and not by its DNS name.
Step 5
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager, choose Device > Phone > Find and verify that you have
assigned the correct MAC address to this Cisco Unified IP Phone. For information about determining a
MAC address, see the “Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on
page 2-13.
Step 6
Power cycle the phone.
Checking Power Connection
In most cases, a phone will restart if it powers up by using external power but loses that connection and
switches to PoE. Similarly, a phone may restart if it powers up by using PoE and then gets connected to
an external power supply.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
12-8
OL-20861-01
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Security
Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Security
Table 12-1 provides troubleshooting information for the security features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
For information relating to the solutions for any of these issues, and for additional troubleshooting
information about security, refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
Table 12-1
Cisco Unified IP Phone Security Troubleshooting
Problem
Possible Cause
CTL File Problems
Device authentication error.
CTL file does not have a Cisco Unified Communications Manager
certificate or has an incorrect certificate.
Phone cannot authenticate CTL file.
The security token that signed the updated CTL file does not exist
in the CTL file on the phone.
Phone cannot authenticate any of the configuration
files other than the CTL file.
There is a bad TFTP record.
Phone cannot authenticate any of the configuration
files other than ITL file.
The configuration file may not be signed by the corresponding
certificate in the phone’s Trust List.
Phone reports TFTP authorization failure.
The configuration file may not be signed by the corresponding
certificate in the phone’s Trust List.
•
The TFTP address for the phone does not exist in the CTL file.
•
If you created a new CTL file with a new TFTP record, the
existing CTL file on the phone may not contain a record for the
new TFTP server.
Phone does not register with Cisco Unified
Communications Manager.
The CTL file does not contain the correct information for the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager server.
Phone does not request signed configuration files.
The CTL file does not contain any TFTP entries with certificates.
802.1X Enabled on Phone but Not Authenticating
Phone cannot obtain a DHCP-assigned IP address.
Phone does not register with Cisco Unified
Communications Manager.
These errors typically indicate that 802.1X authentication is enabled
on the phone, but the phone is unable to authenticate.
1.
Verify that you have properly configured the required
components (see the “Supporting 802.1X Authentication on
Cisco Unified IP Phones” section on page 1-22 for more
information).
2.
Confirm that the shared secret is configured on the phone (see
the“802.1X Authentication and Transaction Status” section on
page 7-15 for more information).
Phone status display as “Configuring IP” or
“Registering”.
802.1X Authentication Status displays as “Held” (see
the “802.1X Authentication and Transaction Status”
section on page 7-15 for more details).
Status menu displays 802.1X status as “Failed” (see
the “Status Menu” section on page 10-2 for more
details).
– If the shared secret is configured, verify that you have the
same shared secret entered on the authentication server.
– If the shared secret is not configured, enter it, and ensure
that it matches the one on the authentication server.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
12-9
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
General Troubleshooting Tips
Table 12-1
Cisco Unified IP Phone Security Troubleshooting (continued)
Problem
Possible Cause
802.1X Not Enabled
Phone cannot obtain a DHCP-assigned IP address
Phone does not register with Cisco Unified
Communications Manager
These errors typically indicate that 802.1X authentication is not
enabled on the phone. To enable it, see the “802.1X Authentication
and Transaction Status” section on page 7-15.
Phone status display as “Configuring IP” or
“Registering”
802.1X Authentication Status displays as “Disabled”
Status menu displays DHCP status as timing out
Factory Reset Deleted 802.1X Shared Secret
Phone cannot obtain a DHCP-assigned IP address
Phone does not register with Cisco Unified
Communications Manager
Phone status display as “Configuring IP” or
“Registering”
Cannot access phone menus to verify 802.1X status
These errors typically indicate that the phone has completed a
factory reset (see the “Resetting the Cisco Unified IP Phone”
section on page 12-15) while 802.1X was enabled. A factory reset
deletes the shared secret, which is required for 802.1X
authentication and network access.
To resolve this, temporarily move the phone to a network
environment that is not using 802.1X authentication.
Once the phone starts up normally, you can access the 802.1X
configuration menus to enable device authentication and to re-enter
the shared secret (see the “802.1X Authentication and Transaction
Status” section on page 7-15).
General Troubleshooting Tips
Table 12-2 provides general troubleshooting information for the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Table 12-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone Troubleshooting
Summary
Explanation
Connecting a Cisco Unified IP Phone to
another Cisco Unified IP Phone
Cisco does not support connecting an IP phone to another IP phone through the
PC port. Each IP phone should directly connect to a switch port. If phones are
connected together in a line (by using the PC port), the phones will not work.
Poor quality with tandem audio encoding Tandem encoding can occur when making calls between an IP phone and a
digital cellular phone, when using a conference bridge, or in situations where IP
to IP calls are partially routed across the PSTN. In these cases, use of voice
codecs such as G.729 and iLBC may result in poor voice quality. Use these
codecs only when absolutely necessary.
Prolonged broadcast storms cause IP
phones to reset, or be unable to make or
answer a call
A prolonged Layer 2 broadcast storm (lasting several minutes) on the voice
VLAN may cause IP phones to reset, lose an active call, or be unable to initiate
or answer a call. Phones may not come up until a broadcast storm ends.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
12-10
OL-20861-01
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
General Troubleshooting Tips
Table 12-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone Troubleshooting (continued)
Summary
Explanation
Moving a network connection from the
phone to a workstation
If you are powering your phone through the network connection, you must be
careful if you decide to unplug the phone’s network connection and plug the
cable into a desktop computer.
Caution
The computer’s network card cannot receive power through the
network connection; if power comes through the connection, the
network card can be destroyed. To protect a network card, wait 10
seconds or longer after unplugging the cable from the phone before
plugging it into a computer. This delay gives the switch enough time
to recognize that there is no longer a phone on the line and to stop
providing power to the cable.
Changing the telephone configuration
By default, the network configuration options are locked to prevent users from
making changes that could impact their network connectivity. You must unlock
the network configuration options before you can configure them. See the
“Unlocking and Locking Options” section on page 7-3 for details.
Phone resetting
The phone resets when it loses contact with the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager software. This lost connection can be due to any network connectivity
disruption, including cable breaks, switch outages, and switch reboots.
Phone display issues
If the display appears to have rolling lines or a wavy pattern, it might be
interacting with certain types of older fluorescent lights in the building. Moving
the phone away from the lights, or replacing the lights, should resolve the
problem.
Dual-Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF)
delay
When you are on a call that requires keypad input, if you press the keys too
quickly, some of them might not be recognized.
Codec mismatch between the phone and
another device
The RxType and the TxType statistics show the codec that is being used for a
conversation between this Cisco Unified IP phone and the other device. The
values of these statistics should match. If they do not, verify that the other device
can handle the codec conversation, or that a transcoder is in place to handle the
service.
See the “Call Statistics Screen” section on page 10-11 for information about
displaying these statistics.
Sound sample mismatch between the
phone and another device
The RxSize and the TxSize statistics show the size of the voice packets that are
being used in a conversation between this Cisco Unified IP phone and the other
device. The values of these statistics should match.
See the “Call Statistics Screen” section on page 10-11 for information about
displaying these statistics.
Gaps or delays in voice calls
Check the AvgJtr and the MaxJtr statistics. A large variance between these
statistics might indicate a problem with jitter on the network or periodic high
rates of network activity.
See the “Call Statistics Screen” section on page 10-11 for information about
displaying these statistics.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
12-11
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
General Troubleshooting Tips
Table 12-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone Troubleshooting (continued)
Summary
Explanation
Loopback condition
A loopback condition can occur when the following conditions are met:
•
The SW Port Configuration option in the Network Configuration menu on
the phone is set to 10 Half
(10-BaseT / half duplex)
•
The phone receives power from an external power supply
•
The phone is powered down (the power supply is disconnected)
In this case, the switch port on the phone can become disabled and the following
message will appear in the switch console log:
HALF_DUX_COLLISION_EXCEED_THRESHOLD
To resolve this problem, re-enable the port from the switch.
One-way audio
When at least one person in a call does not receive audio, IP connectivity
between phones is not established. Check the configurations in routers and
switches to ensure that IP connectivity is properly configured.
Phone call cannot be established
The phone does not have a DHCP IP address, is unable to register to Cisco
Unified Communications Manager, and shows a Configuring IP or Registering
message. Verify the following:
Video transmitted by the camera is too
dark
Poor video quality/grainy video
1.
The Ethernet cable is attached.
2.
The Cisco CallManager service is running on the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager server.
3.
Both phones are registered to the same Cisco Unified Communications
Manager.
4.
Audio server debug and capture logs are enabled for both phones. If needed,
enable Java debug.
The lighting conditions within the camera’s field of view affect the brightness of
the video.
•
Adjust the View Area for your camera. Try moving the location of the
camera and check if the brightness improves.
•
Adjust the camera brightness setting. See “Adjusting the Brightness
Setting” section on page 5-3 for instructions on how to adjust the brightness.
When the resolution of the received video is grainy, the user may perceive that
the video quality is poor. However, this will not cause video distortion or
artifacts.
•
Check the Cisco Unified Communications Manager bandwidth settings
under Region settings.
•
Check the Receiver Resolution in video statistics. This may be an issue if
the Cisco Unified CM bandwidth setting limits the resolution to less than
CIF(352x288). Try increasing the bandwidth to at least 275 kbps.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
12-12
OL-20861-01
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
General Troubleshooting Tips
Table 12-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone Troubleshooting (continued)
Summary
Explanation
Blocky or distorted video
Blocky or distorted video is generally a symptom of a degraded network. It is
also caused by endpoints that do not closely adhere to video transmission
standards.
If the network is degraded, navigate to AdminSettings > Status > CallStatistics
> Video > Video statistics, and check the following:
No Video or black video screen
Frozen video
•
Rcvr Lost Packets
•
Rcvr Discarded
•
Avg Jitter
•
Max Jitter
The video is black and no picture appears on the screen.
•
Verify that video is enabled in the Cisco Unified CM.
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 phones do not display videos
with a resolution higher than VGA (640x480). If the other endpoint
transmits at a resolution greater than VGA, it will result in a black screen.
Check the resolution of the transmitting endpoint.
•
There might not be any packets received for video display. Check the Rcvr
Packets (would be zero in this case) in the AdminSettings > Status >
CallStatistics > Video > Video statistics.
•
Ensure that the transmitting phone has the camera shutter completely open.
When the phone stops receiving video packets, the video displayed will pause,
displaying the last decoded video frame.
Slow moving video or jittery video
Audio/Video synchronization is poor
•
Check if the received packets count is incrementing or not, by navigating to
AdminSettings > Status > CallStatistics > Video > Video statistics >
Rcvr Packets statistics.
•
Try to hold and then resume the call to clear the issue.
•
If the transmitting phone is also Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961 or 9951 or
9971, check the LED on top of the camera. If there is no light illuminated
(either green or red) then the remote camera might not be transmitting video.
The frame rate of the received video is low. Check the rate by navigating to
AdminSettings > Status > CallStatistics > Video > Video statistics > Rcvr
Frame Rate. Frame rates less than 15 fps will result in slow-moving video.
•
Check if RTCP is enabled in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager.
•
Audio/video synronization is generally caused a by degraded network
connection. Check by navigating to navigating to AdminSettings > Status
> CallStatistics > Video > Video statistics > Avg Jitter and
AdminSettings > Status > CallStatistics > Video > Video statistics > Max
Jitter values.
•
Try to hold and then resume the call to restore the audio/video
synchronization.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
12-13
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
General Troubleshooting Tips
Table 12-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone Troubleshooting (continued)
Summary
Explanation
Subject too dark in video
The lighting conditions within the camera’s field of view of the camera affects
the brightness of the video.
•
Adjust the View Area for your camera. Try moving the location of the
camera and check if the brightness improves.
•
Adjust the camera brightness by navigating to Accessories > Cisco Unified
Video Camera > Brightness and adjusting the brightness settings.
The recipient endpoint only sees a mute
image
If the “Auto Transmit Video” is set to “Off”, the camera will automatically
transmit the mute image. The red LED illuminated on the top of the camera
indicates that the video is muted. Set the Auto Transmit Video setting to On to
restore video on the other side.
Camera not detected by phone
Unplug and then re-connect the camera back to the phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
12-14
OL-20861-01
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Resetting the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Resetting the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Performing a reset of a Cisco Unified IP Phone provides a way to recover if the phone experiences an
error and provides a way to reset or restore various configuration and security settings.
Table 12-3 describes the types of resets you can perform. You can reset a phone with any of these
operations after the phone has started up. Choose the operation that is appropriate for your situation.
Table 12-3
Basic Reset Methods
Operation
Performing
Explanation
Reset Settings
Resets user and network configuration settings to their
From the Administrator Settings menu,
unlock phone options (see the “Unlocking and factory-default values, and restarts the phone.
Locking Options” section on page 7-3), then
Before you perform a factory reset, ensure that the
choose Reset Settings > All Settings.
following conditions are met:
•
The phone must be on a DHCP-enabled network.
•
A valid TFTP server must be set in DHCP option 150
or option 66 on the DHCP server.
The following occurs on the phone when you perform a
reset:
•
User configuration settings—Resets to default values
•
Network configuration settings—Resets to default
values
•
Call histories—Gets erased
•
Locale information—Resets to default values
•
Phone application—Gets erased (phone recovers by
using the image in the inactive partition of flash to
boot up).
•
Security settings—Resets to default values; this
includes deleting the CTL file, deleting the MD5
secret, and changing the 802.1x Device
Authentication parameter to “Disabled.”
Note
Do not power down the phone until it completes
the factory reset process, and the main screen
appears.
From the Admin Settings menu, unlock phone Resets network configuration settings to their default
values and resets the phone. (This method causes DHCP to
options (see the “Unlocking and Locking
reconfigure the IP address of the phone.)
Options” section on page 7-3), then choose
Reset Settings > Network Settings.
Resets any user and network configuration changes that
From the Administrator Settings menu,
unlock phone options (see the “Unlocking and you have made, but that the phone has not written to its
Locking Options” section on page 7-3), then Flash memory, to previously saved settings.
choose Reset Settings > Reset Device.
Deletes only the CTL file.
From the Administrator Settings menu,
unlock phone options (see the “Unlocking and
Locking Options” section on page 7-3), then
choose Reset Settings > Security Settings.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
12-15
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Using the Quality Report Tool
Using the Quality Report Tool
The Quality Report Tool (QRT) is a voice quality and general problem-reporting tool for the Cisco
Unified IP Phone. The QRT feature is installed as part of the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
installation.
You can configure users’ Cisco Unified IP Phones with QRT. When you do so, users can report problems
with phone calls by pressing the QRT softkey. This softkey is available only when the Cisco Unified IP
Phone is in the Connected, Connected Conference, Connected Transfer, and/or OnHook states.
When a user presses the QRT softkey, a list of problem categories appears. The user selects the
appropriate problem category, and this feedback is logged in an XML file. Actual information logged
depends on the user selection and whether the destination device is a Cisco Unified IP Phone.
For more information about using QRT, refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide.
Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls
To measure the voice quality of calls that are sent and received within the network, Cisco Unified IP
Phones use these statistical metrics that are based on concealment events. The DSP plays concealment
frames to mask frame loss in the voice packet stream.
Note
•
Concealment Ratio metrics—Show the ratio of concealment frames over total speech frames. An
interval conceal ratio is calculated every 3 seconds.
•
Concealed Second metrics—Show the number of seconds in which the DSP plays concealment
frames due to lost frames. A severely “concealed second” is a second in which the DSP plays more
than five percent concealment frames.
Concealment ratio and concealment seconds are primary measurements based on frame loss. A Conceal
Ratio of zero indicates that the IP network is delivering frames and packets on time with no loss.
You can access voice quality metrics from the Cisco Unified IP Phone by using the Call Statistics screen
(see the “Call Statistics Screen” section on page 10-11) or remotely by using Streaming Statistics (see
the Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely chapter).
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
12-16
OL-20861-01
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Where to Go for More Troubleshooting Information
Troubleshooting Tips
When you observe significant and persistent changes to metrics, use Table 12-4 for general
troubleshooting information:
Table 12-4
Changes to Voice Quality Metrics
Metric Change
Condition
Conceal Ratio and Conceal
Seconds increase significantly
Network impairment from packet loss or high jitter.
Conceal Ratio is near or at zero,
but the voice quality is poor.
•
Noise or distortion in the audio channel such as echo or audio
levels.
•
Tandem calls that undergo multiple encode/decode such as calls
to a cellular network or calling card network.
•
Acoustic problems coming from a speakerphone, handsfree
cellular phone or wireless headset.
Check packet transmit (TxCnt) and packet receive (RxCnt) counters
to verify that voice packets are flowing.
Note
Voice quality metrics do not account for noise or distortion, only frame loss.
Where to Go for More Troubleshooting Information
If you have additional questions about troubleshooting the Cisco Unified IP Phones, go to the following
Cisco web site and then navigate to the desired Cisco Unified IP Phone:
http://www.cisco.com/cisco/web/psa/troubleshoot.html
Cleaning the Cisco Unified IP Phone
To clean your Cisco Unified IP phone, use only a dry soft cloth to gently wipe the phone and the phone
screen. Do not apply liquids or powders directly on the phone. As with all non-weather-proof
electronics, liquids and powders can damage the components and cause failures.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
12-17
Chapter 12
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Cleaning the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
12-18
OL-20861-01
A P P E N D I X
A
Providing Information to Users Via a Website
If you are a system administrator, you are likely the primary source of information for Cisco Unified IP
Phone users in your network or company. It is important to provide current and thorough information to
end users.
Cisco recommends that you create a web page on your internal support site that provides end users with
important information about their Cisco Unified IP Phones.
Consider including the following types of information on this site:
•
How Users Obtain Support for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page A-1
•
How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone Features, page A-2
•
How Users Access a Voice Messaging System, page A-2
•
How Users Configure Personal Directory Entries, page A-3
How Users Obtain Support for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
To successfully use some of the features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (including speed dial, services,
and voice messaging system options), users must receive information from you or from your network
team or be able to contact you for assistance. Make sure to provide end users with the names of people
to contact for assistance and with instructions for contacting those people.
Giving Users Access to the User Options Web Pages
Before a user can access the User Options web pages, you must use Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration to add the user to a standard Cisco Unified Communications Manager end user
group: choose User Management > User Groups. For additional information, refer to:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide, “User Group Configuration”
chapter
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide, “Roles and User Groups” chapter”
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
A-1
Appendix A
Providing Information to Users Via a Website
How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone Features
How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone Features
End users can perform a variety of activities by using the Cisco Unified Communications Manager User
Options web pages. These activities include subscribing to services, setting up speed dial and call
forwarding numbers, configuring ring settings, and creating a personal address book. Keep in mind that
configuring settings on a phone by using a website might be new for your end users. You need to provide
as much information as possible to ensure that they can successfully access and use the User Options
web pages.
Make sure to provide end users with the following information about the User Options web pages:
•
The URL required to access the application. This URL is:
http://<server_name:portnumber>/ccmuser/, where server_name is the host on which the web
server is installed.
•
A user ID and default password are needed to access the application.
These settings correspond to the values you entered when you added the user to Cisco Unified
Communications Manager (see the “Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager”
section on page 8-33).
•
A brief description of what a web-based, graphical user interface application is, and how to access
it with a web browser.
•
An overview of the tasks that users can accomplish by using the web page.
How Users Access a Voice Messaging System
Cisco Unified Communications Manager lets you integrate with many different voice messaging
systems, including the Cisco Unity voice messaging system. Because you can integrate with a variety of
systems, you must provide users with information about how to use your specific system.
You should provide this information to each user:
•
How to access the voice messaging system account.
Make sure that you have used Cisco Unified Communications Manager to configure the Messages
button on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
•
Initial password for accessing the voice messaging system.
Make sure that you have configured a default voice messaging system password for all users.
•
How the phone indicates that voice messages are waiting.
Make sure that you have used Cisco Unified Communications Manager to set up a message waiting
indicator (MWI) method.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
A-2
OL-20861-01
Appendix A
Providing Information to Users Via a Website
How Users Configure Personal Directory Entries
How Users Configure Personal Directory Entries
Users can configure personal directory entries on the Cisco Unified IP Phone. To configure a personal
directory, users must have access to the following:
•
User Options web pages—Make sure that users know how to access their User Options web pages.
See the “How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone Features” section on page A-2 for
details.
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer—Make sure to provide users with the installer
for this application. To obtain the installer, choose Application > Plugins from Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration and click Download, which is located next to the Cisco
Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer plugin name. When the file download dialog box
displays, click Save. Send the TabSyncInstall.exe file to all users who require this application.
See the “Installing and Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer” section on
page A-3 for information about installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer.
Installing and Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book
Synchronizer
Use this tool to synchronize data stored in your Microsoft Windows address book with the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager directory and the User Options Personal Address Book.
Tip
To successfully synchronize the Windows address book with the Personal Address Book, all Windows
address book users should be entered in the Windows address book before performing the following
procedures.
Installing the Synchronizer
Step 1
Get the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer installer file from your system
administrator.
Step 2
Double-click the TabSyncInstall.exe file provided by your system administrator.
The publisher dialog box displays.
Step 3
Click Run.
The Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for Cisco Unified CallManager Personal Address Book
Synchronizer window displays.
Step 4
Click Next.
The License Agreement window displays.
Step 5
Read the license agreement information, and click the I Accept radio button. Click Next.
The Destination Location window displays.
Step 6
Choose the directory in which you want to install the application and click Next.
The Ready to Install window displays.
Step 7
Click Install.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
A-3
Appendix A
Providing Information to Users Via a Website
How Users Configure Personal Directory Entries
The installation wizard installs the application to your computer. When the installation is complete, the
InstallShield Wizard Complete window displays.
Step 8
Click Finish.
Step 9
To complete the process, follow the steps in the “Configuring the Synchronizer” section on page A-4.
Configuring the Synchronizer
Step 1
Open the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer.
If you accepted the default installation directory, you can open the application by choosing Start > All
Programs > Cisco Systems > TabSync.
Step 2
To configure user information, click the User button.
The Cisco Unified CallManager User Information window displays.
Step 3
Enter the Cisco Unified IP Phone user name and password and click OK.
Step 4
To configure Cisco Unified Communications Manager server information, click the Server button.
The Configure Cisco Unified CallManager Server Information window displays.
Step 5
Enter the IP address or host name and the port number of the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
server and click OK.
If you do not have this information, contact your system administrator.
Step 6
To start the directory synchronization process, click the Synchronize button.
The Synchronization Status window provides information on the status of the address book
synchronization. If you chose the user intervention for duplicate entries rule and you have duplicate
address book entries, the Duplicate Selection window displays. Choose the entry that you want to
include in your Personal Address Book and click OK.
When synchronization completes, click Exit to close the Cisco Unified CallManager Address Book
Synchronizer. To verify if the synchronization worked, log in to your User Options web pages and
choose Personal Address Book. The users from your Windows address book should be listed.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
A-4
OL-20861-01
A P P E N D I X
B
Supporting International Users
Translated and localized versions of the Cisco Unified IP Phones are available in several languages. If
you are supporting Cisco Unified IP Phones in a non-English environment, refer to the following
sections to ensure that the phones are set up properly for your users:
•
Installing the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Locale Installer, page B-1
•
Support for International Call Logging, page B-1
Installing the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Locale
Installer
If you are using Cisco Unified IP Phones in a locale other than English (United States), you must install
the locale-specific version of the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Locale Installer on every
Cisco Unified Communications Manager server in the cluster. Installing the locale installer ensures that
you have the latest translated text, user and network locales, and country-specific phone tones available
for the Cisco Unified IP Phones. You can find locale-specific versions of the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Locale Installer at
http://www.cisco.com/kobayashi/sw-center/telephony/callmgr/locale-installer.shtml.
For more information, refer to the “Locale Installation” section in the Cisco Unified Communications
Operating System Administration Guide.
Note
All languages may not be immediately available, so continue to check the website for updates.
Support for International Call Logging
If your phone system is configured for international call logging (calling party normalization), the call
logs, redial, or call directory entries may display a “+” symbol to represent the international escape code
for your location. Depending on the configuration for your phone system, the “+” may be replaced with
the correct international dialing code, or you may need to edit the number before dialing to manually
replace the “+” with the international escape code for your location. In addition, while the call log or
directory entry may display the full international number for the received call, the phone display may
show the shortened local version of the number, without international or country codes.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
B-1
Appendix B
Supporting International Users
Support for International Call Logging
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
B-2
OL-20861-01
A P P E N D I X
C
Technical Specifications
The following sections describe the technical specifications for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951,
and 9971.
•
Physical and Operating Environment Specifications, page C-1
•
Cable Specifications, page C-2
•
Network and Computer Port Pinouts, page C-2
Physical and Operating Environment Specifications
Table C-1 shows the physical and operating environment specifications for the Cisco Unified
IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971.
Table C-1
Physical and Operating Specifications
Specification
Value or Range
Operating temperature
32° to 104°F (0° to 40°C)
Operating relative humidity
10% to 95% (non-condensing)
Storage temperature
14° to 140°F (–10° to 60°C)
Height
8 in. (20.32 cm)
Width
10.5 in. (26.67 cm)
Depth
6 in. (15.24 cm)
Weight
3.5 lb. (1.6 kg)
Power
Power consumed by the camera
Cables
1
•
100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz, 0.5 A—when using the AC adapter
•
48 VDC, 0.2 A—when using the in-line power over the network cable
290mA (1.45W) (excluding the power consumed by the phone)
Category 3/5/5e/6 for 10-Mbps cables with 4 pairs
Category 5/5e/6 for 100-Mbps cables with 4 pairs
Category 5e/6 for 1000-Mbps cables with 4 pairs
Note
Distance requirements
Cables have 4 pairs of wires for a total of 8 conductors.
As supported by the Ethernet Specification, it is assumed that the maximum cable
length between each Cisco Unified IP Phone and the switch is 330 feet (100 meters).
1. Applicable only for Cisco Unified IP Phone 9951 and 9971 only.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
C-1
Appendix C
Technical Specifications
Cable Specifications
Note
For power information regarding the Cisco Unified IP Key Color Expansion Module, see the “Power
Information” section on page 4-2.
Cable Specifications
•
RJ-9 jack (4-conductor) for handset and headset connection.
•
RJ-45 jack for the LAN 10/100/1000BaseT connection (10/100/1000 Network port on the
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971).
•
RJ-45 jack for a second 10/100/1000BaseT compliant connection (10/100/1000 Computer port on
the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971).
•
3.5 mm jack for microphone and speaker connection (for Cisco Unified IP Phones 9951 and 9971
only).
•
48-volt power connector.
Network and Computer Port Pinouts
Although both the network and computer (access) ports are used for network connectivity, they serve
different purposes and have different port pinouts.
•
The Network port is the 10/100/1000 SW port on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
•
The Computer (access) port is the 10/100/1000 PC port on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Network Port Connector
Table C-2 describes the Network port connector pinouts.
Table C-2
Network Port Connector Pinouts
Pin Number
Function
1
BI_DA+
2
BI_DA-
3
BI_DB+
4
BI_DC+
5
BI_DC-
6
BI_DB-
7
BI_DD+
8
BI_DD-
Note
“BI” stands for bi-directional, while DA, DB, DC and DD stand for “Data A”, “Data
B”, “Data C” and “Data D”, respectively.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
C-2
OL-20861-01
Appendix C
Technical Specifications
Network and Computer Port Pinouts
Computer Port Connector
Table C-3 describes the Computer port connector pinouts.
Table C-3
Computer (Access) Port Connector Pinouts
Pin Number
Function
1
BI_DB+
2
BI_DB-
3
BI_DA+
4
BI_DD+
5
BI_DD-
6
BI_DA-
7
BI_DC+
8
BI_DC-
Note
“BI” stands for bi-directional, while DA, DB, DC and DD stand for “Data A”, “Data
B”, “Data C” and “Data D”, respectively.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
C-3
Appendix C
Technical Specifications
Network and Computer Port Pinouts
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
C-4
OL-20861-01
A P P E N D I X
D
Basic Phone Administration Steps
This appendix provides minimum, basic configuration steps for you to do the following:
•
Add a new user to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
•
Configure a new phone for that user
•
Associate that user to that phone
•
Complete other basic end-user configuration tasks
The procedures provide one method for performing these tasks and are not the only way to perform these
tasks. They are a streamlined approach to get a new user and corresponding phone running on the system.
These procedures are designed to be used on a mature Cisco Unified Communications Manager system
where calling search spaces, partitions, and other complicated configuration have already been done and
are in place for existing users.
This section contains these topics:
•
Example User Information for these Procedures, page D-1
•
Adding a User to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page D-2
•
Configuring the Phone, page D-3
•
Performing Final End User Configuration Steps, page D-6
Example User Information for these Procedures
In the procedures that follow, example are given when possible to illustrate some of the steps. Sample
user and phone information used throughout these procedures includes:
•
User’s Name: John Doe
•
User ID: johndoe
•
Phone model: 9971
•
Protocol: SIP
•
MAC address listed on phone: 00127F576611
•
Five-digit internal telephone number: 26640
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
D-1
Appendix D
Basic Phone Administration Steps
Adding a User to Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Adding a User to Cisco Unified Communications Manager
This section describes steps for adding a user to Cisco Unified Communications Manager. Follow one
of the procedures in this section, depending on your operating system and the manner in which you are
adding the user:
•
Adding a User From an External LDAP Directory, page D-2
•
Adding a User Directly to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page D-2
Adding a User From an External LDAP Directory
If you added a user to an LDAP Directory (a non-Cisco Unified Communications Server directory), you
can immediately synchronize that directory to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager on which
you are adding this same user and the user’s phone by following these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Log onto Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration.
Step 2
Choose System > LDAP > LDAP Directory.
Step 3
Use the Find button to locate your LDAP directory.
Step 4
Click on the LDAP directory name.
Step 5
Click Perform Full Sync Now.
Note
Step 6
If you do not need to immediately synchronize the LDAP Directory to the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager, the LDAP Directory Synchronization Schedule on the LDAP
Directory window determines when the next auto-synchronization is scheduled. However, the
synchronization must occur before you can associate a new user to a device.
Proceed to Configuring the Phone, page D-3
Adding a User Directly to Cisco Unified Communications Manager
If you are not using an LDAP directory, you can add a user directly to Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration by following these steps:
Note
If LDAP is synchronized, you cannot add a user to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration.
Procedure
Step 1
Choose User Management > End User, then click Add New. The End User Configuration window
appears.
Step 2
In the User Information pane of this window, enter the following:
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
D-2
OL-20861-01
Appendix D
Basic Phone Administration Steps
Configuring the Phone
– User ID—Enter the end user identification name. Cisco Unified Communications Manager does
not permit modifying the user ID after it is created. You may use the following special
characters: =, +, <, >, #, ;, \, , "", and blank spaces.
Example: johndoe
– Password and Confirm Password—Enter five or more alphanumeric or special characters for the
end user password. You may use the following special characters: =, +, <, >, #, ;, \, , "", and
blank spaces.
– Last Name—Enter the end user last name. You may use the following special characters: =, +,
<, >, #, ;, \, , "", and blank spaces.)
Example: doe
– Telephone Number—Enter the primary directory number for the end user. End users can have
multiple lines on their phones.
Example: 26640 (John Doe’s internal company telephone number)
Step 3
Click Save.
Step 4
Proceed to the section Configuring the Phone, page D-3.
Configuring the Phone
To identify the user’s phone model and protocol, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration, choose Device > Phone >.
Step 2
Click Add New.
Step 3
Select the user’s phone model from the Phone Type drop-down list, then click Next. The Phone
Configuration window appears.
On the Phone Configuration window, you can use the default values for most of the fields.
To configure the required fields and some key additional fields, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
For the required fields, possible values, some of which are based on the example of user johndoe, can
be configured as follows:
a.
In the Device Information pane of this window:
– MAC Address—Enter the MAC address of the phone, which is listed on a sticker on the phone.
Make sure that the value comprises 12 hexadecimal characters.
Example: 00127F576611 (MAC address on john doe’s phone)
– Description—This is an optional field in which you can enter a useful description, such as john
doe’s phone. This will help you if you need to search on information about this user.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
D-3
Appendix D
Basic Phone Administration Steps
Configuring the Phone
– Device Pool—Choose the device pool to which you want this phone assigned. The device pool
defines sets of common characteristics for devices, such as region, date/time group, softkey
template, and MLPP information.
Note
Device Pools are defined on the Device Pool Configuration window of Cisco Unified
Communications Server Administration (System > Device Pool).
– Phone Button Template—Choose the appropriate phone button template from the drop-down
list. The phone button template determines the configuration of buttons on a phone and
identifies which feature (line, speed dial, and so on) is used for each button.
Note
Phone button templates are defined on the Phone Button Template Configuration
window of Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration (Device > Device
Settings > Phone Button Template). You can use the search field(s) in conjunction
with the Find button to find all configured phone button templates and their current
settings.
– Common Phone Profile—From the drop-down list box, choose a common phone profile from
the list of available common phone profiles.
Note
Common Phone Profiles are defined on the Common Phone Profile Configuration
window of Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration (Device > Device
Settings > Common Phone Profile). You can use the search field(s) in conjunction
with the Find button to find all configured common phone profiles and their current
settings.
– Calling Search Space—From the drop-down list box, choose the appropriate calling search
space (CSS). A calling search space comprises a collection of partitions (analogous to a
collection of available phone books) that are searched to determine how a dialed number should
be routed. The calling search space for the device and the calling search space for the directory
number get used together. The directory number CSS takes precedence over the device CSS.
Note
Calling Search Spaces are defined on the Calling Search Space Configuration window
of Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration (Calling routing > Class
of Control> Calling Search Space). You can use the search field(s) in conjunction with
the Find button to find all configured Calling Search Spaces and their current settings.
– Location—Choose the appropriate location for this Cisco Unified IP Phone.
– Owner User ID—From the drop-down menu, choose the user ID of the assigned phone user.
b.
In the Protocol Specific Information pane of this window, choose a Device Security Profile from the
drop-down list. To enable security features for a phone, you must configure a new security profile
for the device type and protocol and apply it to the phone. If the phone does not support security,
choose a non-secure profile.
To identify the settings that are contained in the profile, choose System > Security Profile > Phone
Security Profile.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
D-4
OL-20861-01
Appendix D
Basic Phone Administration Steps
Configuring the Phone
Note
Step 2
The security profile chosen should be based on the overall security strategy of the company.
c.
In the Extension Information pane of this window, check the Enable Extension Mobility box if this
phone supports Cisco Extension Mobility.
d.
Click Save.
Configure line settings:
a.
On the Phone Configuration window, click Line 1 on the left pane of the window. The Directory
Number Configuration window appears.
b.
In the Directory Number field, enter a valid number that can be dialed.
Note
This field should contain the same number that appears in the Telephone Number field
on the User Configuration window.
Example: 26640 is the directory number of user John Doe in the example above.
c.
From the Route Partition drop-down list, choose the partition to which the directory number
belongs. If you do not want to restrict access to the directory number, choose <None> for the
partition.
d.
From the Calling Search Space drop-down list (Directory Number Settings pane of the Directory
Number Configuration window), choose the appropriate calling search space. A calling search space
comprises a collection of partitions that are searched for numbers that are called from this directory
number. The value that you choose applies to all devices that are using this directory number.
e.
In the Call Pickup and Call Forward Settings pane of the Directory Number Configuration window,
choose the items (i.e. Forward All, Forward Busy Internal) and corresponding destinations to which
calls should be sent.
Example: If you want incoming internal and external calls that receive a busy signal to be forwarded
to the voice mail for this line, check the Voice Mail box next to the “Forward Busy Internal” and
“Forward Busy External” items in the left column of the Call Pickup and Call Forward Settings
pane.
f.
In the “Line 1 on Device...” pane of the Directory Number Configuration window, configure the
following:
– Display (Internal Caller ID field)—You can enter the first name and last name of the user of this
device so that this name will be displayed for all internal calls. You can also leave this field
blank to have the system display the phone extension.
– External Phone Number Mask—Indicate phone number (or mask) that is used to send Caller ID
information when a call is placed from this line.
You can enter a maximum of 24 number and “X” characters. The Xs represent the directory
number and must appear at the end of the pattern.
Example: Using the john doe extension in the example above, if you specify a mask of
408902XXXX, an external call from extension 6640 displays a caller ID number of
4089026640.
Note
This setting applies only to the current device unless you check the check box at right
(Update Shared Device Settings) and click the Propagate Selected button. (The check
box at right displays only if other devices share this directory number.)
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
D-5
Appendix D
Basic Phone Administration Steps
Performing Final End User Configuration Steps
g.
Click Save.
h.
Click Associate End Users at the bottom of the window to associate a user to the line being
configured. Use the Find button in conjunction with the Search fields to locate the user, then check
the box next to the user’s name, then click Add Selected. The user’s name and user ID should now
appear in the “Users Associated With Line” pane of the Directory Number Configuration window.
i.
Click Save. The user is now associated with Line 1 on the phone.
j.
If your phone has a second line, configure Line 2.
k.
Associate the user with the device:
– Choose User Management > End User.
– Use the search boxes and the Find button to locate the user you have added (i.e. doe for the last
name).
– Click on the user ID (i.e. johndoe). The End User Configuration window appears.
– Click Device Associations.
– Use the Search fields and the Find button to locate the device with which you want to associate
to the user. Select the device, then click Save Selected/Changes. The user is now associated
with the device.
– Click the Go button next to the “Back to User” Related link in the upper-right corner of the
screen.
l.
Proceed to Performing Final End User Configuration Steps, page D-6.
Performing Final End User Configuration Steps
If you are not already on the End User Configuration page, choose User Management > End User to
perform some final configuration tasks. Use the Search fields and the Find button to locate the user (i.e.
John Doe), then click on the user ID to get to the End User Configuration window for the user.
In the End User configuration window, do the following:
Procedure
Step 1
In the Directory Number Associations pane of the screen, set the primary extension from the drop-down
list.
Step 2
In the Mobility Information pane, check the Enable Mobility box.
Step 3
In the Permissions Information pane, use the User Group buttons to add this user to any user groups. For
example, you may want to add the user to a group that has been defined as a “Standard CCM End User
Group.”
To view all configured user groups, choose User Management > User Group.
Step 4
In the Extension Mobility pane, check the Enable Extension Mobility Cross Cluster box if the user is
allowed for Extension Mobility Cross Cluster service.
Step 5
Click Save.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
D-6
OL-20861-01
A P P E N D I X
E
Installing the Wall Mount for the
Cisco Unified IP Phone
This appendix contains information on installing the wall mount for use with the following:
•
Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
•
Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module
Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951,
and 9971
This section describes how to install a wall mount for the Cisco Unfilled IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971.
Figure E-1
Anchors
(4)
Machine
screws
(2)
Ethernet
cable
Lock-down
key
Phone bracket
Wall bracket
274935
Screws
(4)
Wall Mount Kit for a Single Phone Assembly
The package includes these items:
•
1 phone bracket
•
1 wall bracket
•
4 10-12x1 inch Phillips-head screws with 4 anchors
•
1 sheet metal screw
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
E-1
Appendix E
Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
•
2 4-40x1/4 inch machine screws
•
1 six-inch Ethernet cable
•
1 key if the bracket includes the optional lock
Before You Begin
You will need these tools to install the bracket:
•
#1 and #2 Phillips-head screwdrivers
•
Level
You must also install an Ethernet jack for the telephone in the desired location if an Ethernet jack does
not currently exist. This jack must be wired appropriately for an Ethernet connection. You cannot use a
regular telephone jack. For more information on phone installation requirements and warnings, see the
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone chapter.
Installing the Bracket
To install the phone on the wall, perform the following steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Mount the wall bracket in the desired location (Figure E-2). You can install the bracket over an Ethernet
jack, or you can run the Ethernet network cable to a jack nearby.
a.
Use the Level to ensure the bracket is level, then use a pencil to mark the screw holes.
b.
Using a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver, carefully center the anchor over the pencil mark and press the
anchor into the wall.
c.
Screw the anchor clockwise into the wall until it is seated flush.
d.
Use the included screws and a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver to attach the bracket to the wall.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
E-2
OL-20861-01
Appendix E
Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Figure E-2
Mounting the Wall Bracket
A
B
Mark mounting
holes through
bracket on wall
Level wall
bracket on wall
C
D
274936
Insert anchors
into wall
Screw bracket
to wall using
Phillips head
screws
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
E-3
Appendix E
Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Step 2
Attach the phone bracket to the IP phone (Figure E-3).
a.
Detach the handset cord (and headset cord, if there is a headset), power cord, and any other attached
cords from the base of the phone.
b.
Remove the label covers that are concealing the screw holes.
c.
Attach the phone bracket by inserting the tabs into the mounting tabs on the phone. The phone’s
ports should be accessible through the holes in the bracket.
d.
Secure the phone bracket to the IP Phone with the machine screws.
e.
Thread the handset cord (and headset cord, if using one). Reattach the cords and seat them in the
clips incorporated into the phone body.
Figure E-3
Attaching the Phone Bracket
Screw holes
274937
Slot for
mounting tabs
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
E-4
OL-20861-01
Appendix E
Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Step 3
Remove the handset wall hook in the handset rest, rotate the hook 180 degrees, and reinsert the hook.
The hook should have a lip on which the handset catches when the phone is vertical (Figure E-4).
Figure E-4
Preparing the Handset Hook
2
3
4
192897
1
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
E-5
Appendix E
Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Step 4
Attach the Ethernet cable to the 10/100/1000 SW network port and wall jack.
If you are connecting a network device (such as a computer) to the phone, attach the cable to the
10/100/1000 Computer (PC access) port.
If you are using an external power supply, plug the power cord into the phone and dress the cord by
clipping it into the clips incorporated into the phone body next to the PC port (Figure E-5).
Figure E-5
Attaching the Cables
Phone bracket
Network
port
Wall bracket
Handset port
(optional power
cable)
206801
AC adapter
port
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
E-6
OL-20861-01
Appendix E
Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
Step 5
Attach the phone to the wall bracket by inserting the tabs on the top of the phone bracket into the slots
on the wall bracket. Ensure that the power cord and any other cable that does not terminate in the wall
behind the bracket are positioned in one of the cable-access openings in the bottom of the bracket. The
phone and wall brackets’ openings together form circular openings with room for one cable per opening
(Figure E-6).
Step 6
Use the locking key to lock the phone to the wall bracket.
Attaching the Phone to the Wall Bracket
206802
Figure E-6
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
E-7
Appendix E
Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module
Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion
Module
This section describes how to install a wall mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971
connected with the Key Expansion Module.
Figure E-7
Screws
(4)
Anchors
(4)
Sheet metal
screw
Phone bracket
Wall bracket
Lock-down Machine
key
screws
(3)
206769
Ethernet
cable
Wall Mount Kit for Phone with Key Expansion Module
The package includes these items:
•
1 phone bracket
•
1 wall bracket
•
4 10-12x1 inch Phillips-head screws with 4 anchors
•
1 sheet metal screw
•
3 4-40x1/4 inch machine screws
•
1 six-inch Ethernet cable
•
1 key if the bracket includes the optional lock
Before You Begin
You will need these tools to install the bracket:
•
#1 and #2 Phillips-head screwdrivers
•
Level
You must also install an Ethernet jack for the telephone in the desired location if an Ethernet jack does
not currently exist. This jack must be wired appropriately for an Ethernet connection. You cannot use a
regular telephone jack. For more information on phone installation requirements and warnings, see the
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone chapter.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
E-8
OL-20861-01
Appendix E
Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module
Installing the Bracket
To install the phone on the wall, perform the following steps:
Note
Be sure to connect to connect the Cisco Unified IP Phone to the Key Expansion Module prior to
installing the phone bracket.
Procedure
Step 1
Mount the wall bracket in the desired location (Figure E-8). You can install the bracket over an Ethernet
jack, or you can run the Ethernet network cable to a jack nearby.
a.
Use the level to ensure the bracket is level, then use a pencil to mark the screw holes.
b.
Using a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver, carefully center the anchor over the pencil mark and press the
anchor into the wall.
c.
Screw the anchor clockwise into the wall until it is seated flush.
d.
Use the included screws and a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver to attach the bracket to the wall.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
E-9
Appendix E
Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module
Figure E-8
Mounting the Wall Bracket
A
B
Mark mounting
holes through
bracket on wall
Level wall
bracket on wall
C
D
Screw bracket
to wall using
Phillips head
screws
206799
Insert anchors
into wall
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
E-10
OL-20861-01
Appendix E
Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module
Step 2
Attach the phone bracket to the IP phone and key expansion assembly (Figure E-9).
a.
Detach the handset cord (and headset cord, if there is a headset), power cord, and any other attached
cords from the base of the phone.
b.
Remove the label covers that are concealing the screw holes.
c.
Attach the phone bracket by inserting the tabs into the mounting tabs on the phone. The phone’s
ports should be accessible through the holes in the bracket.
d.
Secure the phone bracket to the IP Phone with the machine screws.
e.
Thread the handset cord (and headset cord, if using one). Reattach the cords and seat them in the
clips incorporated into the phone body.
Figure E-9
Attaching the Phone Bracket
Screw holes
206770
Slot for
mounting tabs
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
E-11
Appendix E
Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module
Step 3
Remove the handset wall hook in the handset rest, rotate the hook 180 degrees, and reinsert the hook.
The hook should have a lip on which the handset catches when the phone is vertical (Figure E-10).
Figure E-10
Preparing the Handset Hook
2
3
4
192897
1
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
E-12
OL-20861-01
Appendix E
Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module
Step 4
Attach the Ethernet cable to the 10/100/1000 SW Network port and wall jack.
If you are connecting a network device (such as a computer) to the phone, attach the cable to the
10/100/1000 Computer (PC access) port.
If you are using an external power supply, plug the power cord into the phone and dress the cord by
clipping it into the clips incorporated into the phone body next to the port (Figure E-11).
Figure E-11
Plugging the Power Cord into the Phone
Phone bracket
Wall bracket
Network
port
Handset port
(optional power
cable)
206771
AC adapter
port
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
E-13
Appendix E
Installing the Wall Mount for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module
Step 5
Attach the phone to the wall bracket by inserting the tabs on the top of the phone bracket into the slots
on the wall bracket. Ensure that the power cord and any other cable that does not terminate in the wall
behind the bracket are positioned in one of the cable-access openings in the bottom of the bracket. The
phone and wall brackets’ openings together form circular openings with room for one cable per opening
(Figure E-12).
Step 6
Use the locking key to lock the phone to the wall bracket.
Attaching the Phone to the Wall Bracket
206772
Figure E-12
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
E-14
OL-20861-01
A P P E N D I X
F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall
Mount
This appendix contains information about installing the wall mount for use with the following products:
•
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones: Installed on the
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971.
•
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones plus a single Key
Expansion Module: Installed on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 with the Key
Expansion Module.
These nonlocking wall mount kits meet ADA 4.4.1 requirements.
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900
Series IP Phones
This section describes how to install the non-lockable wall mount kit on a Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961,
9951, and 9971 when the phone is not connected to a Key Expansion Module.
The following figure shows the wall mount kit installed on the phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
F-1
Appendix F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones
Back View of ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit Installed on Phone
345749
Figure F-1
The following figure shows the phone with the wall mount kit from the side.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
F-2
OL-20861-01
Appendix F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones
Side View of ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit Installed on Phone
345750
Figure F-2
Components
The following figure shows the components of the ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series
and 9900 Series IP Phones.
Figure F-3
Screws
(4)
Components
Anchors
(4)
Machine
screws
(2)
Phone bracket
Wall bracket
345751
Ethernet
cable
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
F-3
Appendix F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones
The package contains the following items:
•
One phone bracket
•
One wall bracket
•
Four #8-18 x 1.25-inch Phillips-head screws with four anchors
•
Two #4-40 x 0.31-inch machine screws
•
One 6-inch Ethernet cable
Before you begin
You need these tools to install the bracket:
•
#1 and #2 Phillips-head screwdrivers
•
Level
•
Pencil
You must also install an Ethernet jack for the telephone in the desired location if an Ethernet jack does
not currently exist. This jack must be wired appropriately for an Ethernet connection. You cannot use a
regular telephone jack. For more information about phone installation requirements and warnings, see
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 3-1.
Install Non-Lockable Wall Mount for phone
The wall mount kit can be mounted on most surfaces, including concrete, brick, and similar hard
surfaces. To mount the kit on concrete, brick, or similar hard surfaces, you must provide the appropriate
screws and anchors for your wall surface.
Procedure
Step 1
Mount the wall bracket in the desired location. You can install the bracket over an Ethernet jack, or you
can run the Ethernet network cable to a jack nearby.
Note
If the jack is to be placed behind the phone, the Ether net jack must be flush to the wall or
recessed.
a.
Hold the bracket on the wall, placing it so that the arrow on the back of the bracket is pointing up.
b.
Use the level to ensure the bracket is level, then use a pencil to mark the screw holes.
c.
Using a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver, carefully center the anchor over the pencil mark and press the
anchor into the wall.
d.
Screw the anchor clockwise into the wall until it is seated flush.
e.
Use the included screws and a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver to attach the bracket to the wall.
The following figure shows the bracket installation steps.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
F-4
OL-20861-01
Appendix F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones
Figure F-4
Mount the Wall Bracket
A
B
C
Mark mounting
holes through
bracket on wall
Level wall
bracket on wall
E
D
Screw bracket
to wall using
Phillips head
screws
345748
Insert anchors
into wall
Step 2
Attach the phone bracket to the IP Phone.
a.
Detach the handset cord (and headset cord, if there is a headset), power cord, and any other attached
cords from the base of the phone.
b.
Remove the label covers that are concealing the screw holes.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
F-5
Appendix F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones
c.
Attach the phone bracket by inserting the tabs into the mounting tabs on the phone. The ports of the
phone should be accessible through the holes in the bracket.
d.
Secure the phone bracket to the IP Phone with the machine screws, using the #1 Phillips-head screw
driver.
e.
Thread the handset cord (and headset cord, if using one). Reattach the cords and seat them in the
clips incorporated into the phone body.
The following figure shows how the bracket attaches to the phone.
Figure F-5
Attach the Phone Bracket
Screw holes
274937
Slot for
mounting tabs
Step 3
Attach the cables to the phone:
a.
Attach the Ethernet cable to the 10/100/1000 SW network port and wall jack.
b.
(Optional) If you are connecting a network device (such as a computer) to the phone, attach the cable
to the 10/100/1000 Computer (PC access) port.
c.
(Optional) If you are using an external power supply, plug the power cord into the phone and dress
the cord by clipping it into the clips that are incorporated into the phone body next to the PC port.
d.
(Optional) If the cables terminate inside the wall bracket, connect the cables to the jacks.
The following figure shows the cables.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
F-6
OL-20861-01
Appendix F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones
Figure F-6
Attach cables
Phone bracket
Network
port
Wall bracket
Handset port
(optional power
cable)
Step 4
206801
AC adapter
port
Attach the phone to the wall bracket by inserting the tabs on the top of the phone bracket into the slots
on the wall bracket.
For cables that terminate outside of the brackets, use the cable-access openings in the bottom of the
bracket to position the power cord and any other cable that does not terminate in the wall behind the
bracket. The phone and wall bracket openings together form circular openings with room for one cable
per opening.
The following figure shows how you attach the phone to the wall bracket.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
F-7
Appendix F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones
Attach phone to wall bracket
206802
Figure F-7
Step 5
Press the phone firmly into the wall bracket and slide the phone down. The tabs in the bracket click into
position.
Step 6
Proceed to Step 3 of Installing the Wall Mount for Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971,
page E-1.
Remove Phone from Non-Lockable Wall Mount
The phone mounting plate contains two tabs to lock the plate into the wall bracket. The following figure
shows the location and shape of the tabs.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
F-8
OL-20861-01
Appendix F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones
Figure 23: Tab location
345752
Figure F-8
To remove the phone and mounting plate from the wall bracket, you must disengage these tabs.
Before You Begin
You require 2 screwdrivers or metal rods.
Step 1
Push the screw drivers into the left and right holes in the phone mounting plate approximately 1 in. (2.5
cm).
Step 2
Lift the screwdriver handles up to put a downward pressure on the tabs.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
F-9
Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module
Disengage tabs
345753
Figure F-9
Step 3
Press firmly to disengage the tabs and lift the phone at the same time to release the phone from the wall
bracket.
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900
Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module
This section describes how to install the non-lockable wall mount kit on a Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961,
9951, and 9971 when the phone is connected to a Key Expansion Module.
The following figure shows the wall mount kit installed on the phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
F-10
OL-20861-01
Appendix F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module
Back View of ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit Installed on Phone with Key
Expansion Module
345743
Figure F-10
The following figure shows the phone with the wall mount kit from the side.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
F-11
Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module
Side View of ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit Installed on Phone with Key
Expansion Module
345744
Figure F-11
Components
The following figure shows the components of the ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for the Cisco
Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 with a Key Expansion Module.
Screws
(6)
Components
Phone bracket
Anchors
(6)
Wall bracket
Ethernet
cable
Machine
screws
(3)
345745
Figure F-12
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
F-12
OL-20861-01
Appendix F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module
The package contains the following items:
•
One phone bracket
•
One wall bracket
•
Six #8-18 x 1.25-inch Phillips-head screws with six anchors
•
Three #4-40 x 0.31-inch machine screws
•
One 6-inch Ethernet cable
Before You Begin
You need these tools to install the bracket:
•
#1 and #2 Phillips-head screwdrivers
•
Level
•
Pencil
You must also install an Ethernet jack for the telephone in the desired location if an Ethernet jack does
not currently exist. This jack must be wired appropriately for an Ethernet connection. You cannot use a
regular telephone jack. For more information about phone installation requirements and warnings, see
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 3-1 and Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Color Key
Expansion Module, page 4-1.
Install Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for Phone with Key Expansion Module
The wall mount kit can be mounted on most surfaces, including concrete, brick, and similar hard
surfaces. To mount the kit on concrete, brick, or similar hard surfaces, you must provide the appropriate
screws and anchors for your wall surface.
Note
Be sure to connect to connect the Cisco Unified IP Phone to the Key Expansion Module before installing
the phone bracket.
Step 1
Mount the wall bracket in the desired location. You can install the bracket over an Ethernet jack, or you
can run the Ethernet network cable to a nearby jack.
Note
If the jack is to be placed behind the phone, the Ethernet jack must be flush to the wall or
recessed.
a.
Hold the bracket on the wall. See the following figure for the orientation of the wall bracket.
b.
Use the level to ensure that the bracket is level and use a pencil to mark the screw holes.
c.
Using a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver, carefully center the anchor over the pencil mark and press the
anchor into the wall.
d.
Screw the anchor clockwise into the wall until it is seated flush.
e.
Use the included screws and a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver to attach the bracket to the wall.
The following figure shows the steps for installing the bracket.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
F-13
Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module
Figure F-13
Bracket Installation
A
B
C
Mark mounting
holes through
bracket on wall
Level wall
bracket on wall
D
E
Screw bracket
to wall using
Phillips head
screws
345742
Insert anchors
into wall
Step 2
Attach the phone bracket to the IP phone and key expansion assembly.
a.
Detach the handset cord (and headset cord, if there is a headset), power cord, and any other attached
cords from the base of the phone
b.
Remove the label covers that are conceal the screw holes.
c.
Attach the phone bracket by inserting the tabs into the mounting tabs on the back of the phone. The
phone ports should be accessible through the holes in the bracket.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
F-14
OL-20861-01
Appendix F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module
d.
Secure the phone bracket to the IP phone with the machine screws using a #1 Philips-head
screwdriver.
e.
Thread the handset cord (and headset cord, if using one). Reattach the cords and seat them in the
clips that are incorporated into the phone body.
The headset and handset connectors should be accessible from outside the wall mount bracket.
The following figure shows the steps to attach the phone bracket.
Figure F-14
Attach Phone Bracket
Screw holes
206770
Slot for
mounting tabs
Step 3
Attach the cords.
a.
Attach the Ethernet cable to the 10/100/1000 SW network port and wall jack.
b.
(Optional) If you are connecting a network device (such as a computer) to the phone, attach the cable
to the 10/100/1000 Computer (PC access) port.
c.
(Optional) If you are using an external power supply, plug the power cord into the phone and dress
the cord by clipping it into the clips that are incorporated into the phone body next to the PC port.
d.
(Optional) If the cables terminate inside the wall bracket, connect the cables to the jacks.
The following figure shows the cables.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
F-15
Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module
Figure F-15
Attach Cables
Phone bracket
Wall bracket
Network
port
Handset port
(optional power
cable)
Step 4
206771
AC adapter
port
Attach the phone to the wall bracket by inserting the tabs on the top of the phone bracket into the slots
on the wall bracket.
For cables that terminate outside of the bracket, use the cable-access openings in the bottom of the
bracket to position the power cord and any other cable that does not terminate in the wall behind the
bracket. The phone and wall bracket openings together form circular openings with room for one cable
per opening.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
F-16
OL-20861-01
Appendix F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module
Attach Phone to Wall Bracket
346186
Figure F-16
Step 5
Proceed to Step 3 of Installing a Wall Mount for a Phone with a Key Expansion Module, page E-8.
Remove Phone and Key Expansion Module from Non-Lockable Wall Mount
The phone mounting plate contains two tabs to lock the plate into the wall bracket. The following figure
shows the location and shape of the tabs.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
F-17
Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module
Tab Location
345746
Figure F-17
To remove the phone and mounting plate from the wall bracket, you must disengage these tabs.
Before You Begin
You require two screwdrivers or metal rods.
Step 1
Push the screw drivers into the left and right holes in the phone mounting plate until you feel resistance.
Step 2
Press firmly inwards (towards the phone) to disengage the tabs, lift up on the phone to release the phone
from the wall bracket, and then pull the phone towards you.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
F-18
OL-20861-01
Appendix F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module
Disengage Tabs
345747
Figure F-18
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
F-19
Appendix F Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 8961 Series and 9900 Series IP Phones with Key Expansion Module
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
F-20
OL-20861-01
INDEX
forwarding packets to
Numerics
access to phone settings
11-8
7-2
802.11a standard
6-3
802.11b standard
6-3
Cisco Unified IP Phones manually
802.11d standard
6-3
Cisco Unified IP Phones using auto-registration
World Mode
6-4
802.11e standard
6-3
users to Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 8-33
802.11g standard
6-3
Admin. VLAN ID
802.11i standard
6-3
AdvanceAdhocConference service parameter
adding
2-12
2-10
7-5
8-10
AES
802.1X
authentication server
authenticator
agent greeting
1-22
description
All Calls
1-11
network components
supplicant
encryption description
1-22
8-2
7-11
Analog RJ11 headsets
1-22
Troubleshooting
anonymous call block
7-13
802.1X authentication and status
7-15
Answer(oldest call)
associating
7-15
EAP-MD5
8-3
8-3
AP
802.1X Authentication menu
Device Authentication
3-7
anonymous call bock telephony features
12-9, 12-10
802.1X Authentication
options
8-2
Alternate TFTP
1-22
6-13
7-15
6-8
Cisco Aironet Access Point
description
7-15
6-8
6-8
Assisted Directed Call Park
8-3
audible message waiting indicator
A
authentication
Access Information web page
headsets
support
1-15
authentication server, in 802.1X
authenticator, in 802.1X
accessory
KEM
11-2, 11-8
auto answer
3-4
auto dial
3-4
1-22
1-22
8-3
8-3
automatic port synchronization
3-4
8-15
8-4
auto-registration
access port
configuring
7-6
connecting
3-12
using
2-10
auxiliary VLAN
2-3
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
IN-1
Index
auxiliary VLAN, description
loop breakout
6-9
8-7
loop prevention
8-7
call forward destination override
B
call park
creating
PNG file
8-8
CAPF (Certificate Authority Proxy Function)
CAST
9-4
1-18
1-10
cell phone interference
9-4, 9-5
1-1
Cisco Discovery Protocol
1-23, 8-4
call security restrictions
See CDP
1-20
block external to external transfer
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
8-5
adding phone to database of
Bluetooth
adding headset
3-9
Bluetooth technology
using Bluetooth wireless headsets
BootP
1-20
10-11
call waiting
9-4
List.xml file
barge
call statistics
9-5
9-4
custom
8-7
call security restrictions using Barge
background image
configuring
8-8
3-8
interacting with
6-11
interactions with
2-2
2-9
required for Cisco Unified IP Phones
3-2
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
1-10
Bootstrap Protocol (BootP)
Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
adding telephony features using
1-10
8-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone
1-30
Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Pickup
8-6
Busy Lamp Field (BLF) speed dial
8-5
adding manually to Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 2-12
adding to Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 2-9
cleaning
C
12-17
configuration checklist
cable lock, connecting to phone
3-20
call
1-25
configuration requirements
configuring user services
security interactions
Call Back
8-6
call display restrictions
caller ID
1-20
8-6
1-28
installation overview
1-23, 1-28
1-23
modifying phone button templates
caller id blocking
call forward
8-32
installation checklist
installation requirements
8-9
1-23
8-9
mounting to wall
8-7
call forward all
power
8-7
call forward busy
call forward no answer
call forward no coverage
destination override
8-7
8-7
8-7
3-20
2-3
registering
8-7
8-29
2-9
registering with Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 2-10
resetting
12-15
technical specifications
C-1
using LDAP directories
8-27
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
IN-2
OL-20861-01
Index
web page
Default Router
11-1
Cisco Unified Video Camera
attaching to the phone
configuration
Device Authentication
5-1
device authentication
5-2
displaying
5-4
cleaning the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Clear List softkey
1-17
12-17
10-3, 10-8, 10-9
7-2
Device Information web page
DHCP
8-10
description
secure
1-19
troubleshooting
configuration file
1-10
12-7
DHCP Address Released
12-5
11-2, 11-4
7-10
conference
creating
7-15
Device Configuration menu
5-1
post installation
7-10
DHCP IP address
12-12
8-10
7-12
encrypted
1-18
directed call park
modifying
9-1
directory numbers, assigning manually
overview
direct-sequence spread spectrum (DSSS)
2-6
XmlDefault.cnf.xml
disabling phone display
2-6
configuring
distinctive ring
LDAP directories
overview
DND
8-27
personal directories
8-12
DNS Server 1-5
8-33
12-8
verifying settings
8-29
connecting
12-4
7-10
documentation
handset
3-12
additional
headset
3-12
Domain Name
to a computer
7-4, 7-8
connecting IP phones to other IP phones (daisy
chaining) 12-10
do not disturb
7-10
8-12
10-15
Current Access Point screen
10-15
custom phone rings
E
EAP-MD5
9-2
7-15
Device ID
9-2, 9-3, 9-5
PCM file requirements
Realm
9-3
7-15
7-15
Shared Secret
7-15
encrypted configuration files
D
data VLAN
7-4, 7-8
Domain Name System (DNS) server
3-12
Current Access Point
i-xiii
Domain Name System (DNS)
3-12
to the network
creating
9-7
8-19
troubleshooting
8-27
phone button templates
about
6-6
DNS server
1-23
user features
2-12
2-3
encryption
1-15
media
1-17
signaling
Debug Display web page
11-3, 11-11
1-18
1-18
enterprise parameters
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
IN-3
Index
call forward
handsfree profile
8-36
call forward options
headset
8-36
user options web page defaults
audio quality
8-36
error messages, used for troubleshooting
Ethernet Information web page
Bluetooth
12-3
disabling
quality
7-4
Ethernet statistics
10-7
Ethernet Statistics screen
external power
10-7
2-4
3-11
USB
3-6
using
3-5
wired
3-6
hold
3-12
8-13
hold reversion
http
fast dials
address book
8-13
11-3
HTTP, description
8-30
fast dial service
3-6
3-6
headset port
F
3-11
3-9
connecting
11-2, 11-8
Ethernet Setup menu
about
3-8
https
8-12
1-11
11-3
HTTPS, description
features
configuring on phone, overview
hunt group
1-14
configuring with Cisco Unified Communications
Manager, overview 1-14
informing users about, overview
file authentication
1-11
log out of hunt groups
8-15
Hypertext Transfer Protocol
1-15
See HTTP
1-17
file format
List.xml
I
9-4
RingList.xml
9-2
idle display
configuring
9-7
viewing settings
G
XML service
G.711a, G.711µ, G.722, G.729a, G.729ab, iLBC
G.729
1-1
G729a
1-1
G729ab
G729b
1-1
9-7
9-7
image authentication
1-17
installing
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
configuration 3-2
1-1
network requirements
1-1
preparing
3-1
2-9
requirements, overview
H
intercom
connecting
handsfree
8-14
interference, cell phone
handset
3-8
3-12
Internet Protocol (IP)
IP Address
1-23
1-1
1-11
7-10
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
IN-4
OL-20861-01
Index
IP address, troubleshooting
IPv4 Setup
Message Waiting Indicator (MWI)
12-3
Message Waiting Lamp
7-4, 7-7
metrics, voice quality
MIC
K
configuration
mobile connect
support by phone model
Mode
4-1
L
10-12, 11-12
8-15
8-16
mobile voice access
4-4
1-30
1-17
missed call logging
Key Expansion Module
8-16
7-13
Model Information screen
10-1
monitoring and recording
8-22
multiple calls per line appearance
LDAP directories, using with Cisco Unified IP
Phone 8-27
music-on-hold
mute
1-30
8-16
8-16
8-16
LEAP
description
6-12
light extensible authentication protocol, See LEAP
N
line buttons
native VLAN
8-12
lines
2-3
Network Configuration web page
buttons for
Line Select
8-12
network connectivity, verifying
8-14
8-14
802.1X
1-11
Line Status
1-30
BootP
1-10
List.xml file
9-4
CAST
1-10
8-18
Locale Installer
CDP
B-1
localization
Installing the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Locale Installer B-1
logging, missed call
8-15
1-10
DHCP
1-10
HTTP
1-11
IP
1-11
RTCP
RTP
SIP
M
1-12
TCP
2-13
UDP
malicious caller identification (MCID)
8-15
manufacturing installed certificate (MIC)
media encryption
1-17
meet-me conference
Message Indicators
message waiting
8-15
1-30
8-15
1-17
1-12
1-12
TFTP
MAC address
12-3
networking protocol
Line select for voice messages
LLDP-PoE
11-2
1-12
1-13
1-13
network outages, identifying
12-6
network port
configuring
connecting to
7-6
3-12
network protocol
LEAP
6-12
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
IN-5
Index
network requirements, for installing
3-1
P
Network Setup configuration menu
displaying
Park Monitoring
7-2
park monitoring
IPv4 menu options
Alternate TFTP
directory number configuration window
7-11
Default Router
DHCP
8-16
setting service parameters
7-10
8-24
PCM file requirements, for custom ring types
7-10
DHCP Address Released
DNS Server 1-5
IP Address
PC Port Configuration
7-12
PC VLAN
7-10
9-3
7-6
7-5
personal address book
7-10
Subnet Mask
8-25
phone button template
7-10
8-30
TFTP Server 1
7-11
personal directories, configuring
TFTP Server 2
7-12
phone button template
8-27
modifying
options
Admin. VLAN ID
Domain Name
for personal address book or fast dials
7-5
phone button templates
7-4, 7-8
Operational VLAN ID
7-5
phone display
PC Port Configuration
7-6
disabling
PC VLAN
SW Port Configuration
overview
8-29
9-7
phone hardening
7-5
1-18
phone lines
7-6
buttons for
7-1
8-12
phone settings access
Network Setup menu
7-2
physical connection, verifying
options
CDP on PC port
Network Setup web page
network statistics
Network web page
plus dialing
11-8
CDP on switch port
8-30
PNG file
11-8
PoE
11-5
12-6
8-17
9-4, 9-5
2-4
ports
11-8
access
11-2, 11-8
3-3
network
3-3
power
O
external
onhook predialing
for the phone
8-16
open authentication, description
Operational VLAN ID
2-3, 2-4
outage
6-11
PoE
7-5
2-3
2-4
2-4
power negotiation over LLDP
options
power over Ethernet
enterprise parameters
user options web page defaults
2-5
See PoE
8-36
orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM)
6-6
power source
causing phone to reset
12-8
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
IN-6
OL-20861-01
Index
power injector
2-4
S
presence-enabled directories
privacy
8-18
secure and nonsecure indication tone
8-18
Private Line Automated Ringdown (PLAR)
programmable button
8-18
secure conference
description
1-30
8-21
1-19
programmable buttons
establishing
description of
identifying
1-19
restrictions
1-20, 1-21
8-12
Programmable Feature Button
1-30
Programmable Line Key (PLK)
Secure SRST
protected call
description
1-21
1-18
securing the phone with a cable lock
1-20
3-20
security
protected calling
description
1-19
security restrictions
1-30
8-20
AES encryption
8-18
6-13
CAPF (Certificate Authority Proxy Function)
device authentication
Q
1-17
encrypted configuration file
QRT softkey
file authentication
8-19, 12-16
Quality of Service (QoS)
Quality Reporting Tool (QRT)
media encryption
8-19, 12-16
phone hardening
1-17
1-17
open authentication
R
1-18
1-17
image authentication
6-9
6-11
1-18
RADIUS server authentication
RADIUS server authentication, description
6-12
security profiles
signaling authentication
See RTCP
signaling encryption
Real-Time Transport Protocol
TKIP encryption
6-13
redial
WLAN overview
6-11
remote port configuration
reset settings on phone
8-19
6-12
Security Configuration menu (on Settings menu)
12-15
options
resetting
Cisco Unified IP phone
continuously
12-6
intentionally
12-7
RingList.xml file format
ring setting
WPA authentication
1-17
6-13
received signal strength indicator, See RSSI
8-19
6-12
1-18
static WEP encryption
See RTP
6-12
1-18, 1-19
shared key authentication
Real-Time Control Protocol
1-18
LSC
7-13
Trust List
security profiles
9-2
7-13
1-18, 1-19
Security Setup configuration menu
802.1X Authentication
8-19
RSSI, description
12-15
6-8
overview
7-13
7-1
Security Setup configuration menu (on Settings menu)
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
IN-7
Index
about
streaming statistics
7-13
services
Subnet Mask
configuring for users
description
Cisco Catalyst
8-33
6-12
signaling encryption
1-17
SW Port Configuration
7-6
T
1-18
SIP
TCP
description
1-12
1-12
technical specifications, for Cisco Unified IP Phone
Speaker button, disabling
3-4
agent greeting
buttons for
8-12
8-2
audible message waiting indicator
11-6
auto answer
secure reference
1-18
auto dial
standard (ad hoc) conference
startup problems
8-10
barge
startup process
8-3
8-4
1-23, 8-4
block external to external transfer
configuring VLAN
2-8
Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Pickup
2-8
loading stored phone image
obtaining IP address
obtaining power
2-8
2-8
2-7
10-13
8-7
call forward destination override
Status Messages screen
call waiting
8-8
conference
8-10
hold
10-3
Status Messages web page
11-3, 11-11
11-3, 11-11
8-8
8-7
fast dial service
10-3
8-6
8-9
8-10
8-19
do not disturb (DND)
10-1, 10-2
8-5
8-9
distinctive ring
11-11
Stream 1 web page
caller ID
directed call park
11-8
status messages
call display restrictions
call park
10-11
streaming
8-6
8-6
call forward
2-9
statistics
video
Call Back
caller id blocking
2-7
requesting configuration file
understanding
8-5
Busy Lamp Field (BLF) speed dial
contacting Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 2-9
network
8-15
8-3
automatic port synchronization
12-1
accessing TFTP server
C-1
telephony features
speed dial
Status menu
2-2
8-21
signaling authentication
call
2-2
internal Ethernet
8-21
shared key authentication, description
SRST
1-22
switch
Services URL button
shared line
7-10
supplicant, in 802.1X
8-32
8-21
subscribing to
11-11
8-12
8-12
8-13
hold reversion
intercom
8-13
8-14
log out of hunt groups
8-15
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
IN-8
OL-20861-01
Index
malicious caller identification (MCID)
meet-me conference
message waiting
See TCP
Trivial File Transfer Protocol
See TFTP
8-16
mobile voice access
troubleshooting
8-16
monitoring and recording
DHCP
8-22
multiple calls per line appearance
music-on-hold
DNS
8-16
8-18
8-18
ring setting
8-19
secure conference
12-7
12-6
12-3
VLAN configuration
8-20
Trust List menu
8-21
shared line
8-21
7-14
U
8-21
Time-of-Day Routing
8-22
8-22
video mode
USB headsets
3-6
USB port data
3-5
User Datagram Protocol
8-23
video support
See UDP
8-23
voice messaging system
8-23
User Options web page
description
8-23
8-34
giving users access to
TFTP
description
call forward settings
12-3
TFTP Server 1
7-11
TFTP Server 2
7-12
8-34, A-1
user options web page
1-13
troubleshooting
8-36
users
accessing voice messaging system
A-2
adding to Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 8-33
TFTP settings
IPv6
12-7
8-21
Services URL button
VPN
phones resetting
TFTP settings
8-19
secure and nonsecure indication tone
transfer
12-6
services on Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 12-4
8-19
remote port configuration
12-3
12-3
network outages
physical connection
8-18
services
12-4
network connectivity
8-17
presence-enabled directories
redial
12-8
IP addressing and routing
power negotiation over LLDP
privacy
12-7
DNS settings
8-16
8-16
plus dialing
1-16
time, displayed on phone
Time-of-Day Routing
configuring personal directories
3-2
8-22
TKIP
encryption description
transfer
Transmission Control Protocol
8-15
8-15
mobile connect
mute
8-15
providing support to
A-1
required information
A-1
subscribing to services
A-3
A-2
6-13
8-22
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
OL-20861-01
IN-9
Index
wideband codec
V
wired headset
video mode
8-23
video statistics
8-23
WLAN
components
assigning separate SSIDs
6-9
auxiliary, for voice traffic
configuring
security
2-3, 6-9
6-11
6-9
WLAN Setup menu
native, for data traffic
2-2
about
2-3
separate voice for QoS
7-7
WLAN statistics
6-9
World mode
2-2
voice messaging system
8-23
10-9
6-4
supported countries
6-4
WPA
voice messaging system, accessing
voice quality metrics
10-9
WLAN Statistics screen
12-7
VLAN, interaction with
voice VLAN
6-8
voice quality
7-5
configuring for voice networks
verifying
6-7
wireless local area network, See WLAN
VLAN
VPN
3-6
wireless domain server (WDS)
10-13
video support
1-1
A-2
encryption with TKIP, description
10-12, 11-12
WPA authentication, description
6-13
6-12
2-3, 6-9
8-23
X
XmlDefault.cnf.xml
W
wall mounting, Cisco Unified IP Phone
WDS, wireless domain server
2-6
3-20, E-1, F-1
6-7
web page
about
11-1
Access Information
accessing
11-2
Debug Display
11-3, 11-11
Device Information
disabling access to
11-2, 11-4
11-3
Ethernet Information
Network
11-2, 11-8
11-2, 11-8
11-2, 11-8
Network Configuration web page
Network Setup
11-5
preventing access to
Status Messages
Stream 1
11-2
11-3
11-3, 11-11
11-3, 11-11
WEP encryption, description
6-13
Cisco Unified IP Phone 8961, 9951, and 9971 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SIP)
IN-10
OL-20861-01